CATALOGUE VOL 2.
Boxes & Storage Products Conservation Equipment Storage & Workshop Furniture
Official Distributor Conservation By Design Arte y Memoria was founded in Barcelona in 1999 bringing together a group of experts of paper conservation and preservation since then we provide the Spanish and Portuguese market with our products and services.
Now we are proud to offer the most comprehensive product portfolio ever produced and represented in Turkey.
We have combined our interest in cutting edge preservation technology with more traditional quality products that are becoming harder to find.
You will notice we have added many new items to the range and have developed several systems in conjunction with leading Museums, Galleries, Conservators and Archivists.
The team at Arte y Memoria thanks you for your continued support and welcome your opinion and suggestions to improve our product range and customer service. As ever if you need something that is not in this catalogue please contact us.
We hope you find this catalogue an informative and practical reference for purchasing your conservation and archival products from Arte y Memoria.
Placing an order
How we do business Our friendly and professional staff are happy to receive your orders and answer any queries.
To help direct your call we have our sales team
Turkish office: Other countries: SAVOY DANIŞMANLIK ve DIŞ TİC. LTD. ŞTİ. Firuzağa Mahallesi. Çukurcuma Cad. No 11 Tel (+34) 938 125 378 Daire 1A Beyoğlu - 34425 İstanbul Fax (+34) 938 871 205 Tel. (+90) 212 251 7767 [email protected] Mobil (+90) 532 213 2805 www.arteymemoria.com [email protected] www.savoyltd.com
HQ office: Arte & Memoria, S.L. Spain c/ Industria, 28 08551 Tona (Barcelona) Tel +34 938 125 378 Fax +34 938 871 205 Prices are exclusive of VAT and carriage Contents
Boxes & Storage Products
Boxes 7-29 Folders, Envelopes and Pockets 31-49 Transparent Storage 50-61 Oxygen Free Storage 62-68 Sundries
Sundries 70-87
Conservation Equipment
Cutting Equipment 90 Box Measuring and Making 96 Small Tools 98 Lighting 102 Timecapsule 104 Welding Machines 105 Vacuum Sealing Machines 106 Lamination Machines 107 Repair and Conservation 108 Cleaning Equipment 112 Environmental Monitoring 121 Humidifiers & Dehumidifiers 124 Air Purification 126 Conservation Storage, Workshop and Display Furniture Drawer Storage 131 Planorama® 134 Studio and Workshop Furniture 137 Museum Cabinets 138 Picture & Pull Out Racking 139 High Security Discovery Drawers 141 Framorama Display 142 Museum Showcases Museum Showcases 144
Glossary 147
www.arteymemoria.com 3
TRANSPARENT STOR- OXYGEN FREE STORAGE FOLDERS BOXES AGE n RollStorage n ClothCovered Portfolios n RingbinderBoxes n ArchivalStorage Barrier Foils n Barrier n Vacuum Pouches &Film n OxygenScavengers &Indicators n Mounting&Filing Accessories n CDStorage n Polypropylene Files n Polyester Pockets & Album Pages n n Envelopes & Walletsn Pockets Products &Storage n Folders pHoton ™ Photographic Storage Photographic
boxes & storage products
BOX STYLESBOXES &style STORAGE Pro codeducts
Drop Spine Boxes (Clamshell) AB
p 8 Hinged Lid Boxes BB
p17
Hinged Lid with Carry Handle CB (Newspaper System)
p20 Two-Part Boxes DB
p21
Drop Wall Box (Exploding Box) EB (Palm Leaf Box)
p26 Window Boxes FB
p26 Drawer-Tray Boxes GB
p27 Storage Trays HB
p28 Open Top Vertical Storage IB
p28 Roll Storage JB
p29
www.arteymemoria.com 7 BOXES & STORAGE Products
Style code AB01 AB Premier™ Drop Spine Box – Tabbed Library storage boxes: archival boxboard, tabbed assembly The original box design and
oxes storage system developed
B for the Bodleian Library by
e Christopher Clarkson between 1978-1981. Made from in Premier Archival Folding p Boxboard which is acid-free S and lignin-free a one-piece box with an overlapping lid that folds along the spine - it is self locking and rop opens like a book. The spine lays flat to D allow easy access to contents. The tray has custom made boxes available double walls on all sides and two dust flaps, for this product which close against the spine. Secured using tabs and slots for assembly without the need for wire stitching or gluing. These boxes are supplied flat-packed for easy low cost shipping Embossing showing Bodleian and space saving. code and year of manufacture For boxes that are shown as flat packed, these can be assembled at an additional cost.
Specifications • Made from Premier™ Archival Folding Boxboard (full specification available p96) • Acid-free and lignin-free board • Board passes Photographic Activity Test (PAT) • Supplied flat-packed Duke Parchment box next to vellum bindings • Colour: Grey/White as standard • Duke Parchment/White and Sepia colours available for special order
Applications • Suitable for archival storage of books, documents, photographs, prints
Product Ref* Colour Thickness Internal Size Internal Size Product Ref* Colour Thickness Internal Size Internal Size code microns inches mm code microns inches mm 400691 Grey/White 650 57/16 x 57/16 x 13/16 138 x 138 x 20 400014A4 A4 D7 Grey/White 1300 121/4 x 83/4 x 33/4 311 x 222 x 95 400001 A6 Grey/White 650 515/16 x 45/16 x 115/16 151 x 109 x 50 400703 - Grey/White 1300 121/4 x 915/16 x 33/4 311 x 252 x 95 400692 Grey/White 650 73/8 x 73/8 x 13/16 188 x 188 x 20 400704 - Grey/White 1300 125/8 x 811/16 x 23/4 320 x 220 x 70 400003 E2 Grey/White 1000 71/2 x 51/4 x1 191 x 133 x 25 400705 - Grey/White 1300 125/8 x 97/16 x 23/4 320 x 240 x 70 400002 E1 Grey/White 1000 71/2 x 51/4 x 21/4 191 x 133x57 400706 - Grey/White 1300 13 x 11 x 41/2 330 x 279 x 114 400005 E4 Grey/White 1000 81/2 x 51/2 x 13/4 216 x 140x44 400018 C2 Grey/White 1300 131/4 x 101/4 x 13/4 337 x 260 x 44 400004 E3 Grey/White 1000 81/2 x 51/2 x 31/4 216 x 140x83 400017 C1 Grey/White 1300 131/4 x 101/4 x 23/4 337 x 260 x 70 400006 E5 Grey/White 1000 81/2 x 61/2 x 31/4 216 x 165x83 400029 A4 - Grey/White 1300 14 x 91/2 x 33/4 355 x 241 x 95 400693 Grey/White 1000 87/8 x 75/16 x 1 225 x 185x25 400707 - Grey/White 1300 14 x 91/16 x 315/16 356 x 230 x 100 400694 Grey/White 1000 12 x 95/8 x 1 305 x 245x25 400708 - Grey/White 1300 143/16 x 111/4 x 23/4 360 x 285 x 70 400695 Grey/White 1000 153/8 x 105/8 x 23/4 390 x 270x70 400709 - Grey/White 1300 143/16 x 125/8 x 315/16 360 x 320 x 100 400696 Grey/White 1300 811/16 x 57/8 x 23/4 220 x 150x70 400020Folio Folio C4 Grey/White 1300 141/4 x 91/4 x 13/4 362 x 235 x 44 400697 Grey/White 1300 91/4 x 57/8 x 23/4 235 x 150 x 70 400019Folio Folio C3 Grey/White 1300 141/4 x 91/4 x 23/4 362 x 235 x 70 400698 Grey/White 1300 91/4 x 61/8 x 31/8 235 x 155 x 80 400022 C6 Grey/White 1300 141/4 x 103/4 x 13/4 362 x 273 x 44 400009 D2 Grey/White 1300 91/4 x 71/4 x 13/4 235 x 184 x 44 400021 C5 Grey/White 1300 141/4 x 103/4 x 23/4 362 x 273 x 70 400008 D1 Grey/White 1300 91/4 x 71/4 x 33/4 235 x 184 x 95 400024 C8 Grey/White 1300 141/4 x 111/2 x 13/4 362 x 292 x 44 400011 D4 Grey/White 1300 101/4 x 73/4 x 13/4 260 x 197 x 44 400023 C7 Grey/White 1300 141/4 x 111/2 x 23/4 362 x 292 x 70 400010 D3 Grey/White 1300 101/4 x 73/4 x 33/4 260 x197 x 95 400710 K1 Grey/White 1300 151/2 x 103/4 x 43/4 393 x 273 x 120 400699 Grey/White 1300 101/4 x 81/4 x 33/4 260 x 210 x 95 400711 - Grey/White 1300 141/4 x 103/4 x 23/4 362 x 273 x 70 400013 D6 Grey/White 1300 111/4 x 83/4 x 13/4 286 x 222 x 44 400712 - Grey/White 1300 143/8 x 91/2 x 315/16 365 x 242 x 100 400012 D5 Grey/White 1300 111/4 x 83/4 x 33/4 286 x 222 x 95 400713 - Grey/White 1300 143/8 x 91/2 x 59/16 365 x 242 x 142 400028 Grey/White 1300 111/2 x 91/2 x 33/4 292 x 241 x 95 400714 - Grey/White 1300 149/16 x 107/16 x 59/16 370 x 265 x 142 400700 Grey/White 1300 1113/16 x 81/4 x 13/4 300 x 210 x 45 400715 - Grey/White 1300 149/16 x 107/16 x 23/4 370 x 265 x 70 400701 Grey/White 1300 123/16 x 811/16 x 23/4 310 x 220 x 70 400716 - Grey/White 1300 149/16 x 103/4 x 213/16 370 x 274 x 72 400702 Grey/White 1300 123/16 x 97/16 x 23/4 310 x 240 x 70 400717 - Grey/White 1300 149/16 x 11 x 23/4 370 x 280 x 70 400016A4 A4 D9 Grey/White 1300 121/4 x 83/4 x 13/4 311 x 222 x 44 400718 - Grey/White 1300 149/16 x 115/16 x 215/16 370 x 288 x 75 400015A4 A4 D8 Grey/White 1300 121/4 x 83/4 x 23/4 311 x 222 x 70 400719 - Grey/White 1300 145/8 x 101/4 x 13/4 371 x 260 x 44
8 www.arteymemoria.com BOXES & STORAGE Products
P-Box mounting and storage system Style code AB02 Premier™ Drop Spine Photographic AB Boxes – Tabbed (‘P-Box’ System) Polyester Pockets or cut sheets Photographic print storage boxes:
Archival boxboard, tabbed assembly oxes pHoton™ Separator Sheets Developed from the Clarkson design, these boxes B are made from photo safe Premier™ Archival e HAPK Mounting Sheets acid-free and lignin-free boxboard, to offer in
permanence and durability. p S
Mount Boards rop D
Single Crease Folders BXPADS series 4-flap Folders Information P-Box Size Guide Glass plates and old photographs. Glass plate sizes Once self assembled these boxes are designed to hold mounted P0 = 5" x 7" 3 photographic prints in most common sizes and are 9.5mm ( /8”) PZ = 10" x 7" larger than the mount formats. Photographic print sizes These form part of the ‘P Box mounting and storage system’ including pHoton™ papers, pHoton™ folders, Heritage Archival P-Boxes P1 = 8" x 10" pHotokraft single crease folders, Polyester pockets and Timecare P2 = 10" x 12" Heritage Museum and Conservation mount boards. All available to suit each size of Premier™ ‘P-Boxes’. P3 = 12" x 16" Parchment and Seal storage folders with Plastazote inserts are PX = 14” x 11” also designed to fit PX and P4 boxes, see p46. P4 = 16" x 20" P5 = 20" x 24" or A2 Specifications • Made from Premier™ Archival Folding Boxboard Product Ref* Colour Thickness Internal Size Internal Size • Acid-free and lignin-free Board code microns inches mm • Board Passes Photographic Activity Test (PAT) • Supplied flat-packed 408084 - Grey/White 1300 153/16 x 103/16 x 41/2 385 x 275 x 115 • Colour: Grey/White as standard 400720 - Grey/White 1300 157/16 x 113/4 x 2115/16 392 x 299 x 74 400025 Grey/White 1300 153/4 x 113/4 x 23/4 400 x 298 x 70 400721 - Grey/White 1300 161/8 x 1113/16 x 23/4 410 x 300 x 70 400722 - Grey/White 1300 163/8 x 123/8 x 21/2 416 x 314 x 64 400030 - Grey/White 1300 161/2 x 91/2 x 33/4 419 x 241 x 95 400723 - Grey/White 1300 169/16 x 1113/16 x 13/4 420 x 300 x 45 400724 - Grey/White 1300 169/16 x 129/16 x 115/16 420 x 319 x 50 400725 - Grey/White 1300 169/16 x 129/16 x 315/16 420 x 319 x 100 400726 - Grey/White 1300 1615/16 x 57/8 x 115/16 430 x 150 x 50 408713 - Grey/White 1300 1615/16 x 125/8 x 23/4 430 x 325 x 64 Embossing 400727 - Grey/White 1300 171/4 x 121/2 x 23/8 438 x 317 x 60 400728 - Grey/White 1300 181/8 x 133/4 x 21/2 460 x 350 x 64 P-Box System 400729 - Grey/White 1300 1915/16 x 133/8 x 23/4 490 x 340 x 70 Product Style Colour microns Internal Size Internal Size 400562 A3+ Grey/White 1300 1915/16 x 1311/16 x 21/2 497 x 347 x 64 code inches mm 400026 A1 Grey/White 1300 20 x 16 x 41/2 508 x 406 x 114 400055PO PO Grey/White 1300 71/2 x 55/8 x 21/2 190 x 143x64 400730 - Grey/White 1300 223/16 x 161/8 x 31/8 563 x 410 x 80 400056PZ PZ Grey/White 1300 101/8 x 73/4 x 21/2 257 x 197 x 64 400371 - Grey/White 1300 223/4 x 17 x 21/4 578 x 432 x 57 400057P1 P1 Grey/White 1300 105/8 x 81/2 x 21/2 270 x 216 x 64 400731 - Grey/White 1300 235/8 x 169/16 x 13/4 600 x 420 x 45 400058P2 - P2 Grey/White 1300 121/2 x 101/2 x 21/2 317 x 266 x 64 400732 - Grey/White 1300 2313/16 x 17 x 31/8 605 x 432 x 80 400059PX - PX Grey/White 1300 145/8 x 111/2 x 21/2 371 x 293x 64 400733 - Grey/White 1300 241/2 x 1715/16 x 21/2 622 x 455 x 64 400060P3 - P3 Grey/White 1300 169/16 x 129/16 x 21/2 420 x 319 x 64 400734 - Grey/White 1300 263/8 x 57/8 x 39/16 670 x 150 x 90 400061P4 - P4 Grey/White 1300 201/2 x 169/16 x 21/2 520 x 420 x 64 400735 - Grey/White 1300 2615/16 x 201/16 x 25/16 685 x 510 x 58 400062P5 - P5 Grey/White 1300 241/2 x 209/16 x 21/2 622 x 522 x 64 400736 - Grey/White 1300 279/16 x 181/8 x 215/16 700 x 460 x 74 400064 - Grey/White 1300 169/16 x 129/16 x 13/4 420 x 319 x 45 400063P4 - Grey/White 1300 201/2 x 169/16 x 19/16 520 x 420 x 40
www.arteymemoria.com 9 BOXES & STORAGE Products
Style code AB03 Specifications AB Premier™ Drop Spine Box - Tabless • Made from Premier™ Archival Folding Boxboard Drop spine library & photographic boxes: • Acid-free and lignin-free Board Archival boxboard, tabless assembly • Board Passes Photographic Activity Test (PAT) • Supplied flat-packed oxes A unique design of box • Colour: Grey/White as standard B developed by Arte • Duke Parchment/White colour available for special order e & Memoria which BXPTDS6226 eliminates the need for in
p tabs protruding from the exterior of the box S which prevents boxes from snagging with other boxes on custom made boxes available for this product Product. Colour microns Internal Size Internal Size shelves. These boxes are made rop code. inches mm from Premier Archival acid-free and lignin-free Boxboard, the D box has a superior look and is a very popular style for bespoke 400371 Grey/White 1300 223/4 x 17 x 21/4 578 x 432 x 57 Kasemake-A&M SMART boxes. Assembly may require gluing Special sizes quoted on request. with EVACON adhesive or a suitable hot melt adhesive.
Style code AB04 Specifications ™ Premier Drop Back Mi- • Made from 650 micron Premier™ Archival Folding Boxboard crofilm Boxes • Acid-free and lignin-free Board • Board Passes Photographic Activity Test (PAT) Manufactured from Premier Archival • Supplied flat-packed acid-free and lignin-free • Can be embossed or printed to special order boxboard, this one-piece box • Colour: Grey/White as standard has an overlapping lid that • Duke Parchment/White colour available for special order folds along the spine - it is self locking and opens like a book, the spine lays flat to allow easy Product. Colour Thickness Internal Size Internal Size access to contents. code. microns inches mm custom made boxes available for this product 400145 Grey/White 650 37/8 x 37/8 x 15/8 98 x 98 x 41 400737 Grey/White 650 41/2 x 61/8 x 1 115 x 155 x 25
Style code AB05 Specifications ™ Premier Library Wire Stitched • Made from 1300 micron Premier™ Archival Folding Boxboard Drop Spine Box • Acid-free and lignin-free Board • Board Passes Photographic Activity Test (PAT) These one-piece • Supplied ready assembled drop spine ready • Colour: Grey/White as standard assembled boxes • Duke Parchment/White colour available for special order were designed as an alternative to the flat packed boxes designed for the Bodleian Library by Christopher Clarkson. Made from custom made boxes available Premier Archival acid-free and lignin free boxboard. for this product Product. Colour microns Internal Size Internal Size code. inches mm They are secured with brass wire stitches, but only on the front lid so that no wire comes in to contact with the contents of the 400738 Grey/White 1300 71/4 x 51/4 x 315/16 184 x 133 x 100 box. 400100 Grey/White 1300 73/4 x 53/4 x 37/8 197 x 146 x 98 The Library Drop Spine boxes are ready constructed. 400101 Grey/White 1300 9 x 7 x 37/8 229 x 178 x 98 400102 Grey/White 1300 93/4 x 73/4 x 37/8 248 x 197 x 98 400103 Grey/White 1300 11 x 9 x 37/8 280 x 229 x 98 400739 Grey/White 1300 115/16 x 811/16 x 311/16 288 x 220 x 94 400740 Grey/White 1300 143/8 x 133/4 x 31/4 365 x 349 x 83 400104 Grey/White 1300 111/2 x 91/4 x 37/8 292 x 235 x 98 Applications 400105 Grey/White 1300 125/16 x 91/4 x 37/8 312 x 235 x 98 • Suitable for archival storage of books, magazines, periodicals, 400106 Grey/White 1300 131/2 x 93/4 x 37/8 343 x 248 x 98 documents, photographs, prints, negatives, transparencies, drawings, 400741 Grey/White 1300 141/8 x 1113/16 x 37/8 358 x 300 x 98 letters and ephemera. 400742 Grey/White 1300 133/4 x 81/2 x 31/2 349 x 216 x 89 400743 Grey/White 1300 141/4 x 93/4 x 33/8 362 x 248 x 86 400744 Grey/White 1300 141/4 x 117/8 x 37/8 362 x 302 x 98 Information 400745 Grey/White 1300 151/16 x 119/16 x 37/8 382 x 294 x 99 400746 Grey/White 1300 153/4 x 113/4 x 33/8 400 x 299 x 85 Certain styles of boxes are embossed with a box reference number 400747* Grey/White 1300 165/8 x 141/8 x 31/8 422 x 359 x 79 and year of manufacture. Embossing can be specified to all boxes for special order. 400748* Grey/White 1300 175/8 x 151/2 x 31/8 448 x 394 x 79 400099 Grey/White 1300 171/2 x 159/16 x 31/8 445 x 395 x 79 *These two boxes are made as two parts stitched together. 10 www.arteymemoria.com BOXES & STORAGE Products
Ringbinder Boxes AB Arte y Memoria offer a range of acid-free ringbinder boxes using a variety of materials and methods of construction, from hand-made to machine oxes die-cut which are hand finished. To complement all our ringbinder boxes
there are a wide range of chemically inert DER B transparent polyester Timecare® album pages with great flexibility of ‘pocket’ styles IN
which assist in organising the contents. See GB Transparent Storage section pages 50-60. IN R Style code AB06 Timecare® Library Ringbinder Box These ringbinder boxes have long been a best seller to both institutional users and the private individual for the storage of a wide range of materials. Ring Configuration The Timecare® Library ringbinder box is machine die-cut and hand assembled from Premier Archival acid-free and lignin-free A4 80 80 80 40 boxboard to offer permanent and durable storage. This fully Dimensions & capacity mm enclosed box offers the highest quality, but low cost alternative to the range of cloth covered ringbinder boxes. A3 & Foolscap 80 80 80 43 Dimensions & capacity mm They are recommended by photographic conservators because of the quality of the archival board used, they offer ideal storage for Archives, Libraries and Collectors on a tight budget without sacrificing the highest standards of archival protection. Specifications
They have double walls on three sides of the base which give ™ extra rigidity, strength and an extra layer of protection against • Made from Premier 1300 micron Archival Folding Boxboard fire and water. The small internal dust wings help to prevent the • Acid-free, lignin-free, elemental chlorine-free ingress of dust and dirt. • Four post D-ring binder mechanism • Label holders provided A box label is provided and the box is embossed for easy • Supplied ready assembled positioning of the label on two sides of the box, depending on • Colour: Grey/White as standard the preference of the user as some users prefer the pages hanging • Duke Parchment/White on request vertically from the ‘D’ ring mechanism. Since introduced the Library Ringbinder box there have been many imitators, most of which do not have the above features and also have single wall construction. Product Type Colour Thickness Internal size Internal size code microns inches mm Archival mounting paper is available to fit the most popular 400200 Foolscap Grey/White 1300 153/8 x 13 x 21/4 390 x 330 x 57 polyester album pages. 400201 A3 Grey/White 1300 185/16 x 153/4 x 21/4 465 x 400 x 57 Other sizes and colours can be made to special order. 400199 A4 Grey/White 1300 12,79 x 12,20 x 21/4 325 x 310 x 57 400199/DK A4 Duke Parchment/White 1300 12,79 x 12,20 x 21/4 325 x 310 x 57
50 page capacity A3
Foolscap
A4
A small example of the range of Polyester Album Pages available
to fit the A4 ringbinders
www.arteymemoria.com 11 BOXES & STORAGE Products
Style code AB07 AB Timecare® Library CD120 Ringbinder Box System Proactive protection system for the oxes storage of digital media. B The CD 120 ringbinder storage system for CD/DVD’s features Corrosion ®
der Intercept technology CD album pages which attract and neutralise
in corrosive gases extending the life of your digital media. The CD120 offers 400596 gb you 15 Corrosion Intercept® double sided pages presented in a Timecare® Premier archival acid-free Ring Configuration
Rin and lignin-free ringbinder box. 108 108 40 Dimensions & capacity mm
Damage is caused to disks when ozone and reactive oxygen causes the aluminium layer on the CD/DVD’s to breakdown. Specifications ™ When aluminium in a thin film oxidises, it becomes clear and • Made from Premier Archival Folding Boxboard unable to reflect the laser pulse attempting to read the CD/DVD. • Board is acid-free and lignin-free CD120 album pages protect against this failure. • Three-post D-ring binder mechanism • Each Corrosion Intercept® page holds 8 CD/DVD’s • High density storage with 120 disc capacity Aluminium layer subject to • Colour of box: Grey/White oxidation from ozone and reactive oxygen. Damaged disc will be unable to play Applications • Protective storage for digital media discs
A. A laquer layer is used to help prevent oxidation. Product Colour microns Internal size Internal size RA code inches mm /FP
B. A reflective layer reflects the 400596 Grey/White 1300 117/16 x 123/4 x 23/16 290 x 324 x 55 RA laser back.
C. A polycarbonate disc layer has the data encoded by using bumps.
D. A laser beam reads the polycarbonate disc, Corrosion Intercept Technology™ is reflected back and read by the player. CD Jewel Case 800106 Single jewel case Corrosion Intercept Information consisting of a moulded ™ Technology Corrosion Intercept® State of the Art in Corrosion Protection insert tray to store the disk and a clear Developed by Lucent Technologies Bell Labs polystyrene outer. Distributed byArte & Memoria Limited Insert tray has central push mechanism for CORROSION INTERCEPT® is a revolutionary, patented technology easy disk release. which uses semi-conductor technology to transform plastic into a protective reactive barrier against corrosive gases, fungus and bacteria. It is comprised of highly reactive copper particles bonded into a polymer matrix. This matrix film forms a preferential corrosion site that reacts and neutralises all corrosive gases that pass through or come in contact with the film. It is statistically improbable that they can Product code Description Size Pack migrate through the INTERCEPT film without contacting and reacting mm qty ® with one of the active corrosion sites. CORROSION INTERCEPT 800106 complete unit 124x142x15 5 provides a unique and effective protection for copper, silver, brass. 800054 Insert only 117x140x10 5 bronze, ferrous and non ferrous metals. It has also been successfully Also Timecare® Ringbinder Box for storage in Corrosion Intercept® album pages see Boxes section page 19. used to protect CD’s, photographic prints, film, textiles, paintings, books and other works of art on paper. This inert material does not give off any harmful gases and is unaffected by moisture, humidity Other CD Storage Cases (not corrosion Intercept) or temperature and it has a built in saturation indicator. When the copper colour turns it is time to change the Intercept. The protection Product code Description Size Size Pack against corrosion is approximately 10 years per 0.025mm thickness inches mm qty of INTERCEPT. 800103 Shatter-proof Visi Clear 47/8 x 59/16 x 3/8 124x142x10 1 www.intercept-technology.com
12 www.arteymemoria.com BOXES & STORAGE Products
Style code AB08 Timecare® Box Populi Ringbinder AB New and improved archival quality. These hand-made boxes are fully enclosed and constructed from acid-free Superior Millboard™ lined on the inside with white Heritage Archival pHotoKraft™ paper. The outer box is covered with strengthened black paper and the spine covered with Library Buckram Cloth. oxes B They come with a label holder and are fitted with four post 40mm capacity D-ring binder mechanism. Now available with a choice of coloured spines to
help distinguish contents. Other sizes and colours can be made to special order. der in
50 page capacity gb Rin
Product To fit Colour Internal size Internal size Timecare Polyester code outer/spine inches mm Album Pages: 400198 A4 Black/Black 13 x 121/4 x 21/4 330 x 311 x 57 A selection of the A4 pages available 400749 A4 Black/Green 13 x 121/4 x 21/4 330 x 311 x 57 400750 A4 Black/Ochre 13 x 121/4 x 21/4 330 x 311 x 57 400751 A4 Black/Purple 13 x 121/4 x 21/4 330 x 311 x 57 400752 A4 Black/Blue 13 x 121/4 x 21/4 330 x 311 x 57 400753 A4 Black/Red 13 x 121/4 x 21/4 330 x 311 x 57 400754 Foolscap Black 153/8 x 13 x 21/4 390 x 330 x 57
Ring Configuration for Populi & Museum
Style code AB09 A4 80 80 80 40 Dimensions & capacity mm Timecare® Museum Ringbinder Box The ‘Museum’ box has been protecting archival materials since Three post D-ring mechanism to special order. the early 1980’s. These hard wearing, stylish, hand-made boxes offer maximum protection for the storage of especially sensitive material, such as photographic negatives, where the safest possible microclimate is called for. Constructed from acid-free PAT tested Premier™ Archival Board. The box is covered in hard wearing, high quality, black Library Buckram that is moisture and vermin resistant. Other sizes and colours can be made to special order.
Specifications • Made from Premier Archival boxboard • Covered in high quality black Library Buckram • Board contains less than 5 parts per million reducible sulphur • Board passes the ANSI pH 1.35 Photographic Activity Test • Fitted with four post D-ring binder mechanism • Colour: Black • For full board specification see catalogue vol 1. 50 Timecare® Album Page capacity
Applications • Suitable for use for long term archival storage of photographs, prints, negatives, transparencies, drawings and other valuable art work
Product To fit Colour Internal Size Internal Size code inches mm 400196 A4 Black Library Buckram 13 x 121/4 x 21/4 330 x 311 x 57
www.arteymemoria.com 13 BOXES & STORAGE Products
Style code AB10 AB Timecare® Connoisseur Ringbinder Box The Connoisseur Ringbinder Box has a sophisticated appearance that will appeal to the specialist collector and will not look out of place in the most traditional library, boardroom or study. oxes It is a sturdy hand made box covered in duo tone library buckram B with gold blocking, rounded spine and brass corner protectors. The interior is lined with archival Benchkote™ paper and fitted
der with a 4 ring ‘0’ mechanism on the spine, this allows the box to lie completely flat when open and it has capacity for 50 in Timecare Album pages. Other sizes and colours can be made to special order. gb
Product Colour Internal Size Internal Size code inches mm
& Rin 400755 Blue/Russet (Library Buckram) 14 x 115/16 x 15/8 335 x 288 x 41 o i ol f
Ring Configuration ort 80 80 80 27
P Dimensions & capacity mm
50 page capacity Style code AB11 overed ®
C Timecare Museum Portfolio Box Made for long term storage or high quality presentation, these top quality stylish hand made portfolio boxes offer protection of BXTMPB0786
loth sensitive material. A wide range of formats C include most common photographic BXTMPB0786 sizes. They can be co-ordinated with the range of pHoton™ papers, envelopes, folders, Heritage Protectors and to find Timecare polyester products.
400416 Photographic ‘P-Box’ ref, see p 9 Shown with Timecare® Crystal Protector (see Transparent Storage Product Ref Colour Internal size Internal size section p60-61) inches 400358 P1 Black Library Buckram 103/8 x 83/8 x 11/2 263 x 212 x 38 400404 A4+ Black Library Buckram 121/4 x 93/16 x 11/2 311 x 233 x 38 400448 Black Library Buckram 123/8 x 97/8 x 1 314 x 251 x 25 400360 Black Library Buckram 123/8 x 97/8 x 2 314 x 251 x 51 400451 PX Black Library Buckram 143/8 x 113/8 x 2 365 x 289 x 51 Hand made and covered with black 400410 A3 Black Library Buckram 171/8 x 121/4 x 11/4 435 x 311 x 32 Library Buckram 400411 A3 Black Library Buckram 171/8 x 121/4 x 25/8 435 x 311 x 66 400363 P3 Black Library Buckram 163/8 x 123/8 x 11/4 416 x 314 x 32 400364 P3 Black Library Buckram 163/8 x 123/8 x 21/2 416 x 314 x 63 400412 A3+ Black Library Buckram 193/8 x 137/16 x 111/16 492 x 342 x 43 400414 P4 Black Library Buckram 203/8 x 163/8 x 11/4 517 x 416 x 32 400415 P4 Black Library Buckram 203/8 x 163/8 x 21/2 517 x 416 x 63 400413 A2 Black Library Buckram 241/8 x 173/16 x 115/16 612 x 437 x 50 Applications 400416 P5 Black Library Buckram 243/8 x 203/8 x 3 619 x 517 x 76 • Suitable for the archival storage of photographic prints, 400756 A1 Black Library Buckram 331/2 x 233/4 x 21/2 851 x 604 x 63 negatives, transparencies, drawings, letters, other valuable Timecare® Portfolio Carrying Cases also available. artwork, literature or ephemera
14 www.arteymemoria.com BOXES & STORAGE Products
Style code AB12 Concorde Portfolio Box AB Drop spine/front style: 4 protective side walls These drop spine, drop front hand-made boxes are constructed
from acid-free boxboard, lined on the inside with white acid-free oxes
paper. The lid is designed to lie flat when open. Covered with B
black Library Buckram Cloth. Each box contains a 5mm white o Plastazote® sheet which assists removal of the box contents. i Aluminium label holder fitted on front, long side. Often used as ol
high quality presentation or portfolio boxes. f
Product Colour Internal size Internal size ort code inches mm P 400757 Black 181/8 x 111/4 x 29/16 460 x 285 x 65 400758 Black 211/4 x 165/16 x 29/16 540 x 415 x 65 400759 Black 291/8 x 207/8 x 23/16 740 x 530 x 55 400760 Black 481/4 x 331/8 x 13/8 1225 x 842 x 35 overed C
Style code AB13 Specifications • Made of Acid-free board, 1600gsm, pH7.5 carrousel Portfolio Box • Lined on the inside with acid free paper. loth
Drop spine/front style: 3 protective side walls with strap C • Tyvek hinges. • Label holder on the short side. These drop spine, drop front hand-made boxes are • Formats suitable for mounting standards constructed from acid-free boxboard, lined on the (40.5 x 53cm and 73 x 52cm). inside with white acid-free paper. The lid is designed to • Colour: Black Buckram cloth. lie flat when open. Covered with black Library Buckram Cloth. Spines are made of Tyvek® for exceptional tear and fold strength. Aluminium label holder fitted on short side. Easy access allowing use on an easel, with a strap on the short side. The separate inner board liner enables easy lifting of mounts with strap. Aluminium Label Holder
Product Colour Internal size Internal size code inches mm 400761 Black 169/16 x 125/8 x 29/16 420 x 320 x 65 400762 Black 161/8 x 211/4 x 23/8 410 x 540 x 60 400763 Black 207/8 x 291/8 x 115/16 530 x 740 x 50 400764 Black 305/16 x 247/16 x 115/16 770 x 620 x 50
Style code AB14 Opera Portfolio Box Drop spine: 4 protective side walls These drop spine, hand-made boxes are constructed from acid- free boxboard, lined on the inside with white acid-free paper. The lid is designed to lie flat when open. Covered with black hydrophobic cloth.
Product Colour Size Size code inches mm 400765 Black 125/8 x 101/4 x 29/16 320 x 260 x 65 400766 Black 125/8 x 169/16 x 29/16 320 x 420 x 65 400767 Black 169/16 x 201/2 x 29/16 420 x 520 x 65 Specifications 400768 Black 201/2 x 247/16 x 29/16 520 x 620 x 65 • Aluminium label-holder at front, on the long side. 400769 Black 201/2 x 263/8 x 115/16 520 x 670 x 50 • Colour: black water resistant cloth 400770 Black 247/16 x 325/16 x 23/16 620 x 820 x 55
www.arteymemoria.com 15 BOXES & STORAGE Products AB The History of Dr. Solander
Daniel Charles Solander (1736-1782), the botanist, was born in Sweden. He was a pupil of Linnaeus, on oxes whose advice he came to England, where he became Assistant Librarian and afterwards Keeper of Printed B Books at the British Museum. He travelled on the Endeavour with Captain Cook on his expedition to the Pacific, his situation in the Museum being kept open for him during his absence. der
n He was also a Fellow of the Royal Society and acted as Secretary and Librarian to Sir Joseph Banks, the eminent scientist. It is curious that, although unsuccessful attempts were made to commemorate his name, the useful book-form box designed by him, and considered the most satisfactory type of case for prints ola and manuscripts, is still known as a Solander Box. The good doctor lived 200 years before conservators S discovered the need for an acid-free environment and today’s Solander Boxes incorporate the very latest Daniel Charles Solander available archival materials to protect the contents. In all other respects 1736–1782 the design and quality of craftsmanship have been maintained.
Style code AB15 Solander Supreme Hand Made Boxes The ultimate storage box Hand-made with plywood frame. Acid-free archival boxboard base, lid and inner shoulders. Covered in Library Buckram. Lined throughout with acid-free paper. Incorporating polythene barrier between the plywood frame and acid-free shoulder. Card holder fitted to spine of box. Available in 23 colours of Library Buckram – please specify colour when ordering. All boxes are hand made to order and we will be pleased to discuss any variations that may be required 400204A3
Specifications • Hand-made with plywood frame for strength • Base, lid and shoulder made with acid-free archival boxboard • Covered in Library Buckram • Lined throughout with acid-free paper • Incorporating polythene barrier • Supplied ready-assembled • Card holder fitted • 23 colours • Attaché fasteners/hooks can be fitted if required at additional cost
Product Type Internal size Internal size code inches mm 400204A3 A3 17 x 121/4 x 25/16 432 x 311 x 58 400771 Royal 221/2 x 161/2 x 25/16 572 x 419 x 58 400772 A2 237/8 x 17 x 25/16 606 x 432 x 58 400773 Imperial 271/2 x 201/2 x 25/16 699 x 521 x 58 400774 Atlas 321/2 x 241/2 x 25/16 826 x 622 x 58 400775 A1 335/8 x 237/8 x 25/16 854 x 606 x 58
Library Buckram Cloth Colours
The Library Buckram sample colours 585 Black 511 Light grey 596 Graphite 551 Purple 579 Bright parchment 586 Ochre 569 Saddle 575 Chestnut shown are a visual guide for initial selection of colour only. It is important to note that the colours seen will vary according to your computer monitor settings, as well as the 580 Duck egg blue 548 Royal blue 546 Lapis 544 Indigo 574 Cinnebar 520 Red orange 530 Pillar box red 535 Oxblood settings of your colour printer, should you print off this visual guide. If a precise colour match is important to you, please request an actual colour swatch sample from Arte & Memoria Limited. 541 Darkest blue 556 Olive 531 Bright green 563 Brit. racing green 532 Burgundy 533 Maroon 567 Damson 16 www.arteymemoria.com BOXES & STORAGE Products
Style code BB01 Premier™ Hinged Lid Glass Plate Negative, Mi- BB crofiche, Postcard and CD Storage Box This multi-purpose hinged lid box has a unique design that helps give rigidity and strength, including a double thickness inner wall oxes at the front. These boxes are made from Premier™ Archival acid- free and lignin-free Boxboard. The box has a fully hinged B lid to allow easy access to contents. The sturdy box style d is ideal for storing heavy items. The boxes are supplied Li flat-packed for easy low cost shipping and space saving. Secured using tabs and slots for assembly without the need for wire stitching or gluing. ged They can be supplied with Plastazote® Channel Panels, extra internal boxboard liners or activated
custom made Hin ™ boxes available for this carbon charcoal matting for extra protection. product
Glass plate negative boxes: example shown of option with Plastazote® Channel Panels to hold negatives vertically within a pHoton™ four flap folder.
Specifications • Made from Premier™ Archival Folding Boxboard Applications • Supplied flat-packed • Colour: Grey/White as standard • Suitable for archival storage of glass plate negatives as well as microfiche, • Duke Parchment/White colour available for special order negatives, photographs and postcards
Product. Description Colour Thickness Internal size Internal size RA TOLERANCES & ADVICE ON code. microns inches mm /FP ORDERING SOLANDER BOXES The manufacture of Solander Boxes is a 400180 Stereo Negative Grey/White 650 41/2 x 27/16 x 115/16 115 x 62 x 50 FP handmade process where small variations in the 400180/DP Stereo Negative Duke Parchment/White 650 41/2 x 27/16 x 115/16 115 x 62 x 50 FP materials used make it impossible to work to engineering tolerances. To help avoid problems or 400194 Grey/White 1300 43/4 x 1113/16 x 23/16 120 x 300 x 55 FP disappointment we advise the following tolerances and procedure to be taken when specifying a 400181 Quarter Glass Plate* Grey/White 1300 51/16 x 57/8 x 43/16 128 x 150 x 106 FP special size of box. 400184 5”x4” Glass Plate Negatives* Grey/White 1300 51/8 x 1113/16 x 45/16 130 x 300 x 110 FP Unless otherwise specified we will always add 400185 5”x4” Glass Plate Negatives Grey/White 1300 53/16 x 67/16 x 45/8 132 x 164 x 118 FP 12mm to any object size given i.e. 512 x 712mm internal box size for a 500 x 700mm object size. 400776 Grey/White 1300 55/16 x 1113/16 x 71/16 135 x 300 x 180 FP This allows for variations in the materials used in the construction of the box and possible 400186 35x70mm Glass Plate Negatives Grey/White 1300 51/2 x 1113/16 x 215/16 140 x 300 x 75 FP variations in size and squareness of your object. 400186/DP 35x70mm Glass Plate Negatives Duke Parchment/White 1300 51/2 x 1113/16 x 215/16 140 x 300 x 75 FP If requested by you the minimum we will add to your object size will be 6mm on each dimension 400777 Grey/White 1300 57/8 x 67/16 x 415/16 150 x 164 x 125 FP i.e. 506 x 706mm internal box size for a 500 x 700mm object size. 400361 Postcard/Microfiche Grey/White 1300 61/8 x 51/8 x 41/4 156 x 130 x 108 FP When ordering please specify the 400778 Grey/White 1300 61/4 x 55/8 x 51/16 158 x 143 x 128 FP following: 400187 5”x6” Glass Plate Negatives Grey/White 1300 65/16 x 71/2 x 511/16 160 x 190 x 145 FP A. The size of the object that the box will contain. 400779 Grey/White 1300 611/16 x 57/8 x 51/8 170 x 150 x 130 FP B. The internal size of the box bearing in mind the tolerances stated above. If closer tolerances 400182 Half Glass Plate* Grey/White 1300 71/2 x 57/8 x 511/16 190 x 150 x 144 FP are required we are happy to discuss the 400182/DP Half Glass Plate* Duke Parchment/White 1300 71/2 x 57/8 x 511/16 190 x 150 x 144 FP alternatives which may involve a different method of construction and having the object or a dummy 400190 5”x7”Prints Grey/White 1300 71/2 x 57/8 x 57/8 190 x 150 x 150 FP around which the box can be built. 400780 5”x7”Prints Grey/White 1300 71/2 x 1113/16 x 51/2 192 x 300 x 140 FP C. The maximum external size of the box. This is important if the box has to fit a specific size 400781 Grey/White 1300 87/16 x 43/4 x 69/16 215 x 120 x 166 FP of bay or shelf. Having this information is useful 400782 Full Glass Plate Grey/White 1300 87/8 x 89/16 x 71/16 225 x 217 x 179 FP because it may not be possible to give the internal size required if the maximum external size is too 400202 Full Glass Plate* Grey/White 1300 9 x 57/8 x 73/8 229 x 150 x 188 FP small. Hopefully an expensive mistake can be avoided and an alternative style of box or storage 400188 Full Glass Plate Grey/White 1300 91/16 x 51/8 x 611/16 230 x 130 x 170 FP solution can be recommended. 400191 Grey/White 1300 913/16 x 61/2 x 57/8 250 x 165 x 150 FP D. If you intend to store polyester pockets or 400783 Grey/White 1300 105/8 x 33/4 x 77/8 270 x 95 x 200 FP sleeves within the boxes please ensure to allow enough tolerance between the object size and 400784 Grey/White 1300 1013/16 x 57/8 x 87/8 275 x 150 x 226 FP the polyester storage enclosure. This will vary according to the thickness and size of the object 400785 Grey/White 1300 123/16 x 315/16 x 91/16 310 x 100 x 230 FP so it is hard for us to recommend a standard 400786 Grey/White 1300 133/4 x 315/16 x 101/4 350 x 100 x 260 FP tolerance. For example a thin photograph may only need 6mm adding on each dimension where 400787 Grey/White 1300 33/8 x 61/8 x 33/8 86 x 155 x 86 FP a thicker item such as mounted item say 5mm thick may need 12mm adding depending on 400788 With concertina divider Grey/White 1300 83/8 x 143/16 x 65/16 212 x 360 x 160 FP preference. Please take this only as a guide as we 400192 Upright for 3.5”x4” prints Grey/White 1300 45/16 x 1113/16 x 33/4 110 x 300 x 95 FP cannot be responsible for this decision and you must satisfy yourself that the enclosure is large 400195 Upright ‘D’ ring pull. CD Storage Grey/White 1300 51/2 x 125/8 x 65/16 140 x 320 x 160 RA enough for the object and that ease of insertion meets your requirements. 400789 Upright Grey/White 1300 911/16 x 55/8 x 711/16 246 x 143 x 195 FP *with liner.
www.arteymemoria.com 17 BOXES & STORAGE Products
Style code BB02 BB Premier™ Upright Document Boxes Made from Premier Archival acid-free and lignin free boxboard A one-piece upright box with hinged lid to allow easy access to contents. oxes B d Li ged Specifications • Made from Premier™ Archival Folding Boxboard Hin • Supplied flat-packed • Colour: Grey/White as standard • Duke Parchment/White colour available for special order custom made boxes available for this product
Product Colour Thickness Internal size Internal size Applications code micron inches mm • Suitable for archival storage of documents, photographs, prints, 400229 Grey/White 1300 1413/16 x 315/16 x 107/16 377 x 100 x 265 negatives, transparencies, drawings and ephemera
Style code BB03 Specifications Lydamore Upright Document Box • Made from EcopHant™ recycled acid-free boxboard The Lydamore Document Box is a strong • Supplied flat-packed flat-packed die-cut box made from • Durable pull tab and water wings EcopHant™ recycled boxboard. This • Colour: Elephant Green upright box has a fully hinging
lid on the long side to allow 100% easy access to contents and two durable tabs for easy handling and carrying. Applications Great care has gone in to the design of this box to minimise ingress of • Suitable for archival storage of documents, photographs, prints, negatives, water from a burst pipe/flood by transparencies, drawings and ephemera the addition of ‘water wings’ to the top of the box. The specification of the EcopHant material is also water Product Type Colour Thickness Internal size Internal size resistant and bleed proof. The boxes code microns inches mm are supplied flat-packed with all the Durable 400790 Folio Elephant Green 1300 145/8 x 43/16 x 107/8 372 x 107 x 277 pull-tabs fittings for easy low cost shipping and space saving. Self assemble when For assembly instuctions and more information on the wider ready to use. Certain styles of boxes are range of Lydamore boxes see p22. embossed with a box reference number and year of manufacture. Embossing can be specified to all custom made boxes available boxes for special order. for this product
Style code BB04 Specifications ™ ™ Premier pHlip Top • Made from 650 micron Premier™ Archival Folding Boxboard Microfilm Boxes • Acid-free, lignin-free, OBA-free • Supplied flat-packed Made using Premier Archival • Colour: Grey/White as standard acid-free and lignin-free • Duke Parchment/White colour available for special order boxboard, this upright one- piece die-cut box has a fully hinged lid on the one side to Product Colour Thickness Film Internal size Internal size allow easy access to contents code micron inches mm offering both practical and safe 400148 Grey/White 650 16mm 6 x 6 x 1 152 x 152 x 25 storage. 400600 Grey/White 650 16mm 3 x 3 x 1 76 x 76 x 25 Suitable for archival storage of 400147 Grey/White 650 16mm 37/8 x 37/8 x 1 98 x 98 x 25 35mm microfilm. 400146 Grey/White 650 35mm 37/8 x 37/8 x 15/8 98 x 98 x 41
custom made boxes available for this product
18 www.arteymemoria.com BOXES & STORAGE Products
Style code BB05 400203 Premier™ Upright BB Hinged Lid Box Made from Premier Archival acid-free and lignin-free oxes Boxboard, this box has a fully hinged lid on the B long side. It is die-cut, d brass wire-stitched Specifications Li with an inner liner • Made from Premier™ Archival Folding Boxboard to cover the • Supplied flat-packed stitches and has • Colour: Grey/white as standard ged a crash-lock base BXPHLM3880 • Duke Parchment/White colour available for special order that allows it to be flat-packed for easy Hin low cost shipping and space saving. Applications Originally designed • Suitable for archival storage of documents, photographs, phonographic custom made boxes available for pHoton™ paper for this product records. eg. LP records, CDs, prints, large glass negatives and ephemera. enclosures for 12 x 10” glass plate storage, however this style is now available in other sizes to provide storage Product. Description Colour Thickness Internal size Internal size solutions for a variety of artifacts. code. microns inches mm 400203 10” x 8” glass plate negatives Grey/White 1300 101/2 x 57/8 x 87/8 267 x 150 x 226 400205 12” x 10” glass plate negatives Grey/White 1300 121/4 x 21/2 x 101/4 311 x 64 x 260 400206 LP Storage – with D-ring pull Grey/White 1300 13 x 43/4 x 13 330 x 120 x 330 400357 LP Storage Grey/White 1300 15 x 21/2 x 12 381 x 64 x 305
Style code BB06 Notary Box Upright hinged lid, drop front A stylish hand made box for the storage and preservation of documents in files or folders. This special design allows good accessibility: the lid hinges backwards while the front drops open completely. Handle and label holder. Black Buckram cloth covering.
400792
Specifications • Made of 1800gsm acid-free board. • Lined with 120gsm acid free paper. Product Colour Internal size Internal size RA • Front of box has handle and label-holder. code inches mm /FP • Colour: Black Buckram cloth. 400792 Black 153/4 x 1113/16 x 77/8 400 x 300 x 200 RA
Information Foolscap folio: its definitions and origins
Foolscap Folio was the traditional paper size used in Europe and the British Commonwealth before the adoption of the international standard A4 paper (the most common standard size in the world) and nominally measures 8.5 inches by 13.5 inches (215.9 x 342.9mm). Foolscap was named after the fool’s caps and bells watermark commonly used from the fifteenth century onwards on paper of these dimensions. In Britain the use of paper with Foolscap watermarks was very rare in the sixteenth and seventeenth century with most examples found in papers imported from either the lower Rhine or from Northern France. By the middle of the eighteenth century the most usual watermarks in Foolscap paper were the Lion of the seven Provinces or the seated Britannia, which by 1800 had become the standard watermark for Foolscap paper.
www.arteymemoria.com 19 BOXES & STORAGE Products
Style code CB01 CB Premier™ Carry Case With Handle A one-piece box made from Premier™ Archival acid-free and lignin-free Boxboard. Designed for storage and transport, they ase can be stored horizontally or vertically
C and can be supplied with Premier™ Archival Folders to divide and protect items within the box. This system has arry been successfully used for C the storage of newspapers, parchments, documents, photographs, prints and drawings. The cases have a hinged lid fastened by one or more snap-in plastic clips and have a strong plastic carrying handle.
Specifications custom made boxes available for this product • Made from Premier™ Archival Folding Boxboard • Supplied flat-packed or ready-assembled • Colour: Grey/white as standard • Duke Parchment/White colour available for special order Product To fit Colour Thickness Internal size Internal size RA code micron inches mm /FP
400793 Grey/White 1300 181/8 x 211/16 x 139/16 460 x 69 x 344 FP Applications 400794 Imperial/A1 Grey/White 1300 33 x 25/8 x 227/16 838 x 66 x 570 FP • Suitable for the storage of newspapers, parchments, documents, *400795 Grey/White 1300 181/2 x 31/8 x 133/8 470 x 80 x 340 RA photographs, prints and drawings.
* Cambridge Newspaper Carry Case shown.
The Cambridge Newspaper System
This system was the result of using applied product knowledge and ‘lateral’ thinking when we were asked by a client to design a new system for storing their newspapers archive. Previously the storage of bound and boxed newspapers was both expensive and time consuming. The introduction of the designed system has made this archival task much less daunting. This Cambridge Newspaper System makes the handling of dated newspaper editions easier to store, but rigid and light enough to be carried from the library shelf to reader. The system consists of a Premier™ Carry Case containing four Premier™ Multi Crease Folders each of which protect 10 or more newspapers editions. It is fastened with two snap lock clasps on the lid and is supplied with a label and holder for clear identification. The swivel handle allows simple removal from a shelf and a comfortable carrying grip. 400795 Carry Case With Handle*
Four FlapFolder (p42)
20 www.arteymemoria.com BOXES & STORAGE Products
Style code DB01 Premier™ Heavy Duty Library, Print & Newspa- DB per Boxes.
Originally made for storing newspapers these xes two-part boxes are extremely strong and rigid. o They have double walls on all sides, including the B base and lid which have inserts that are snapped new picture or glued in to place. They are strong enough to multiple stack even when heavily loaded. The double art wall construction offers extra strength and improved protection against fire and water. -P The design of box is particularly suitable for large sizes. wo Boxes can be supplied flat packed or ready assembled for an T additional charge. NB: Please note that some large boxes can be awkward to construct. We also advise gluing the separate (double thickness) pad into the lid. custom made boxes available Please ask for more details. for this product
Specifications Product Discription Colour Thickness Internal size Internal Size RA code micron inches mm /FP ™ • Made from Premier Archival 400796 Grey/White 1300 325/16 x 231/4 x 39/16 820 x 590 x 90 FP Folding Boxboard 400116 Imperial Grey/White 1300 313/8 x 241/2 x 213/16 797 x 623 x 71 FP • Supplied flat-packed or ready assembled 400797 Grey/White 1300 279/16 x 227/16 x 23/8 700 x 570 x 60 FP • Colour: Grey/White as standard 400798 Grey/White 1300 253/16 x 1711/16 x 3 640 x 450 x 76 FP • Duke Parchment/White colour available for 400799 Grey/White 1300 243/4 x 203/8 x 115/16 628 x 518 x 50 FP special order 400115 Half Imperial Grey/White 1300 245/16 x 17 x 3 617 x 432 x 76 FP 400800 Grey/White 1300 231/2 x 149/16 x 115/16 597 x 370 x 50 FP 400801 Grey/White 1300 23 x 19 x 3 584 x 483 x 76 FP Applications 400802 Grey/White 1300 1911/16 x 133/8 x 57/8 500 x 340 x 150 FP • Suitable for archival storage of newspapers, 400803 Grey/White 1300 1515/16 x 117/16 x 315/16 405 x 290 x 100 FP prints, drawings, documents, photographs, 400804 Grey/White 1300 1415/16 x 61/8 x 41/8 380 x 156 x 105 FP textiles and ephemera 400621 Grey/White 1300 133/8 x 105/8 x 33/4 340 x 270 x 95 FP
Style code DB02 Premier™ Archival Textile Storage Box Two part box box with separate lid and base, single wall construction. Semi circular thumb cuts in the lid to aid removal and side pull tabs. Manufactured without metal parts that can custom made boxes available for this product snag on the textiles. The boxes are supplied flat-packed for low cost shipping, space saving and self assembly when ready to use. We are able to assemble these boxes for you at an additional cost.
Specifications • Premier Archival Folding Boxboard • Colour: Grey/White as standard • Duke Parchment/White colour available for special order
Product Colour Thickness Size Size RA code micron inches mm /FP 400114 Grey/White 1300 30 x 24 x 6 762 x 610 x 152 FP 400113 Grey/White 1300 30 x 18 x 6 762 x 457 x 152 FP
www.arteymemoria.com 21 BOXES & STORAGE Products
Style code DB03 DB Lydamore Flat-Packed EcopHant™ Boxes Recycled Green Archival Storage Boxes Acid-free, flat-packed green EcopHant™ archival storage boxes xes offer buyers high quality conservation storage for a similar price o to traditional non archival brown chipboard boxes. B The Lydamore range is a strong, modular system made from EcopHant™ recycled boxboard.
art The boxes were initially designed and developed to resolve a
-P space problem for one of A&M’s existing customers, the Essex Record Office, and is consequently named in honour of their first conservator, Amy Lydamore. wo
T Designed to accommodate most popular document sizes the boxes have two robust pull tabs for easy handling and removal of the lid. Some boxes feature drop front options for ease of access to contents. They feature a unique wall liner that is snapped in place by inert plastic fixings. Lydamore boxes are available in three different styles and eight sizes. They are supplied flat- Image courtesy of Es- packed with all the fittings to reduce delivery costs and save on sex Record Office storage space.
Specifications 100% • Made from Ecophant™ recycled acid-free boxboard, • 100% Chemically Purified Wood-free Fibre • pH 7 — 7.5 • Acid-free and Lignin-free • O.B.A. free • Supplied ready-assembled or flat-packed • Colour: Elephant green, colour-fast Durable pull-tab • Neutral sized for water resistance
Plastic fixings
Box 20 Flat Packed Boxes (sheets)
For details of Lyda- more Upright Box see p18
Approximately 20 flat packed boxes take up 1 2 Lydamore Box the same height as one fully made up box. Easy assembly procedure Information
What are EcopHant™ boxes? The EcopHant™ boxes are green 100% 3 4 5 6 7 in colour and by nature. Arte & Memoria aim for zero waste in its box manufacturing by recycling its expensive and high quality, long fibre, acid-free and lignin-free post production paper and board waste. This waste is then made into high-density Superior™ bookbinders millboard and ™ Product Description Colour Thickness Internal size Internal size RA slightly lower density EcopHant boxboard code microns inches mm /FP using a non-adhesive board-making 400805 A4 Elephant Green 1300 133/8 x 105/8 x 45/16 340 x 270 x 110 FP machine. 400806 Foolscap Elephant Green 1300 153/8 x 105/8 x 45/16 390 x 270 x 110 FP Offering long-term protection from light, ™ 400807 Elephant Green 1300 1515/16 x 1113/16 x 43/4 405 x 300 x 120 FP dust, fire and water, EcopHant is neutral 400808 Elephant Green 1300 1515/16 x 1113/16 x 71/16 405 x 300 x 180 FP sized for water resistance and is colourfast. 400809 Elephant Green 1300 1515/16 x 1113/16 x 23/8 405 x 300 x 60 FP This exceptional high strength green board 400810 Drop front Elephant Green 1300 1515/16 x 1113/16 x 39/16 405 x 300 x 90 FP will outlast regular brown kraft/chipboard 400811 Drop front Elephant Green 1300 235/8 x 1515/16 x 39/16 600 x 405 x 90 FP boxes and corrugated boxes by decades.
22 www.arteymemoria.com BOXES & STORAGE Products
Style code DB04 Specifications EcopHant™ Box & Lid 100% DB • Made from EcopHant™ recycled acid-free boxboard, Extremely strong and rigid two-part die-cut box wire stitched • 100% Chemically Purified Wood-free Fibre supplied ready assembled Box & Lid made from EcopHant™
• pH7 to 7.5 xes boxboard. • Acid-free and Lignin-free o Ordinary brown kraft lined • O.B.A. free B chipboard boxes, found • Supplied fully assembled in many archives, are • Colour: Elephant Green
made from low grade raw art materials of a moderate -P (Low Acid) pH. These Applications boxes have been used for • Suitable for archival storage of documents, photographs, prints, years by archives because negatives, transparencies, drawings and ephemera wo they were the best and T only low cost alternative to a fully specified Product Type Colour Thickness Internal Size Internal Size RA Premier™ Grade code microns inches mm /FP Archival Box. Now there is 400812 Elephant Green 1300 117/16 x 117/16 x 415/16 290 x 290 x 125 RA an alternative, 400813 Elephant Green 1300 133/16 x 101/4 x 811/16 310 x 220 x 260 RA the Green 400814 A4 Elephant Green 1300 133/8 x 105/8 x 33/4 340 x 270 x 95 RA EcopHant™ 400815 Elephant Green 1300 1415/16 x 91/16 x 43/4 380 x 230 x 120 RA Archive Box. 400816 Elephant Green 1300 1415/16 x 101/4 x 415/16 380 x 260 x 125 RA 000034/200 Elephant Green 1300 1415/16 x 1113/16 x 43/4 380 x 300 x 120 RA 000033/300 Elephant Green 1300 153/16 x 911/16 x 45/16 385 x 246 x 110 RA 400432 Foolscap Elephant Green 1300 153/16 x 105/8 x 45/16 385 x 270 x 110 RA custom made boxes available for this product 400817 Elephant Green 1300 1711/16 x 43/4 x 43/4 450 x 120 x 120 RA 400818 Elephant Green 1300 18 x 12 x 215/16 457 x 305 x 75 RA 400819 Elephant Green 1300 18 x 12 x 511/16 457 x 305 x 145 RA 400820 Elephant Green 1300 18 x 12 x 913/16 457 x 305 x 250 RA 400821 Elephant Green 1300 181/4 x 87/16 x 59/16 463 x 214 x 141 RA 400822 Elephant Green 1300 273/8 x 87/16 x 511/16 695 x 215 x 145 RA
Style code DB05 Specifications Premier™ Tabless Box & Lid • Made from Premier™ Archival Folding Boxboard Made from Premier Archival • Supplied flat-packed acid-free and lignin-free • Colour: Grey/White as standard boxboard this two-part box has double thickness walls on the short end. 400823 Applications Interlocking internal construction • Suitable for archival storage of books, documents, with no external tabs. photographs, prints Full depth lid with thumb cuts to aid lid removal.
Product Colour Thickness Internal size Internal size RA custom made boxes available for this product code micron inches mm /FP 400823 Grey/White 1300 1113/16 x 117/16 x 31/8 300 x 290 x 80 FP 400824 Grey/a 1300 1113/16 x 1113/16 x 51/8 300 x 300 x 130 FP
Information
100% Zero Waste Initiative
Arte & Memoria Limited manufactures a wide range of Premier Grade Boxes, Folders and Envelopes. This process produces a large amount of acid-free and lignin-free paper and board waste. Recycling this waste allows us to produce the new high specification Green EcopHant™ Board. The recycled board created for these low cost Green EcopHant™ Archive Boxes is a high density, hard pressed material making the boxes stronger, longer lasting and more resistant to fire and flood than any other equivalent box available. Certain styles of boxes are embossed with a box reference number and year of manufacture. Embossing can be specified to all boxes for special order.
www.arteymemoria.com 23 BOXES & STORAGE Products
custom made boxes available for this product Style code DB06 Specifications DB Premier™ Tabbed Box & Lid • Made from Premier™ Archival Folding Boxboard Made using Premier Archival • Supplied flat-packed acid-free and
xes • Colour: Grey/White lignin-free o boxboard this
B is a double wall design Applications box and lid.
art • Suitable for archival storage of books, documents, Secured using photographs, prints -P tabs and slots for assembly without the need for wire Product Colour Thickness Internal size Internal size RA wo stitching or gluing. code micron inches mm /FP T The boxes are supplied 400825 Grey/White 1300 4015/16 x 279/16 x 11/2 1040 x 700 x 38 FP flat-packed for easy low custom made boxes available cost shipping and space for this product saving.
Style code DB07 Specifications Premier™ Wire Stitched Box & Lid (standard) • Made from Premier™ Archival Folding Boxboard Produced from Premier Archival • Wire stitched, non rusting brass or stainless steel acid-free and lignin-free boxboard. • Supplied ready-assembled This ready assembled, two-part • Colour: Grey/White die-cut brass wire stitched • Duke Parchment/White colour available for special order box and lid offer permanence and durability, for long life Applications storage. • Suitable for archival storage of documents, photographs, prints, negatives, transparencies, drawings and ephemera
custom made boxes available 400830 for this product
Product Colour Thickness Internal size Internal size RA code micron inches mm /FP 400826 Grey/White 1300 83/4 x 43/4 x 39/16 220 x 120 x 90 RA 400827 Grey/White 1300 147/16 x 101/4 x 33/4 366 x 260 x 95 RA 400828 Grey/White 1300 149/16 x 105/8 x 45/16 370 x 270 x 110 RA 400829 Grey/White 1300 143/4 x 143/4 x 43/4 375 x 375 x 120 RA 400830 Grey/White 1300 143/4 x 1113/16 x 315/16 375 x 300 x 100 RA 400831 Grey/White 1300 153/16 x 105/8 x 45/16 385 x 270 x 110 RA 400832 Grey/White 1000 15 x 117/8 x 41/2 382 x 302 x 115 RA 400833 Grey/White 1300 153/4 x 1113/16 x 75/16 400 x 300 x 185 RA 400834 Grey/White 1300 153/4 x 121/2 x7 400 x 318 x 178 RA 400835 Grey/White 1300 16 x 9 x 215/16 406 x 229 x 75 RA 400836 Grey/White 1300 16 x 9 x 51/2 406 x 229 x 140 RA 400837 Grey/White 1300 169/16 77/8 x 415/16 420 x 200 x 125 RA 400604 Grey/White 1300 1615/16 x 123/16 x 13/16 430 x 310 x 30 RA 400838 Grey/White 1300 171/4 x 13 x 513/16 438 x 330 x 147 RA 400839 Grey/White 1300 231/4 x 153/4 x 57/8 590 x 400 x 150 RA 400840 Grey/White 1300 27 x 23 x 71/16 686 x 584 x 180 RA 400841 Grey/White 1300 279/16 x 227/16 x 315/16 700 x 570 x 100 RA 400842 Grey/White 1300 279/16 x 227/16 x 65/16 700 x 570 x 160 RA 400843 Grey/White 1300 30 x 21 x 6 762 x 534 x 152 RA 400844 Grey/White 1300 3011/16 x 231/4 x 315/16 780 x 590 x 100 RA 400845 Grey/White 1300 3011/16 x 231/4 67/8 780 x 590 x 175 RA 400846 Grey/White 1300 337/16 x 259/16 x 31/8 850 x 650 x 80 RA 400847 Grey/White 1300 401/4 x 30 x 315/16 1022 x 762 x 100 RA
24 www.arteymemoria.com BOXES & STORAGE Products
Style code DB08 ™ Premier Large Storage and 400848 DB Transit Box & Lid
These large boxes xes were designed for o transport and storage. They are a two part B design. The side wall of the box is stitched art with brass wire and has a crash lock flat base. -P They feature an insert pad
in the base to spread the wo
load and prevent the crash T lock base being forced open. This was an innovation designed for 400848 Flat Packed use in the Telescopic Cube Tubes. The lid is constructed using tabs and slots. The box ships custom made boxes available flat for self assembly. for this product Product Colour Thickness Internal Size Internal Size Lid depth RA If the boxes are stacked on top of each other we recommend code microns inches mm mm /FP the addition of an extra inner wall made from double wall EB 400848 Grey/White 1300 1811/16 x 181/2 x 1811/16 475 x 470 x 475 162mm FP Premier Archival Fluted Boxboard. 400849 Grey/White 1300 12 x 10 x 13 305 x 254 x 330 50mm FP
Style code DB09 Premier™ Wallpaper Sample Book Storage Box & Multi-Crease Wrapper Produced originally for the storage and protection of wallpaper sample books e.g. Sandersons, this very sturdy box is based on our Newspaper Box, but is deeper and also features a 1300 micron wrapper with multi-creases and cotton tape tying slots. This wrapper is designed to enclose snugly the volume and facilitates lifting it safely out of the storage box. Sufficient space is left either side of the wrapper to allow easy access for lifting. To stop the package sliding about in the box Plastazote blocks or other packing can be inserted into the four corners. We can supply four small boxes or Plaztazote blocks if required.
Multi-Crease Wrap- per
Product Colour Thickness Size Size RA code micron inches mm /FP
custom made boxes available 400095 Grey/White 1300 26 x 215/8 x 315/16 660 x 550 x 100 FP for this product
The Nicholas Hadgraft Scholarship Recent Scholarship Winners 2010 winner: 2009 winner: 2008 winner: Created in 2005, the scholarship is an award of £1000 towards the cost of attending the Montefiascone Rachel Sawicki Louise Robertson Betul Caricka Book Conservation Summer School held each year in the Medieval Hill Town of Montefiascone, located between Rome and Siena. The scholarship is offered in memory of Dr Nicholas Hadgraft, a good friend of Conservation by Design who died tragically in 2004. Nicholas was a fellow of the University of the Arts London and a key collaborator on the Squelch Drying’ technique devised by Stuart Welch (the founder of Conservation by Design), the most effective way to date of drying valuable rare books. For more details, see www.conservation-by-design.co.uk www.monteproject.com
www.arteymemoria.com 25 BOXES & STORAGE Products
Style code EB01 EB Premier™ Palm Leaf Storage Box This complex box was designed in conjunction with Deborah Farndell of Cambridge University Library for the protection of rare and delicate ‘Palm Leaf’ manuscripts. The brief was to make a box that gave maximum protection and ease of access to the manuscripts. It is a two part box with a full depth lid. The base has two wide double wall ‘L’ shaped sides which are mitred and hinged on the short sides. When open this gives complete access for handling and when closed offers superb protection of the custom made boxes available delicate edges of the Palm Leaf pages which are held between for this product wooden boards. The same design of box can be applied to other delicate objects
DROP WALL BOX WALL DROP Applications and using the parametric design on our ‘Smart Box™’ Kasemake A&M computerised box maker we can produce boxes to virtually • Palm leaf books and other delicate objects any size. • Size to suit your requirements, prices on application
1 2 3
Style code FB01 Other window box designs available with Premier™ Window Box metal edge. See p32. The Premier™ Window Box comes in four parts: base, lid, polyester sheet and base insert pad. FB Each box has two thumb cuts in the lid on the long sides. The lids have a viewing square with radiused corners, covered with transparent polyester inside the lid. xes
o The polyester pieces are supplied separately for you to insert and require no adhesive. The B box base and lid are constructed with double
w walls for greater strength and solidity. The separate lid is normally 3/4 depth.
do The boxes are supplied flat-packed for easy low cost shipping and space saving. Self assemble when ready
Win to use. If requested we can supply cut to size inserts using a variety of useful products including: Plastazote®, Corrosion Intercept® Foam, A&M Charcoal Felt Matting® and Silica Gel.
custom made boxes available for this product Specifications • Made from 650 micron Premier™ • Supplied flat-packed • Colour: Grey/White as standard • Duke Parchment/White colour available for special order Product Colour Thickness Size Size RA code micron inches mm /FP 400850 Grey/White 650 315/16 x 23/8 x 19/16 100 x 60 x 40 FP Applications 400851 Grey/White 650 43/4 x 315/16 x 23/16 120 x 100 x 55 FP • Suitable for archival storage of a variety of items that need to be viewed 400852 Grey/White 650 43/4 x 315/16 x 23/8 120 x 100 x 60 FP through the lid 400853 Grey/White 650 71/16 x 315/16 x 31/8 180 x 100 x 80 FP • Originally designed for geological specimens but has proven useful for a 400854 Grey/White 650 97/16 x 77/8 x 43/4 240 x 200 x 120 FP wide variety of museum objects 400855 Grey/White 650 23/8 x 115/16 x 19/16 60 x 50 x 40 FP
26 www.arteymemoria.com BOXES & STORAGE Products
Style code GB01 Specifications EcopHant™ Skull Box with Tray & Lid GB • Made from EcopHant™ recycled acid-free boxboard, Extremely strong and rigid three-part die cut box, tray & lid made 100% Recycled from Ecophant™ recycled acid-free boxboard . This style of box • 100% Chemically Purified Wood-free Fibre is designed to enable viewing the artifact by lifting the lid and/or • pH7 to 7.5 oxes studying/checking without touching the object by pulling out the • Acid-free and lignin-free tray like a drawer. • O.B.A. free 100% B • Supplied flat-packed • Colour: Elephant Green ray • Also available in Premier™ Archival Boxboard – price on application T custom made boxes available for this product
Applications • Suitable for archival storage of items such as a skull rawer D
Product. Description Colour Thickness Size Size RA code. microns inches mm /FP 400856 EcopHant Box & Lid Green 1100 513/16 x 87/16 x 67/16 147 x 214 x 164 FP 400857 EcopHant Box & Lid Green 1100 511/16 x 133/16 x 69/16 145 x 335 x 166 FP
Style code HB01 Storage Trays custom made boxes available Simple tray, made from for this product single and double wall premier Archival Folding Boxboard, EcopHant Applications Board or Heritage Archival • Suitable for archival storage, natural history collections, museum Photokraft (HAPK) ideal collections within drawers and cabinets for artifacts or specimens.
Product. Description Material Colour Thickness Size Size RA code. microns inches mm /FP 400858 Double wall HAPK White 500 4 x 31/16 x 19/16 102 x 77 x 40 FP 400859 Double wall HAPK White 350 23/4 x 115/16 x 13/16 70 x 50 x 30 FP 400860 Double wall Premier™ Grey/White 1000 813/16 x 1013/16 x 47/16 224 x 275 x 112 RA 400861 Wire stitched EcopHant™ Elephant Green 1300 177/8 x 89/16 x 211/16 454 x 217 x 68 RA
custom made boxes available for this product
Style code IB01 Premier™ Magazine/Pamphlet boxes are supplied flat-packed Premier™ Magazine/ for easy low cost shipping and space saving. Self assemble when ready to use. Pamphlet Boxes Manufactured from Premier Specifications Archival acid-free and lignin-free boxboard, this one-piece box has • Made from Premier™ Archival Folding Boxboard a cut away top edge for access • Supplied flat-packed to vertically stored pamphlets, • Colour: Grey/White as standard magazines or documents - • Duke Parchment/White colour available for special order allowing permanent visibility. Die-cut and secured using tabs and slots without the need for wire stitching or gluing. Product Colour Thickness Size Size rA code micron inches mm /FP
400328 Grey/White 1300 83/4 x 97/16 x 23/4 222 x 240 x 70 FP
www.arteymemoria.com 27 BOXES & STORAGE Products
Style code IB02 Specifications IB Premier™ Open Top File Box • Made from Premier™ Archival This one piece open top box has Folding Boxboard been designed for easy access to
xes • Supplied flat-packed working files. They can also be • Colour: Grey/white as standard o used in filing cabinets. They are Duke Parchment/ white on request B embossed to position labels and are supplied flat for self assembly.
top Applications 400862 Flat Packed
n • Suitable for archival storage of books, documents,
pe photographs, prints O
custom made boxes available for this product
Product Description Colour Thickness Size Size RA code micron inches mm /FP 400862 Foolscap Folio Grey/White 1300 133/4 x 125/16 x 315/16 350 x 313 x 100 FP
400303
Style code JB01-2 Premier™ Cube Tubes™ Telescopic and non telescopic custom made boxes available JB for this product Easy stacking telescopic and non telescopic Cube ™ Tubes , made from Premier TELESCOPIC xes Archival acid-free and lignin- o free boxboard. The boxes
B are supplied flat-packed for easy low cost shipping
be and space saving until ready to use. The telescopic design
Tu offers the flexibility to store rolls of varying length. When constructed these 400300 boxes make it easier to extract items than conventional round tubes, thereby making it a safer form of storage for the object. They 400298 feature hinged tops that cannot get lost and yet allow access without removal from the stack/shelf. They can also be stacked more easily into neat blocks.
MODULAR SIZES One large Cube Tube can stack Product Description Colour Thickness Internal size Internal size RA with four small code microns inches mm /FP 400298 Telescopic Grey/White 1300 315/16 x 315/16 x 311/2 100 x 100 x 800 FP 400299 Telescopic to approx 1500mm Grey/White 1300 315/16 x 315/16 x 451/4 100 x 100 x 1150 FP Specifications 400863 Telescopic to approx 2050mm Grey/White 1300 711/16 x 67/8 x 311/2 195 x 175 x 800 FP • Made from Premier™ Archival 400302 As above but with handle Grey/White 1300 711/16 x 67/8 x 311/2 195 x 175 x 800 FP Folding Boxboard 400662 Telescopic to approx 1500mm Grey/White 1300 43/4 x 43/4 x 311/2 120 x 120 x 800 FP • Supplied flat-packed 400661 Telescopic to approx 1500mm Grey/White 1300 57/8 x 57/8 x 311/2 150 x 150 x 800 FP • Colour: Grey/white as standard 400300 Telescopic to approx 1500mm Grey/White 1300 77/8 x 77/8 x 311/2 200 x 200 x 800 FP Duke Parchment/White on request 400303 Non Telescopic Grey/White 1300 15/16 x 115/16 x 451/4 50 x x 50 1150 FP 400304 Non Telescopic Grey/White 1300 315/16 x 315/16 x 451/4 100 x 100 x 1150 FP 400678 Non Telescopic Grey/White 1000 31/8 x 31/8 x 311/2 80 x 80 x 800 FP Applications 400659 Non Telescopic Grey/White 1300 315/16 x 315/16 x 311/2 100 x 100 x 800 FP • Suitable for archival storage of maps, plans, 400660 Non Telescopic Grey/White 1000 315/16 x 315/16 x 311/2 100 x 100 x 800 FP prints, drawings and textiles
28 www.arteymemoria.com BOXES & STORAGE Products
Style code JB03 Product Description Colour Internal size Internal size RA Chartpak Roll Storage code inches mm /FP JB Inert polypropylene plastic tubes for the storage of maps, plans 400310 Spacer Grey 12 x 215/16 ∅ 305 x 75 ∅ RA and materials housed in roll form. The static free polypropylene 400311 Bottom Cap Grey 221/4 x 215/16∅ 565 x 75 ∅ RA units with end pieces in place are dust and water proof and the 400312 Top Cap Grey 41/4 x 315/16∅ 108 x 100 ∅ RA easy grip aids handling. The unique Chartpak design prevents 400313 Spacer Grey 12 x 315/16 ∅ 305 x 100 ∅ RA discolouration or fade damage from UV Tubes. Available in two 400314 Bottom Cap Grey 223/8 x 315/16 ∅ 568 x 100 ∅ RA t diameters and can be lengthened by using additional spacer ∅ = Diameter pieces to extend the tube length as required. Should the tube be S too long, simply remove a spacer until you have the correct length. Independent tests have established that the Chartpak When ordering: oll R ORAGE system has a neutral range pH and does • Decide how many spacers, bottom and top caps you require, not contain any additives that might prices vary according to the total amount taken. migrate at any point in the future. • Sizes can be mixed to benefit price breaks.
Specifications • Inert polypropylene • Supplied ready-assembled • Neutral pH • U.V. protection • Static free polypropylene units • Available in two diameters • Additional spacer pieces • Color: Grey
Applications • Suitable for storage of maps, plans and materials housed in roll form
Style code JB04 Rollsafe™ Storage Tubes Made from Heritage Archival pHotoKraft™ paper to produce a tube of the highest conservation quality. This bespoke product is available on application. Custom Made Rollsafe Tube Service Plastic end plugs are also available for the most common internal Specifications tube diameters including: • Acid-free, lignin-free and passes the PAT photographic activity 5mm (2”) 76mm (3”) 101mm (4”) test. • Available in White or Grey. 152mm (6”) 200mm (8”) 254mm (10”)
All Rollsafe™ tubes are made to order. Please allow time for manufacturing. Applications • Suitable for storage of maps, plans and materials housed in roll form
Archipress Vacuum packing machine Stage drying books vacuum packed with in use for ‘Squelch Drying’ flood dam- blotter/newspaper awaiting conservation aged materials. Conservation studio in Prague. Identical Test volumes – Prague The book on the left was dried using the ‘Squelch Drying’ technique, which gave better results than the freeze dried test shown on right Prague Floods & ‘Squelch Drying’ for more details, see website www.conservation-by-design.co.uk. www.arteymemoria.com 29 folders Envelopes & Pocket STYLESBOXES &style STORAGE Pro codeducts Single & Double Crease Folders AF
p32 L Shaped Folders BF
p34 Open Topless Wallets/Pockets/Enclosures CF
p35 Envelopes/Wallets/Pockets with Flap DF
p36 Pocket Envelopes with Non-Adhesive Flap EF
p37 Open-Top Expansion Wallets/Pockets FF
p37 Gussetted Expansion Wallets GF
p38 Four-Flap Folders HF
p39
pHoton™ High Purity Photographic Stor- age HF, CF, DF, CF
p40 www.arteymemoria.com 31 BOXES & STORAGE Products
Style code AF01 Specifications AF Single Crease Folder 400867 • Acid-free Made from Premier Duplex • Lignin-free grey/white or Heritage • OBA free Archival pHotokraft™ paper, • PAT tested these single crease folders
olders are suitable for holding loose F papers, prints, drawings and P-Box PHOTOGRAPHIC photographs etc. mounting and storage se Some Single Crease Folders are
a system designed to fit the Drop Spine ‘P-Box’ system. We are able to quote re for a box to accommodate any size see p9 for full information C folder. Also available in 90gsm.
Polyester Pockets and Cut Sheets custom made folders avail- Single Crease Folder able for this product ouble Product code Description Colour Weight Thickness Size Size pHoton™ Separator D gsm microns inches mm Sheets 400864 Grey 350 75/8 x 913/16 193 x 250 400865 with 104mm flap White 120 1015/16 x 83/16 262 x 208 HAPK Mounting Sheets le & 400285 Grey/White 300 105/8 x 81/16 270 x 205 g 400866 Grey 120 111/4 x 87/8 285 x 225
in 400867 White 120 115/16 x 1711/16 287 x 449 S 400868 with 126mm flap White 120 1213/16 x 9 5/16 325 x 252 400869 2 binder holes, 80mm centre Grey 120 13 x 9 /2 330 x 242 Mount Boards 400286 Grey/White 300 133/8 x 811/16 340 x 220 400870 2 creases of 5mm at centrefold Grey 230 133/4 x 915/16 350 x 252 400871 2 creases of 5mm at centrefold Grey 230 133/4 x 109/16 350 x 268 Single Crease Folders 400872 Grey 120 14 x 91/4 355 x 235 400873 Grey 120 143/8 x 101/4 365 x 260 400874 Grey/White 300 149/16 x 91/16 370 x 230 400875 White 230 1415/16 x 115/8 380 x 295 4-flap Folders 400876 Grey/White 300 1415/16 x 115/8 380 x 295 400877 Grey/White 300 15 x 11 381 x 280 400878 Grey/White 300 153/4 x 1113/16 400 x 300 400879 Grey/White 300 169/16 x 11 420 x 280 400880 Grey/White 300 169/16 x 123/8 420 x 315 400284 Grey/White 300 181/2 x 111/4 470 x 285 400881 Grey/White 300 20 x 16 508 x 406 400882 White 120 21 x 131/8 533 x 333 400283 Grey/White 300 227/16 x 181/2 570 x 470 400883 with 202.5mm flap White 120 2213/16 x 1515/16 x 715/16 580 x 405 P-Boxes 400288-NEW Beaux Arts - Royal Grey 120 235/8 x 15 /4 600 x 400 400289-NEW Beaux Arts - Imperial Grey 120 31/2 x 235/8 800 x 600 400884 Grey 350 323/8 x 221/16 823 x 560 400885 Grey 350 351/16 x 26 890 x 660 400886 Grey/White 300 121/2 x 103/8 318 x 263 400887 Old Grey Ivory 170 81/4 x 7 210 x 178 400888 No radiused Corners Cream 80 913/16 x 77/8 250 x 200 Information P-Box Size Guide Glass plate sizes Single Crease Folder for P-Boxes P0 = 5" x 7" Product code Description Colour Weight Thickness Size Size gsm microns inches mm PZ = 10" x 7" 400889 P0 Grey/White 300 73/8 x 51/2 188 x 140 Photographic print sizes 400890 PZ Grey/White 300 101/16 x 83/8 255 x 213 P1 = 8" x 10" 400891 P1 Grey/White 300 109/16 x 83/8 268 x 213 P2 = 10" x 12" 400892 P2 Grey/White 300 123/8 x 103/8 315 x 263 P3 = 12" x 16" 400893 PX Grey/White 300 141/2 x 117/16 369 x 290 PX = 14" x 11" 400894 P3 Grey/White 300 167/16 x 123/8 418 x 315 P4 = 16" x 20" 400895 P4 Grey/White 300 201/2 x 167/16 518 x 417 P5 = 20" x 24" or A2 400896 P5 Grey 350 243/8 x 207/16 620 x 519
32 www.arteymemoria.com BOXES & STORAGE Products
Style code AF02 Specifications Double Crease Folder AF • Acid-free ™ Made from Premier Duplex grey/white • Lignin-free ™ or Heritage Archival pHotokraft Paper • OBA free (HAPK), these simple folders are suitable for holding loose papers, prints and drawings etc. in larger amounts than olders
the single crease design. F
™
Heritage Archival pHotokraft se
These folders can also be supplied in a any colour or weight from the Heritage Archival pHotokraft (HAPK)paper range re including White, Duke Parchment, Neutral C Grey, Taupe and Old Grey Ivory. White also available un-buffered. 400897 Prices on application. custom made folders avail- able for this product ouble
Product code Description Colour Weight/Thickness Size Size D
/micron gsm/micron inches mm 400897 Grey 120gsm 14 x 91/4 x 115/16 355 x 235 x 50
400898 Grey 120gsm 143/8 x101/4 x 115/16 365 x 260 x 50 le & Neutral Grey Taupe 400286 Grey/White 300mic 133/8 x 811/16 x 115/16 340 x 220 x 50 g
400899 Grey/White 300mic 143/4 x 101/4 x 115/16 375 x 260 x 50 in
400900 Multi Crease Grey/White 300mic 149/16 x 91/16 x 15/16 370 x 230 x 24 S 400901 Grey 350gsm 133/8 x 811/16 x 115/16 340 x 220 x 50 WHITE Duke Parchment
Style code AF03 Triptych Folder Old Grey Ivory Made from Premier™ Archival Folding Boxboard and Heritage Archival pHotokraft™ Paper, these folders have one full and one small sized flap that fold inwards.
400903
Smart Service Custom made folders available for this product
Product code Description Colour Weight Thickness Size Size gsm microns inches mm 400902 Old Grey Ivory 170 1213/16 x 915/16 325 x 252 400903 Grey 230 153/16 x 101/16 385 x 255 400904 Grey/White 1000 357/16 x 2413/16 900 x 630 400905 2 parts glued together Grey 350 421/8 x 2815/16 1070 x 735
www.arteymemoria.com 33 BOXES & STORAGE Products
Style code AF04 Specifications AF Premier™ Wallpaper Sample Book Wrapper custom made folders avail- • Acid-free ™ Premier Wallpaper Sample Book Storage Box and able for this product • Lignin-free Multi-Crease Wrapper is part of a • OBA free box and folder system originally • Made from 1300 micron Premier™ produced for the storage and Archival Folding Boxboard protection of wallpaper sample • Multi-creases books e.g. Sandersons. Made • Cotton tape tying slots
roducts ™ from Premier Archival Folding • Available in Duplex Neutral Grey/White or P Boxboard, the wrapper may be Duke Parchment/White e ordered separately from the box. Prices on application For flexible storage and protection
ag this wrapper has multi-creases offering Designed to fit with Archival different heights with tape slots to assist in Premier™ Two Part Print & enclosing the volume securely (Cotton Tying Tape Newspaper Box,
tor not provided). The wrapper is designed to enclose see page 25. S the volume snugly and facilitates lifting it safely out of the storage box. The multi-crease wrapper can form wedge shapes around the volume.
Product code Description Colour Thickness Size Size Microns inches mm
olders & 400906 With tape slots Grey/White 1300 217/16 x 211/4 x 615/16 545 x 540 x 176
F 400907 With tape slots Grey/White 1300 217/16 x 201/16 x 711/16 540 x 510 x 195 NB. Cotton Tying Tape not provided
Style code BF01 Product Type Colour Weight/Thickness Size Size Premier™ Duplex ‘L’ Wal- code gsm/micron inches mm let 400282 Glued one side Grey 120gsm 10 x 9 254 x 229 400908 Glued one side Grey 120gsm 101/4 x 711/16 260 x 195 Made from Premier™ Duplex Grey/White 400909 Glued one side Old Grey Ivory 170gsm 14 x 9 355 x 228 or Heritage Archival 400281 Glued one side Grey 120gsm 14 x 10 356 x 254 pHotokraft™ Paper, these 400910 Glued one side Grey/White 300mic 141/2 x 10 368 x 254 die-cut wallet envelopes are glued on one seam to provide ease of access Specifications on the two adjacent • Acid-free sides. Without flap or • Lignin-free gusset. Glued with specially • Colours: Old Grey Ivory and Neutral Grey as standard. formulated Evacon-R™ Also availableWhite, Taupe, Duke Parchment or Duplex Neutral Grey/ conservation adhesive. custom made folders avail- 400908 able for this product White, prices on application. See page 70. White is available in buffered or unbuffered. Unbuffered White is available in 90, 120, 170 and 230gsm. Applications The ‘L’ Wallet can also be made from pHoton™ 100% cotton high • Photographic and document storage purity papers, prices on application.
Product Type Colour Weight Size Size code inches mm Style code CF01+ CF02 400911 A5 Grey 230gsm 65/16 x 97/16 160 x 240 Premier™ Topless Wallets & Pockets 400912 A4 Grey 230gsm 91/16 x 125/8 230 x 320 Made from Heritage 400913 White 120gsm 137/16 x 87/8 341 x 225 ™ Archival pHotokraft 400914 White 350gsm 73/16 x 51/4 182 x 133 custom made folders avail- paper these envelopes able for this product 400915 Grey/White 300mic 221/8 x 161/8 562 x 409 are glued on both short seams, wallet contents 400916 Grey/White 300mic 16 x 11 406 x 279 are accessed from the 400279 Grey 120gsm 139/16 x 9 x 1 345 x 229 top long edge. Some 400917 Central Tab 75 x 15mm high White 350gsm 5 x 311/16 126 x 94 versions have a central 400918 Central Tab 75 x 15mm high White 350gsm 7 x 51/4 179 x 133 top tab. 400919 Central Tab 75 x 15mm high White 350gsm 97/16 x 7 239 x 178 400920 Central Tab 75 x 15mm high Grey 350gsm 143/4 x 107/16 375 x 265 400921 Grey 120gsm 149/16 x 101/4 370 x 260 400922 Grey 120gsm 127/8 x 91/16 327x 230
Tabbed Versions
Applications • Photograph and document storage
34 www.arteymemoria.com BOXES & STORAGE Products
Style code CF03 Transparent Matt Polypropylene Plan Drawer & CF Artwork Folders – Visifiles™ Open top with carry handles Made from inert 410 micron polypropylene sewn on 3 sides and
creased one third of the way down to assist access to contents, isifiles
on the open edge there are cut outs which can be used for V removing a folder from a drawer or to carry it. Special sizes and design variations are also undertaken. Sizes as large as 2 x 1.5 metres have been made. Visifiles™ can be used for single items or multiples of maps, photographs, plans etc. Almost indestructible they can be used to carry heavy loads without fear of the handles tearing. Visifiles™ can also be ordered punched to fit all vertical storage systems. Visifiles™ folders in A2, A1 and A0 sizes are also designed to fit inside the ‘Big Bag Yella’ Transfolio heavy duty portfolio.
Specifications • Inert 410 micron polypropylene Special sizes and design variations are • Sewn on 3 sides and creased one third of the way down also undertaken with sizes as large as • Integral heavy duty carrying handles 2 x 1.5 metres available. • Can be ordered punched to fit all vertical storage systems. • Special sizes and design variations subject to quantity required
Applications • Plan Drawer Map and Artwork Folders
custom made folders avail- able for this product A2 Landscape A3 Portrait
Product Type Thickness Internal Internal External Pack code microns Size inches Size mm Size mm qty 500070A3L A3 Landcape 410 1615/16 x 125/8 320 x 430 390 x 462 10 500068A2L A2 Landscape 410 2313/16 x 175/16 440 x 605 505 x 635 10 500066A1L A1 Landscape 410 2313/16 x 331/4 605 x 845 680 x 880 10 500065 AO Landscape 410 471/4 x 341/16 865 x 1200 910 x 1230 10 500069A2P A2 Portrait 410 2313/16 x 175/16 605 x 440 480 x 680 10 A1 Portrait A0 Landscape 500067A1P A1 Portrait 410 2313/16 x 331/4 605 x 845 645 x 910 10 All are matt transparent polypropylene
Planorama® Aluminium Plan Chest and Storage Drawers Big Yella Bag
www.arteymemoria.com 35 BOXES & STORAGE Products
Style code DF01 Specifications DF Premier™ Duplex Envelope custom made folders avail- • Acid-Free p with Flap able for this product • Lignin-free a ™
l Made from a choice of Premier duplex • Made from Heritage Archival pHotokraft
F 240gsm/300micron duplex Paper
neutral grey/white or 230gsm • Available with or without flaps h and 120gsm Heritage Archival
it pHotokraft paper (HAPK).
w Originally designed by Christopher Applications Clarkson these Bodleian Library shelf envelopes are made for the safe • Safe storage of letters, pamphlets, storage of documents and photographs. documents, photographs and negatives Wallet style with two side seams to provide rigidity and avoid pressure marks. To help avoid unnecessary damage during use some envelopes have radiused corners on the flap 400258 nvelopes and are embossed with a border line to indicate E the maximum advisable size of item the envelope Heritage Archival pHotokraft™ should take. These folders can also be supplied in The range has been extended, at the request of customers, which any colour or weight from the Heritage has greatly increased the choice of sizes available. Archival pHotokraft (HAPK) paper range including White, Duke Parchment, Neutral Grey, Taupe and Old Grey Ivory. White also available un-buffered. Prices on application.
Product code Description Embossed Style Colour Weight Internal Size Internal Size
border Ref gsm/micron inches mm 400258 with Flap - Bodleian Yes EE1 Grey/White 300mic 73/4 x 51/2 197 x 140 400259 with Flap - Bodleian Yes EE3 Grey/White 300mic 83/4 x 53/4 222 x 146 Neutral Grey Taupe 400260 with Flap - Bodleian 95mm Yes ED1 Grey/White 300mic 91/2 x 71/2 241 x 191 400261 with Flap - Bodleian 104mm Yes ED3 Grey/White 300mic 101/2 x 8 267 x 203 400262 with Flap - Bodleian 114mm Yes ED5 Grey/White 300mic 111/2 x 9 292 x 229 400263A4 with Flap - Bodleian 114mm Yes ED7 (A4) Grey/White 300mic 121/2 x 9 318 x 229 400264 with Flap - Bodleian Foolscap Folio Yes EC1 Grey/White 300mic 131/2 x 101/2 343 x 267 WHITE Duke Parchment 400265Folio with Flap - Bodleian 120mm Yes EC3 Grey/White 300mic 141/2 x 91/2 368 x 241 400266 with Flap - Bodleian 140mm Yes EC5 Grey/White 300mic 141/2 x 11 368 x 279 400267 with Flap - Bodleian Yes EC7 Grey/White 300mic 141/2 x 113/4 368 x 298 400268 with Flap - Bodleian 152mm Yes EB1 Grey/White 300mic 16 x 12 406 x 305 Old Grey Ivory 400926 with Flap 51mm White 120gsm 4 x 5 102 x 127 400927 with Flap 66mm White 120gsm 51/4 x 7 134 x 178 400232/100 with Flap Grey 120gsm 51/2 x 51/2 140 x 140 400928 with Flap 27mm White 120gsm 6 x 4 152 x 102 400233 with 134mm Flap Grey/White 300mic 71/4 x 53/8 184 x 137 400929 with 76mm Flap Yes Grey/White 300mic 81/4 x 89/16 210 x 217 400930 with 50mm Flap White 120gsm 811/16 x 63/4 221 x 171 Glass plates 400931 with 40mm Flap White 120gsm 101/4 x 65/16 260 x 160 400932 with 76mm Flap White 120gsm 101/2 x 121/2 267 x 318 400933 with 48mm Flap White 120gsm 109/16 x 89/16 269 x 218 400934 with Flap 76mm Yes 4661 Grey/White 300mic 1015/16 x 57/8 278 x 150 400935 with 50mm Flap Grey 230gsm 121/16 x 71/8 307 x 181 400936 with 76mm Flap Yes White 120gsm 121/4 x 101/4 311 x 260 400937 with 102mm Flap White 120gsm 121/2 x 5 318 x 127 400271 with 75mm Flap Yes Grey/White 300mic 133/8 x 57/8 340 x 150 400272 with 115mm Flap Yes Grey/White 300mic 131/2 x 9 343 x 229 400938 with 148mm Flap Yes Grey/White 300mic 133/4 x 123/16 350 x 310 400939 with 110mm Flap Yes Grey/White 300mic 141/2 x 913/16 368 x 250 400940 with 165mm Flap Grey/White 300mic 149/16 x 615/16 370 x 177 400941 with 140mm Flap Grey/White 300mic 1415/16 x 101/16 380 x 255 400942 with Flap 4665 Grey/White 300mic 16 x 9 406 x 229 400233 400943 with 120mm Flap Yes Grey/White 300mic 16 x 11 407 x 280 400944 with 55mm Flap Yes White 120gsm 1915/16 x 147/8 507 x 378 Designed for use with glass plates, 400945 with Flap Grey/White 300mic 201/4 x 165/16 514 x 414 will take pHoton™ 4-Flap Folder 400946 with Flap White 300mic 14 x 9 355 x 229 Please note more sizes available on request. Bodleian System Envelopes are all landscape. 36 www.arteymemoria.com BOXES & STORAGE Products 400230 400947 Style code DF02 Specifications Premier™ Record Sleeves DF • Acid-Free These record sleeves have two side seams • Lignin-free on the outside edges to avoid abrasion • Made from Premier™Duplex or and are available with or without two Heritage Archival pHotokraft™ Paper 89mm (31/2”) diameter label apertures on • Available in Grey/White as standard both sides. They are made from Premier™ Duplex Grey/White or Heritage
pHotokraft paper. nvelopes E
custom made folders avail- able for this product
Product code Description Colour Thiickness Size Size micron inches mm 400230 10” Record Sleeve - no Flap Grey/White 300 101/4 x 101/4 261 x 261 400947 10” Record Sleeve with Flap - no aperture Grey/White 300 101/2 x 101/4 267 x 260 400948 12” Record Sleeve - no Flap - no aperture Grey/White 300 121/4 x 121/4 311 x 311
Style code EF01 400445 Specifications Archival Pocket Envelopes with • Acid-free non-adhesive flap • Lignin-free EF Made from Heritage Archival pHotokraft™ • As Heritage Archival Paper, these pocket envelopes have round pHotokraft™ Paper specification (HAPK) corner side seams throughout and have a 51mm non-adhesive flap. Applications llets
Available in a wide choice of colours. a • Negative, Photograph and Document Special makings in other weights with a custom made folders avail- able for this product storage printing service available on request. & W
Product code Description Orientation Style Colour Weight Size Size
sm Ref gsm inches mm 400656 CD Envelope Portrait ANECD White 120 415/16 x 511/16 125 x 145 400445 A5 Portrait AFE69 White 120 6 x 9 152 x 229 400949 Portrait White 120 67/8 x 915/16 175 x 253 400208 Portrait AFE710 White 120 71/2 x 101/2 191 x 267
400950 Portrait White 120 91/16 x 65/16 230 x 160 400208 nvelopes 400209 Portrait AFE912 White 120 9 x 12 229 x 305 E 400210 Portrait AFE914 White 120 91/2 x 143/4 241 x 375 400211 Portrait AFE1015 White 120 10 x15 254 x 381 400951 Portrait White 120 149/16 x 65/16 370 x 160 400952 Landscape White 120 171/2 x 101/2 445 x 267 400953 Portrait Grey 325 131/8 x 171/16 334 x 434 400954 Portrait Grey 230 151/8 x 191/16 384 x 484 400955 Landscape White 120 12 x 9 305 x 229 400956 Landscape White 120 91/2 x 143/4 241 x 375 400957 Portrait White 120 14 x 9 355 x 229
Style code FF01 Premier™ Topless Gussetted Wallets Made from Heritage Archival Product Colour Weight Size Size 400960 pHotokraft™ Paper, these code gsm inches mm envelopes have side seams 400958 Grey 230 101/4 x 101/4 x1 260 x 260 x 26 and are accessed from the 400959 Grey 120 127/8 x 91/16 x 19/16 327 x 230 x 40 top long edge. They 400280 Grey 120 139/16 x 9 x 1 345 x 229 x 25 are gussetted for 400960 Grey 120 139/16 x 9 x 115/16 345 x 229 x 50 expansion. 400961 Grey 230 133/4 x 10 x 315/16 350 x 254 x 100 400962 Grey 120 149/16 x 101/4 x 1 370 x 260 x 25 400963 Grey (Portrait) 230 123/8 x 153/8 x 13/8 390 x 315 x 35 400964 Grey/White 230 137/16 x 87/8 x 19/16 341 x 225 x 40 custom made folders avail- able for this product Specifications Applications • Acid-free • Document and photographic storage • Lignin-free • Made from Heritage Archival pHotokraft™ (HAPK) paper • For full spec. on paper catalogue vol. 1
www.arteymemoria.com 37 BOXES & STORAGE Products
Style code GF01 GF Expanding Gusseted Folder Made from Heritage Archival pHotokraft™ paper or PremierTM Duplex Grey/White, these die-cut envelopes are glued on both short seams. Folder contents 400277 older are accessed from the top F long edge beneath a non- adhesive flap and have an 400275 expansion gusset. 400274A4
Product Type Colour Weight Thickness Size Size Orientation* code gsm microns inches mm 400965 - White 120 67/8 x 915/16 x 13/4 175 x 253 x 45 Portrait 400966 - White 120 67/8 x 915/16 x 13/4 175 x 253 x 45 Portrait Gussetted 400967 - White 120 14 x 9 x 13/4 355 x 229 x 45 Portrait g 400968 - Grey/White 300 175/8 x 131/16 x 11/2 447 x 332 x 38 Landscape
custom made folders avail- able for this product 400276 A4 Grey/White 300 121/4 x 101/4 x 11/2 311 x 260 x 38 Landscape 400969 - Grey/White 300 1211/16 x 91/16 x 1 322 x 230 x 25 Landscape ndin 400970 - White 120 13 x 101/4 x 13/16 330 x 260 x 20 Landscape
a Specifications
p 400971 - Grey/White 300 135/8 x 811/16 x 13/16 346 x 221 x 30 Landscape • Acid-free 400972 - Grey/White 300 14 x 107/16 x 11/2 355 x 265 x 38 Landscape • Lignin-free Ex 400973 - Grey/White 300 14 x 93/8 x 11/2 356 x 238 x 38 Landscape • Colours: White, Neutral Grey, or Duplex Neutral Grey/White as standard 400275 Folio Grey 120 143/4 x 101/4 x 11/2 375 x 260 x 38 Landscape 400277 Folio Grey/White 300 143/4 x 101/4 x 11/2 375 x 260 x 38 Landscape 400974 - Grey/White 300 151/4 x 111/2 x 11/2 387 x 292 x 38 Landscape Applications 400975 - Grey/White 300 169/16 x 117/16 x 13/16 420 x 290 x 30 Landscape • Photograph and document storage 400274A4 A4 Grey 120 121/4 x 101/4 x 11/2 311 x 260 x 38 Landscape 400976 - Grey/White 300 217/16 x 159/16 x 11/2 544 x 396 x 38 Landscape * When we refer to ‘Landscape’ we mean long side opening. ‘Portrait’ means short side opening.
The Cambridge Newspaper System This system was the result of using applied product knowledge and ‘lateral’ thinking when we were asked by a client to design a new system for storing their newspapers archive. Previously the storage of bound and boxed newspapers was both expensive and time consuming. The introduction of the designed system has made this archival task much less daunting. This Cambridge Newspaper System makes the handling of dated newspaper editions easier to store, but rigid and light enough to be carried from the library shelf to reader. The system consists of a Premier™ Carry Case containing four Premier™ Multi Crease Folders each of which protect 10 or more newspapers editions. It is fastened with two snap lock clasps on the lid and is supplied with a label and holder for clear identification. The swivel handle allows simple removal from a shelf and a comfortable carrying grip. 400795 Carry Case With Handle*
Four FlapFolder – p40
*see Boxes section p20
38 www.arteymemoria.com BOXES & STORAGE Products
Style code HF01 400247A4 Specifications Premier™ Archival Flap Folder HF • Acid-free ™ Made from Premier Archival Folding Boxboard • Lignin-free ™ laminated from Heritage Archival pHotokraft • OBA free paper these 650 micron, single piece portfolio • Made from Premier™ Archival Folding style folders were designed by Christopher Boxboard Clarkson as part of the Bodleian Library • Cruciform shaped with four flaps olders storage system. See section on Clarkson • Available in Premier Neutral Grey/White F Bodleian System, pages 8 – 9. p
They are pre-creased to give two depth a settings and pre-slotted for the insertion of Applications l F 13mm (1/2”) Cotton Tying Tape (not provided). • Book, pamphlet and document storage our custom made folders avail- able for this product F
Product code Description Ref Colour Thickness Size Size Orientation Microns inches mm 400241 with tape slots FF34 Grey/White 650 63/4 x 41/2 x3/4 171 x 114 x 19 Portrait 400242 with tape slots FE12 Grey/White 650 73/4 x 51/2 x3/4 197 x 140 x 19 Portrait 400243 with tape slots FE34 Grey/White 650 83/4 x 53/4 x3/4 222 x 146 x 19 Portrait 400247A4 400244 with tape slots FD12 Grey/White 650 91/2 x 71/2 x3/4 241 x 191 x 19 Portrait 400245 with tape slots FD34 Grey/White 650 101/2 x 8 x 3/4 267 x 203 x 19 Portrait 400977 with tape slots FD56 Grey/White 650 111/2 x 9 x 3/4 292 x 229 x 19 Portrait 400249Folio 400247A4 with tape slots. A4 FD78 Grey/White 650 121/2 x 9 x 3/4 318 x 229 x 19 Portrait 400248 with tape slots FC12 Grey/White 650 131/2 x 101/2 x3/4 343 x 267 x 19 Portrait 400249Folio with tape slots. Folio FC34 Grey/White 650 141/2 x 91/2 x3/4 368 x 241 x 19 Portrait 400250 with tape slots FC56 Grey/White 650 141/2 x 11 x 3/4 368 x 279 x 19 Portrait 300251 with tape slots FC78 Grey/White 650 141/2 x 113/4 x3/4 368 x 298 x 19 Portrait 400252 with tape slots FB12 Grey/White 650 16 x 12 x 3/4 406 x 305 x 19 Portrait 400253 with tape slots FB34 Grey/White 650 17 x 12 x 3/4 432 x 305 x 19 Portrait Choice of two integral crease lines to provide a depth of 12mm or 19mm
Style code HF02 Specifications Premier™ Clam Self Locking Multi Crease custom made folders avail- • Acid-free able for this product Folder • Lignin-free The clam self locking design closes firmly without the need • OBA free of tying tape. It has four flaps and is multicreased to allow for • Premier™ Archival Folding Boxboard expansion. • Cruciform shaped with four flaps 400255 • Available in Duplex Neutral Grey/White as standard
Applications • Storage of documents
Product code Description Colour Thickness Size Size Microns inches mm 400256 A5 Clam (CF3) Grey/White 650 9 x 7 x 7/8 228 x 178 x 23 400255 A4 Clam Grey/White 650 12 x 83/4 x 7/8 305 x 221 x 23 400254 Folio Clam (CF1) Grey/White 650 141/4 x 91/4 x 7/8 362 x 235 x 23 400257 A3 Clam (CF2) Grey/White 650 163/4 x 117/8 x 1 425 x 302 x 26 Folio, A4, A5: Choice of two integral crease lines to provide a depth of 12 or 23 mm. A3: Choice of two crease lines to provide depth of 12 or 26 mm.
www.arteymemoria.com 39 BOXES & STORAGE Products
Style code HF03 Specifications HF Four Flap Folder custom made folders avail- • Acid-free ™ able for this product Made from Premier Archival • Lignin-free Folding Boxboard these single 400978 • Choice of Heritage Archival pHotokraft™ piece folders are cruciform Paper or Premier™ Archival Folding shaped and have four flaps with Boxboard multiple creases to cope with olders • Multi Crease
F the variable thickness. • Cruciform shaped with four flaps
p Special sizes on request.
a Folders can also be supplied in
l any colour or weight from the Applications F Heritage Archival pHotokraft™ • Storage of school log books paper range including Duke Books, documents, prints and drawings Parchment, Neutral Grey, Taupe
our- and Old Grey Ivory – prices on
F application. 400979
Product code Description Colour Weight/Thickness Size Size Orienta- tion gsm/micron inches mm 400978* Embossed Grey/White 650mic 1713/16 x 1211/16 x 19/16 453 x 323 x 40-50 Landscape 400979 Duke Parchment/White 650mic 1715/16 x 111/4 x 15/16 455 x 285 x 34 Landscape 400980 Grey/White 300mic 133/8 x 87/16 x 19/16 340 x 215 x 40 Portrait Multi creased 400981 Grey 230gsm 1315/16 x 93/16 x 13/16 354 x 234 x 20 Portrait to allow for 400982 Grey/White 300mic 14 x 9 x 19/16 355 x 228 x 40 Portrait expansion 400983 Duke Parchment 230gsm 14 x 9 x 19/16 355 x 228 x 40 Portrait * Cambridge Newspaper System Folder
Style code HF04 Premier™ pHase 3™ xFolder-Bo Specifications Designed for the storage of ledgers or • Acid-free foolscap/folio material, these sturdy boxes • Lignin-free are made from 1300 micron Premier • 1300 microns Neutral Grey and White ™ Archival Folding Boxboard. Premier Archival Folding Boxboard • Creased to give the option of 3 different ™ Each pHase 3 Folder Box is creased to depths at 13mm (1/2") intervals give the option of 3 different depths and • Pre-perforated dust flaps allow easy incorporates special dust flaps which are adjustment to various depths pre-perforated to allow easy adjustment • Slotted to take 1, 2 or 3 cotton tying tapes to the various depths. Each box is slotted • Colours: Duplex Neutral Grey/White as to take 1, 2 or 3 Cotton Tying Tapes (not 400084 standard provided).
Product code Description Key Colour Thickness Size Size Ref Microns inches mm 400079 Multi Crease - with tape slots 1PA Grey/White 1300 14 x 9 x 11/2-2-21/2 356 x 229 x 38-51-64 400080 Multi Crease - with tape slots 1PB Grey/White 1300 14 x 9 x 3-31/2-4 356 x 229 x 76-89-102 400081 Multi Crease - with tape slots 1PC Grey/White 1300 14 x 91/2 x 41/2-5-51/2 356 x 241 x 114-127-140
400082 Multi Crease - with tape slots A1 Grey/White 1300 15 x 10 x 11/2-2-21/2 381 x 254 x 38-51-64 custom made folders avail- able for this product 400083 Multi Crease - with tape slots B2 Grey/White 1300 15 x 10 x 3-31/2-4 381 x 254 x 76-89-102 400084 Multi Crease - with tape slots C1 Grey/White 1300 15 x 10 x 41/2-5-51/2 381 x 254 x 114-127-140 400085 Multi Crease - with tape slots D1 Grey/White 1300 15 x 10 x 61/2-7-71/2 381 x 254 x 165-178-191 400984 Multi Crease - with tape slots F1 Grey/White 1300 15 x 101/2 x 21/2-3-31/2 381 x 267 x 64-77-90 400985 Multi Crease - with tape slots J1 Grey/White 1300 151/2 x 11 x 21/2-3-31/2 394 x 280 x 64-77-90 400086 Multi Crease - with tape slots A2 Grey/White 1300 16 x 11 x 11/2-2-21/2 406 x 279 x 38-51-64 School Log Book 400087 Multi Crease - with tape slots B2 Grey/White 1300 16 x 11 x 3-31/2-4 406 x 279 x 76-89-102 Originally designed to hold common 400088 Multi Crease - with tape slots C2 Grey/White 1300 16 x 11 x 41/2-5-51/2 406 x 279 x 114-127-140 size old school log books and have multiple creases to cope with variable 400089 Multi Crease - with tape slots A3 Grey/White 1300 171/2 x 12 x 11/2-2-21/2 445 x 305 x 38-51-64 thickness of the volumes. 400090 Multi Crease - with tape slots B3 Grey/White 1300 171/2 x 12 x 3-31/2-4 445 x 305 x 76-89-102 400091 Multi Crease - with tape slots C3 Grey/White 1300 171/2 x 12 x 41/2-5-51/2 445 x 305 x 114-127-140 400092 Multi Crease - with tape slots A4 Grey/White 1300 201/2 x 13 x 11/2-2-21/2 521 x 330 x 38-51-64 400235 400093 Multi Crease - with tape slots B4 Grey/White 1300 201/2 x 13 x 3-31/2-4 521 x 330 x 76-89-102 400094 Multi Crease - with tape slots C4 Grey/White 1300 201/2 x 13 x 41/2-5-51/2 521 x 330 x 114-127-140
400235 School Log Book Grey/White 650 10 x 81/16 x 13/16-13/16-19/16-21/16 254 x 204 x 20-30-40-52 We also offer pHase 3 boxes with ‘string and washer’ closures - prices on application NB. Cotton tying tape not provided 40 www.arteymemoria.com BOXES & STORAGE Products
Style code HF05 Applications Large Flap Folders HF • Storage of maps, documents, prints and drawings Made from Heritage Archival pHotokraft™ Paper. These large folders are made from more than one-piece and are cruciform shaped with four flaps. Heritage Archival pHotokraft™ Glued with specially formulated ™ Evacon-R EVA adhesive. These folders can also be supplied in any colour or weight from the olders
Heritage Archival pHotokraft (HAPK)paper range including White, F See page 70.
Duke Parchment, Neutral Grey, Taupe and Old Grey Ivory. White p
also available un-buffered. a
Prices on application. l F
custom made folders avail- able for this product our- F
Neutral Grey Taupe Old Grey Ivory
400987
WHITE Duke Parchment
Specifications Product code Description Colour Thickness Size Size gsm inches mm • Acid-free 400986 2 piece Grey 350 393/8 x 235/8 1000 x 600 • Lignin-free 400987 2 piece Grey 350 393/8 x 279/16 1000 x 700 • OBA free • Cruciform shaped with four flaps 400988 2 piece, double crease Grey 350 431/4 x 325/8 x 3/8 1098 x 828 x 10 • Glued with Evacon-R™ EVA adhesive 400989 2 piece, double crease Grey 350 441/18 x 357/16 x 3/8 1120 x 90 0x 10 • Available in Neutral Grey as standard 400990 2 piece Grey 350 461/16 x 3513/16 1170 x 910 400991 2 piece Grey 350 48 x 34 1219 x 864 400992 2 piece Grey 350 539/16 x 331/16 1360 x 840 400993 4 part Grey 350 5315/16 x 337/16 x 3/8 1370 x 850 x 10 400994 2 piece map folder Grey 120 541/8 x 337/16 1375 x 850
Style code HF06 + HF07 Premier™ Four Flap (Botanic Capsule) Folder Made from Heritage Archival pHotokraft™ Paper these single piece folders are cruciform shaped and have four flaps. They are seamless and adhesive free.
custom made folders avail- able for this product
Applications • Collections of botanic and herbarium specimens • Storage of documents, prints and drawings
Product code Colour Weight Size Size gsm inches mm 400995 White 120 19/16 x 17/16 40 x 37 400996 White 120 19/16 x 19/16 40 x 40 400997 White 120 115/16 x 115/16 50 x 50 400998 White 120 2 x 3 76 x 51 400999 White 120 31/2 x 41/2 89 x 114 401000 White 120 33/4 x 23/4 95 x 70 401001 White 90 53/16 x 2 131 x 51 401002 White 120 315/16 x 113/16 100 x 46 401003 White 120 55/16 x 45/16 135 x 110 Specifications 401004 White 120 71/2 x 5 190 x 127 • Acid-free 401005 White 120 81/16 x 215/16 205 x 75 • Lignin-free 401006 White 120 10 x 7 254 x 178 • OBA free ™ 401007 White 120 515/16 x 3 125 x 76 • Made from Heritage Archival pHotokraft paper • Cruciform shaped with four flaps 401008 White 120 12 x 101/16 305 x 255 • Available in White buffered as standard 401009 White 120 153/8 x 101/4 390 x 260
www.arteymemoria.com 41 BOXES & STORAGE Products
Style code: HF08 Specifications HF Four-Flap Single & Double Crease Folders • Acid-free ™ Made from Heritage Archival pHotokraft 401010 • Lignin-free ™ Paper or Premier Archival Folding • OBA free Boxboard, these single piece folders are • Choice of Heritage Archival pHotokraft™ cruciform shaped and some have four full (HAPK) paper or sized flaps. ™ olders Premier Archival Folding Boxboard
F Folders can also be supplied in any colour • Cruciform shaped with four flaps
p or weight from the Heritage Archival • Available in White, Neutral Grey/White or
a pHotokraft paper range including Duke Neutral Grey
l Parchment, Neutral Grey, Taupe and Old F Grey Ivory – prices on application.
our- 401010
F custom made folders avail- able for this product
Folder showing different depths
401010
Product code Description/ref Colour Weight Size Size Orientation gsm/microns inches mm 401010 Ai Grey 230gsm 83/8 x 71/16 x 3/16 213 x 180 x 5 Portrait 401011 Aii Grey 230gsm 83/8 x 71/16 x 3/8 213 x 180 x 10 Portrait 401012 Bi Grey 230gsm 1215/16 x 101/16 x 3/16 328 x 255 x 5 Portrait 401013 Bii Grey 230gsm 1215/16 x 101/16 x 3/8 328 x 255 x 10 Portrait 401014 Ci Grey 230gsm 107/16 x 81/4 x 3/16 265 x 210 x 5 Portrait 401015 Cii Grey 230gsm 107/16 x 81/4 x 3/8 265 x 210 x 10 Portrait Hinged lid box 401016 Single Crease White 230gsm 91/2 x 71/16 x 13/16 241 x 180 x 20 Portrait 401017 Double Crease Grey/White 300mic 913/16 x 71/16 x 3/16 250 x 180 x 5 Portrait 401018 Grey 230gsm 101/16 x 151/16 256 x 382 Portrait 401019 Double Crease Grey 230gsm 111/4 x 77/8 x 3/8 285 x 200 x 10 Portrait 401020 Double Crease with tape slots Grey 350gsm 137/16 x 95/8 x 13/16 341 x 245 x 20 Portrait 401021 With tape slots Grey 350gsm 137/16 x 95/8 x 115/16 341 x 245 x 50 Portrait 401022 Double Crease Grey 350gsm 131/2 x 9 x 11/2 343 x 229 x 38 Portrait 401023 Grey/White 300mic 141/2 x 93/8 368 x 238 Portrait 401024 White 350gsm 141/2 x 93/8 368 x 238 Landscape 401025 Full Flaps, Double Crease Grey/White 300mic 141/2 x 93/8 x 3/16 368 x 238 x 5 Portrait 401026 White 230gsm 141/2 x 93/8 x 3/16 368 x 238 x 5 Portrait 401027 Double Crease White 230gsm 141/2 x 93/8 x 13/16 368 x 238 x 20 Portrait 401028 Grey 230gsm 1515/16 x 117/16 x 3/8 405 x 290 x 10 Portrait 401029 Double Crease Grey 230gsm 161/8 x 11 x 3/16 410 x 280 x 5 Portrait P-Boxes Drop spine box 401030 Double Crease Grey 230gsm 1615/16 x 107/16 x 3/8 430 x 265 x 10 Portrait 401031 White 350gsm 1615/16 x 123/16 430 x 310 Portrait 401032 Grey 350gsm 1615/16 x 139/16 x 1 430 x 345 x 26 Portrait 401033 Double Crease Grey 230gsm 215/8 x 171/8 x 3/8 550 x 435 x 10 Portrait ‘P-Box’ system 401034 Full Flaps, Single Crease Grey 350gsm 227/16 x 187/16 570 x 468 Portrait 401035 Double Crease Grey 230gsm 2213/16 x 161/8 x 3/8 580 x 410 x 10 Portrait * Originally designed by Nicholas Hadgraft for 401036 Grey 350gsm 263/4 x 175/16 x 3/8 680 x 440 x 10 Portrait the storage of parchment and seals 401037 1 Full & 3 Short Flaps Grey 350gsm 3311/16 x 235/8 x 3/8 855 x 600 x 10 Portrait 401038 Grey 350gsm 3513/16 x 231/16 950 x 585 Portrait 401039 Full Flaps, Double Crease Grey/White 500mic 121/2 x 93/8 x 3/16 368 x 238 x 5 Portrait 400073 Icelandic Parchment PX* Grey/White 650mic 147/16 x 115/16 x 3/16 366 x 288 x 5 Portrait 400074 Icelandic Parchment PX* Grey/White 650mic 147/16 x 115/16 x 3/8 366 x 288 x 10 Portrait 400075 Icelandic Parchment PX* Grey/White 650mic 147/16 x 115/16 x 13/16 366 x 288 x 20 Portrait 400077 Icelandic Parchment P4* Grey/White 650mic 201/4 x 165/16 x 3/8 515 x 415 x 10 Portrait 400078 Icelandic Parchment P4* Grey/White 650mic 201/4 x 165/16 x 115/16 514 x 415 x 20 Portrait * All Icelandic Parchment has double crease
42 www.arteymemoria.com BOXES & STORAGE Products
Style code HF09 Premier™ Beaux Arts, Print & Drawing Folders HF custom made folders avail- Folders designed to give simple protection for single able for this product or variable amounts of prints and drawings mounted or un-mounted. Multi creased to allow for expansion and manufactured from Premier Archival Boxboard or Heritage Archival olders pHotokraft paper. F
Listed in imperial and royal sizes, but can be specified in other p sizes to special order. a l F
401040 our- F
Product code Description Colour Weight/Thickness Size Size Orientation gsm/micron inches mm 401040 Beaux Arts 4-Flap Grey 350gsm 133/4 x 913/16 x 1 350 x 250 x 25 Portrait 400288 Beaux Arts 4-Flap Royal Grey/White 650mic 235/8 x 1911/16 x 19/16 600 x 500 x 40 Landscape 400289 Beaux Arts 3-Flap Imperial Grey/White 650mic 311/2 x 259/16 x 19/16 800 x 650 x 40 Landscape
Multi creased to allow for expansion
Style code HF10 Product code Description Colour Weight Thickness Size Size Orientation Premier™ Map Folders gsm microns inches mm Made from 120gsm Heritage Archival 401041 4-Flap Map Folder Grey 120 25 x 22 635 x 559 Portrait pHotokraft™ (HAPK) Paper, these single 401042 4-Flap Map Folder Grey 120 27 x 27 686 x 686 Portrait piece folders are cruciform shaped and 401043 4-Flap Map Folder Grey 120 38 x 26 965 x 660 Portrait have one full sized flap and three smaller 401044 4-Flap Map Folder Grey 120 36 x 26 914 x 660 Portrait flaps. 401045 4-Flap Map Folder Grey 120 38 x 28 965 x 711 Portrait Although only 120gsm the long fibred 401046 4-Flap Folder Grey 350 227/16 x 187/16 x 7/16 570 x 468 x 6 Portrait paper folders are resistant to tearing. 401047 4-Flap Folder Grey 350 263/4 x 175/16 x 3/8 680 x 440 x 10 Portrait This makes these folders ideal for 401048 4-Flap Folder Grey 1000 337/8 x 245/8 x 3/8 860 x 625 x 10 Portrait the economic storage of large map collections. Folders can also be supplied in any colour or weight from the Heritage Archival pHotokraft™ paper range including Duke Parchment, Neutral Grey, Taupe and Old Grey Ivory – prices on application. 401041
custom made folders avail- able for this product
Specifications • Acid-free • Lignin-free • OBA free • Standard Colour: Grey • Heavier weights available if required
Applications • Storing maps and graphite works in plan chests
www.arteymemoria.com 43 BOXES & STORAGE Products
Style code HF11 HF Premier™ Western Manu- 182 script String & Washer Folder 401052 Made from Heritage Archival pHotokraft™ 230gsm paper and 300
olders micron Premier™ Duplex paper these single F piece folders are cruciform shaped and have
p four flaps.E ach flap has four creases allowing for
a different depths and the creases are at 10mm l intervals for flexibility of height. They F are mostly fitted with a string and washer attachment for secure closure.
our These folders F can also be supplied in Duke Parchment, Old Grey/Ivory and White. Taupe colour available in 170gsm. Prices on application. custom made folders avail- Specifications able for this product • Acid-free • Lignin-free • OBA free • 230gsm and 300 micron Product code Description Colour Weight Thickness Size Size gsm microns inches mm • Cruciform shaped with four flaps • Creased at 10mm intervals for flexibility 182 4-Flap. String & Washer Grey 230 139/16 x 87/8 x 3/8 345 x 225 x 10 of height 183 4-Flap. String & Washer Grey 230 139/16 x 95/8 x 3/8 345 x 254 x 10 • Fitted with string and washer attachment 184 4-Flap. String & Washer Grey 230 143/8 x 105/8 x 13/16 365 x 270 x 20 • Available in Neutral Grey, Neutral Grey and 181 4-Flap. String & Washer Grey 230 105/8 x 71/16 x 13/16 270 x 180 x 20 White 401049 4-Flap. String & Washer-A4 Grey 230 117/8 x 87/16 x 19/16 301 x 214 x 40 401050 4-Flap. String & Washer Grey 230 141/8 x 91/4 x 115/16 358 x 235 x 50 401051 4-Flap. String & Washer Grey 230 139/16 x 87/8 x 19/16 345 x 225 x 40 Applications 401052 4-Flap. No attachments Grey 230 139/16x 95/8 x 19/16 345 x 245 x 40 • Safe storage of manuscripts and paper 185 4-Flap. String & Washer Grey/White 300 141/2 x 93/8 x 3/8 368 x 238 x 10 documents
Style code HF12 Specifications Premier™ Short Flap Folder 401053 • Acid-free ™ Made from Premier Archival Folding • Lignin-free Boxboard and Heritage Archival • OBA free pHotokraft paper, these single • Tape slots to take 13mm cotton Tying piece folders are cruciform Tapes shaped and have one large • Available in Premier Duplex Neutral Grey/ flap and three short flaps. White Available as standard in 300 micron and 650 micron. Applications Depending on the item, they are single or double depth creased. Available with and without tape slots • Storage of maps, documents, prints and to take 13mm Cotton Tying Tapes (not provided). drawings Note: A maximum of four lightweight FDSFF4881 folders will fit inside a heavyweight FDSFF4878 Linked Products: 13mm Cotton Tying Tapes p76. custom made folders avail- able for this product 401053 Product code Description Colour Thickness Size Size Orientation microns inches mm 401053 Foolscap/Folio - no tape slots Grey/White 300 133/8 x 91/16 x 9/16 340 x 230 x 15 Landscape 400239 Foolscap/Folio Grey/White 300 133/4 x 91/4 x1/4 350 x 235 x 6 Portrait 400240 Foolscap/Folio Multi Crease Grey/White 650 143/16 x 95/8 x 1 360 x 245 x 25-13 Portrait Larger sizes can be made to order using Premier™ Archival Folding Boxboard or Premier™ Archival Fluted Boxboard. Also available in 230gsm or 350gsm Heritage Archival pHotokraft™ paper - prices on application.
44 www.arteymemoria.com BOXES & STORAGE Products
™ CF pHoton 80gsm ockets
High purity photographic storage P products for delicate photographic glass plates, negatives and prints The pHoton™ system includes a specially developed range of papers, folders, envelopes and pockets created 130gsm from 100% cotton, un-buffered, high purity silver image safe paper. nvelopes & About pHoton™ E Arte y Memoria classify pHoton™ as ‘high purity’ to distinguish between it and ordinary acid free paper. pHoton™ is produced to a fixed quality standard. 250gsm pHoton™ is made on a machine that is one metre wide which only produces white paper in qualities designed for specialist olders, F filtration, medical, conservation and scientific uses. ™ Converted products include: • pHoton™ folder for prints and document storage. • pHoton™ Four Flap Enclosure for glass plates.
™ • pHoton Sleeves and Pockets ‘Stitch in Timecare’ for the pHoton storage of negative film. Tailored to meet most common sizes: 35mm, 60mm and 70mm film. Sleeves are sewn with cotton thread to guarantee that nothing can accelerate the ageing of the film. The porous nature of the paper prevents the build up of harmful gases within the enclosures which can happen with less porous Glass plate negative boxes: storage papers and plastic enclosures. example shown of option with Plastazote® Channel Panels to hold negatives vertically within a pHoton™ four flap folder. pHoton™ High Purity Papers ™ These 100% cotton, high purity, silver image safe papers For full details on pHoton and photographic storage products have been developed in see Papers 100% cotton in catalogue Vol 1 collaboration with leading photographic conservators and institutes of conservation. The pHoton™ range consists of papers made from un-sized pure cotton fibres which are virtually 100% pure alpha cellulose containing no chemicals whatsoever and because of this they are probably the purest of all photographic storage papers. They are un-calendered to allow maximum airflow and prevent any potentially harmful build up of gases that may be emitted by the photographic material stored within the enclosure. Due to their purity and porosity, these papers can be used safely for long term storage of all kinds of photographic materials be they negatives or prints and irrespective of the photographic technique used to create them. They can, of course, be used for storing any object requiring a non alkaline paper.
www.arteymemoria.com 45 BOXES & STORAGE Products
Style code HF40 Product T* Plate size Description Size Size mm Pack HF code inches inches mm qty ™ pHoton Four Flap 400469 Daguerreotype Traditional Sixteenth Plate 17/16 x 111/16 37 x 43 200 Enclosures for Glass 400567 113/16 x 113/16 45 x 45 200 plate and Film Negatives 408092 113/16 x 23/8 45 x 60 200 Made from 80gsm pHoton™ paper 408017 113/16 x 45/16 45 x 100 200 400471 115/16 x 315/16 50 x 100 200 ockets the single piece die-cut enclosures are
P cruciform shape, have four flaps and 400472 2 x 21/2 Daguerreotype Traditional ninth plate 21/16 x 29/16 52 x 65 200 are seamless and adhesive free, for the 400568 23/8 x 23/8 60 x 60 200 storage of photographic glass plates. 408051 23/8 x 39/16 60 x 90 200 These enclosures are available in most 408052 23/8 x 51/8 60 x 130 200 common glass plate sizes. Photographic 408053 21/2 x 31/2 English 29/16 x 39/16 65 x 90 200 glass plates can be stored safely with no 400476 23/4 x 31/4 Daguerreotype Traditional sixth plate 213/16 x 35/16 71 x 84 200 risk of pressure marks. They can also be 408106 313/16 x 35/16 80 x 103 200 viewed without being removed from their protective coating by just unfolding the 400477 31/4 x 31/4 English Lantern 35/16 x 35/16 84 x 84 200
nvelopes & flaps and leaving the plate untouched, 408054 35/16 x 77/8 84 x 110 200 E safely on a flat surface e.g. a light box. 408054 31/4 x 41/4 Daguerreotype Traditional quarter plate 35/16 x 45/16 84 x 110 200 The same enclosures can also be used for 400480 35/16 x 81/2 84 x 217 200 the storage of film negatives or prints. 408055 31/2 x 411/16 39/16 x 43/4 90 x 120 200 Four Flap enclosures normally generate 408055 31/2 x 411/16 39/16 x 43/4 90 x 120 100 a lot of wastage because their cruciform 400482 31/2 x 31/2 English, European, USA Lantern 39/16 x 39/16 91 x 91 200 shape means that half the paper area 400483 T 39/16 x 39/16 English, European, USA Lantern 39/16 x 39/16 91 x 91 200 olders, olders, required to make them gets thrown in the F 408056 31/2 x 4 American Lantern diapositive 39/16 x 41/16 91 x1 03 200 waste bin. Generally the manufacture of
™ 400489 31/2 x 51/2 31/2 x 51/2 91 x 141 200 Four Flaps is carried out as a post-mill operation by paper convertors, but with 408059 315/16 x 515/16 4 x 6 100 x 150 200 pHoton™ Four Flaps, all the conversion is 408057 4 x 5 English 41/16 x 51/16 103x129 200 carried out within the paper mill and all 400572 41/2 x 61/10 115 x 155 200 the wastage is recycled. This makes both 400491 41/2 x 51/2 Daguerreotype Traditional half plate 49/16 x 59/16 116 x 141 200 pHoton ecological and economic sense, since you 408164 43/4 x 91/16 120 x 230 200 the customer are then only charged for 400493 43/4 x 61/2 English non standard half plate 413/16 x 69/16 122 x 167 200 the paper you receive. 400494 T 43/4 x 61/2 English non standard half plate 413/16 x 69/16 122 x 167 200 400495 5 x 7 English 51/8 x 71/8 130x180 200 Specifications 400497 61/2 x 61/8 Astronomical 69/16 x 65/16 167 x 160 200 • Acid-free 400501 71/16 x 97/16 71/8 x 91/2 180 x 240 200 • High purity, chromatography 408058 81/2 x 61/2 Daguerreotype Traditional whole plate 89/16 x 69/16 218 x 167 200 grade 400502 1 x extra short flap 81/32 x 10 204 x 254 200 • 100% cotton fibre from pure cotton linters 400503 8 x 7 Astronomical 81/16 x 71/16 205 x 180 200 • Passes ANSI photographic activity test 400504 8 x 10 Daguerreotype Traditional full plate 81/16 x 101/16 205 x 255 200 IT9.2 (ISO 10214) 400505 English & Astronomical 81/4 x 81/4 210 x 210 200 • Un-sized 400506 81/4 x 101/2 Daguerreotype full plate 81/4 x 105/8 210 x 270 200 • pH6.7 • Un-buffered 400507 81/2 x 13 Daguerreotype Traditional double whole plate 89/16 x 131/16 217 x 332 200 • Un-calendered surface to allow maximum 400509 93/8 x 113/4 Four full flaps 97/16 x 1113/16 240 x 300 200 airflow 400508 93/8 x 113/4 One short flap 97/16 x 1113/16 240 x 300 200 • Passes silver tarnish test 400510 90º flaps short, 1 extra short flap 10 x 12 254 x 305 100 • Special sizes and designs can be made to 400511 101/2 x 101/2 Astronomical 109/16 x 109/16 268 x 268 200 order 400512 Short flaps 1113/16 x 129/16 300 x 320 200 • Available as standard in White 80gsm with 400515 12 x 10 2 full flaps & 2 three-quarter flaps 121/16 x 101/16 306 x 256 200 other weights available on request For full pHoton specification see vol 1. 400513 T 12 x 15 4 full flaps, 8mm tab on one long side 12 x 15 305 x 381 100 400514 12 x 10 Astronomical 121/16 x 121/16 306 x 306 200 400516 T 12 x 10 1 side 10mm longer, 2 sides short 121/8 x 101/16 307 x 256 200 400564 1 side short 1113/16 x 153/4 300 x 400 200 Applications 400517 15 x 15 Astronomical (common) 151/16 x 151/16 383 x 383 200 • Storage of photographic glass plates and 400576 3 sides short 193/4 x 235/8 500 x 600 200 film negatives 400575 71/8 x 91/2 2 short sides 71/8 x 91/2 180 x 240 200 *T = Top Index Tab Daguerreotypes, Astronomical, English and American Lantern, and additional English glass plate sizes, courtesy of The Centre for Photographic Conservation, London SE23 Reference: The Imperfect Image - Ian L Moor & Angela Moor Special custom made sizes can be made to order.
46 www.arteymemoria.com BOXES & STORAGE Products
Style code HF41 pHoton™ Photographic Print Four HF Flap Folder The pHoton™ folders are designed to fit comfortably within the range of Premier™ drop spine photograph boxes. The folders are made from pHoton™ 250gsm paper and there
are pHoton™ mounting and separator sheets available to fit these ockets folders. The mounting sheets fit neatly inside the die-cut folders P and are also made from pHoton™ 250gsm. Part of the ‘P-Box’ and folder system. The separating/interleaving sheets are made in the lighter weight pHoton™ 80gsm.
Four Flap Enclosures Four Flap Folders nvelopes & E 408054 400539 Product Ref Colour Weight Size Size Pack code gsm inches mm qty 400539 P0 White 250 71/4 x 51/4 x 3/16 184 x 133 x 5 50 400540 PZ White 250 95/8 x 71/4 x 3/16 244 x 184 x 5 50 400541 P1 White 250 101/8 x 81/8 x 3/16 257 x 207 x 5 50
400540 A4F White 250 12 x 810/16 x 3/16 301 x 220 x 5 50 olders, F
400542 P2 White 250 121/8 x 101/8 x 3/16 308 x 257 x 5 50
400543 PX White 250 141/8 x 111/8 x 3/16 359 x 283 x 5 50 ™ These form part of the ‘P-Box’ 400544 P3 White 250 161/8 x 121/8 x 3/16 410 x 308 x 5 50 mounting and storage system including pHoton™ papers and folders. 400545 P4 White 250 201/8 x 161/8 x 3/16 511 x 410 x 5 50 400546 P5 White 250 241/8 x 201/8 x 3/16 613 x 511 x 5 50 All available to suit each size of ™ Premier™ ‘P-Boxes’. Part of the pHoton Archival ‘P-Box’ and Folder System. pHoton P-Boxes Applications • Photographic print and negative storage
Style code CF40 pHoton™ 100% Cotton Envelope CF Made from 80gsm pHoton™ high purity 100% cotton paper which is unsized and very low in calcium carbonate and other High purity paper trace elements with a pH of 6.7. These die-cut envelopes machine only one meter are glued with specially formulated Evacon-R™ conservation wide adhesive, opening on one narrow edge. Without flap or gusset unless specified. Only the ANE22 coin envelope is supplied with a cover flap.
Applications • Photographic negatives, glass plates, land plates and coins
Product Type Style Colour Weight Size Size Ref gsm inches mm 400212 Coins (with 20mm flap) ANE22 White 80 2 x 2 51 x 51 400213 60 x 80mm negatives ANE23 White 80 21/2 x 31/2 64 x 89 400218 4”x 5” negatives ANE45 White 80 43/8 x 53/8 111 x 137 400216 Single 120mm negatives ANE34C White 80 31/2 x 41/2 89 x 114 400220 4” x 6” negatives ANE46B White 80 61/8 x 43/16 156 x 107 400221 43/4” x 61/2” plates ANE56 White 80 5 x 63/4 127 x 172 400222 5” x 7” plates Portrait ANE57 White 80 53/8 x 73/8 137 x 187 400223 Whole plate negatives ANE68 White 80 63/4 x 83/4 172 x 222 • Specifications(see previous page for full details) 400224 8” x 10” negatives ANE810 White 80 81/2 x 101/2 216 x 267 • Unsized 400215 35mm film negatives ANE210 White 80 21/2 x 103/4 64 x 273 ™ • Glued with specially formulated Evacon-R 400225 10” x 12” plates ANE1012 White 80 101/4 x 121/4 260 x 311 conservation adhesive 400226 11” x 14” land plates ANE1114 White 80 111/2 x 141/2 292 x 368 • Available in White - 80gsm All in packs of 25
www.arteymemoria.com 47 BOXES & STORAGE Products
Style code DF01 + DF40 Specifications DF pHoton™ Timelock™ Adhesive Free • For full specification see pHoton™ paper section p80 Negative Envelopes & Pockets pHoton™ Timelocks™ are made from 80gsm pHoton™ high purity 100% cotton un-buffered paper and have been designed Applications to avoid the use of any adhesives to ensure the absolute safety • Absolute safety of photographic negative masters that do not require
ockets of photographic negative masters that do not require frequent frequent handling. P handling. They are meant for the long term storage of the most precious and sensitive of photographic archive material such as microfiche masters, where the utmost caution has to be taken against degradation from contact with potentially Product Use Colour Weight Size Size Pack harmful elements such as adhesives that may in time react with code gm2 inches mm qty the enclosed material. Eliminating the gluing process makes 400548 Microfische White 80 6 x 43/16 152 x 107 200 ™ ™ pHoton Timelocks safer and better value than conventional 400549 5” x 4” negatives White 80 51/16 x 41/8 129 x 105 200 envelopes. 400550 35mm film negatives White 80 913/16 x 13/4 250 x 45 200 400551 70mm film negatives White 80 101/8 x 23/4 257 x 70 200 nvelopes & E
™ 400550 400549PHTLOK6616 400548 pHoton
35mm negatives (70mm also available) 5" x 4" negatives Microfische
Photographic Storage Planorama® storage systems Cold Storage ® Lightweight for vulnerable photographic collections Planorama is a unique system of • aluminium archival cabinets and • Big Drawers storage drawers. • Slim Drawers • Still images or motion Deep Drawers Planorama® is a combination of • pictures Display Drawers imagination style and function • • Film typically Framed Drawers designed to solve problems. • requiring cold • Showcase Drawers storage: If it can be imagined it can and Tops. • Cellulose nitrate probably be made. film negatives, 10mm drawer in a small module to • Cellulose acetate house a photographic collection film negatives, ‘safety film’, • Dye-based colour material.
Limited has brought together selected individuals with spe- cific photographic conservation and refrigeration expertise to compliment the conservation storage expertise of A&M to provide bespoke integrated cold storage solutions for the conservation market. Modern synthetic materials are degrad- ing at an ever increasing rate and cold storage is now widely accepted as being the best way of preserving photographic and special museum collections for future generations.
For more detailed information go to Equipment section p88 & 123. Also see Conservation Storage, Workshop and Display Storage section p130.
48 www.arteymemoria.com BOXES & STORAGE Products
Style code CF41 pHoton™ Stitch in Timecare® Enclo- CF sures Special Designs for Storage of Negatives & Transparencies A unique system of tailor made negative storage envelopes made from pHoton™ high purity, un-buffered paper. The paper is sewn with cotton thread to form enclosures which avoid the use of adhesives for the safest possible long-term storage of photographic negatives and prints. nclosures E
An inspired example of design which proves that ‘less is more’
safe when the use of simple time tested methods and raw ™ materials are combined with high technology production and scientific quality control systems. pHoton™ Storage Papers pass ANSI photographic activity test IT9.2 (ISO 10214) The pHoton™ paper is sewn with cotton thread Sleeves with integral suspension bars are for use in A4
Suspension Filing Systems only*. Sleeves without suspension pHoton bars can be combined with A4 Crimpon Suspension Bars or Folio Timecare® Hanging Bars.
Product Type Colour Weight Env. Size Env. Size Pack code gm2 inches mm qty 400552 A4/ 3 pockets White 80 81/4 x 101/8 243 x 308 25 400553 A4 / 7 pockets White 80 81/4 x 101/8 243 x 308 25 400554 A4 / 4 pockets White 80 81/4 x 101/8 243 x 308 25 Without suspension bar With integral suspension bar 400557* A4/ 7 pockets White 80 81/4 x 101/8 244 x 308 25 400558* A4/ 12 pockets White 80 81/4 x 101/8 244 x 308 25 400559* A4/ 4 pockets White 80 81/4 x 101/8 244 x 308 25 400555 A4/ 7 pockets White 80 81/4 x 101/8 243 x 308 25 400560* A4/ 1 pocket White 250 81/4 x 101/8 244 x 308 25 *With integral suspension bars
400552 400557 60mm negatives & transparencies 35mm negatives & transparencies Hanging Bar 3 Pockets 7 Pockets with integral suspension bar For use with Stitch in Timecare® pHoton™ Negative & Print storage system (above).
400556 A4 Crimpon Suspension Bar for use with PHSNSE4505/4506/4507/4518
Product Type Size Size Pack code inches mm qty 400556 Foolscap/ Folio 16 406 overall 10 400555 400558 35mm negatives & transparencies A4 Single negatives & transparencies 7 pockets, looped suspension 12 Pockets (60 x 60, 60 x 70, 60 x 90) Style code CF43 pHoton™ Concertina Folder Single piece die-cut with concertina folds to make 6 Pockets for 35, 60 & 70mm negatives and transparencies.
Product Colour Thickness Size Size Pack code micron inches mm qty 400554 400559 400521 White 80 51/16 x 41/8 129x105 25 70mm negatives & transparencies A4 70mm negatives & transparencies 4 Pockets (2 Pockets Front & 2 Pockets Back) 4 Pockets (2 front, 2 back)
400553 400560 35mm negatives & transparencies A4 Hanging File 7 Pockets 1 Pocket
www.arteymemoria.com 49 BOXES & STORAGE Products transparent storage
TRANSPARENT STORAGE TRANSPARENT Plastic enclosures for conservation storage Because of their transparency plastics are commonly used for the protection of archival documents and photographs. However many of the first plastics used were later found to be harmful to the objects they enclosed. The most common plastic used was PVC (polyvinyl chloride). It has good transparency and can be welded with ease. The problem was that it contained a large amount of plasticiser to keep it flexible. In time this plasticiser comes to the surface and transfers a sticky acidic residue to the enclosed object. Plasticisers are not the only danger from poor quality plastics. Polypropylene is often recycled and can have fatty acid slip coatings to make it run smoother on production machinery.
Polypropylene, Polyethylene and Complex Plastics Only virgin Polypropylene without this slip coating should be used for photographs or archival material. Virgin Polyethylene, without plasticisers or harmful additives that might off-gas, is suitable for archival storage but it lacks rigidity and clarity. When Polyester applied as a thin film to Polyester it gains strength and rigidity but the crystal like transparency is reduced. The recent inclusion of Polyester is known as the most stable and chemically inert plastic reactive copper and carbon particles in plastics now offers new used for conservation storage. It offers optical clarity, strength, possibilities for the long term protection of archival material. This rigidity and a surface free of slip coatings. is also the case with multi layer oxygen and moisture barrier films Melinex® and Mylar® are the most commonly known brands which combined with the use of vacuum or oxygen scavengers of Polyester. The clarity, purity and resistance to degradation is can greatly slow down the rate of deterioration of a variety of prized by conservators, however it is much harder to weld and sensitive materials. form into pockets and complex album pages than softer plastics such as Polyethylene and Polypropylene which have a lower FDSTDP series melting temperature. Polyester can be welded with heat but the Timecare Storage temperature melt band is very narrow, meaning, too much heat & Display Folder and it will crystallise, too little and it will not weld.
Information
• Polyester has a higher melt temperature than Polypropylene or Polyethylene, and will give better protection in the event of fire. • Chalk, charcoal and art mediums/text with poorly fixed surfaces (this may include some damaged photo-images) should not be stored in plastic en- closures because any static charge in the plastic will remove particles from the surface of the object. • Degrading nitrate and cellulose acetate negatives should not be stored in plastic enclosures because harmful gases will be trapped inside the enclo- sure. pHoton™ paper enclosures offer a more stable solution for this type of material because of its porosity.
50 www.www.arteymemoria.com BOXES & STORAGE Products
Ultra Sonic welding is the most effective technology for welding Timecare® Crystal Polyester Album Pages the edges of a pocket. Timecare® ‘Crystal’ Album Pages can be made using this process. Ultra sonic welders and spot welders Timecare Crystal Polyester album pages offer superb visibility for are listed in the equipment section of this catalogue. Timecare® safe storage and presentation. ‘Crystal’ Polyester storage pockets/enclosures are edge welded Designed to fit the Timecare Ringbinder Box System. They differ using a ‘Bead’ welding process similar to that of the ‘Original from the Polyester HCL pages because they are made from Curateur™’ polyester welder machine supplied by Arte y ‘crystal clear’ Melinex® pure polyester which gives greater clarity Memoria. but is much more difficult to weld into complex multi-pocket STORAGE The Timecare® Polyester HCL Album Pages developed for the page designs. popular Timecare® ringbinder boxes utilise a combination of the strength and durability of polyester with the ease of welding of Specifications ester polyethylene. Album pages made solely from polyethylene or ® polypropylene, although cheaper in material and production • Melinex pure polyester ly costs, do not offer the same level of strength or protection against • 80 micron o
fire in a disaster scenario. • Binder edge 25mm P • 4 holes punched at 80mm centres The same multi layer technology employed by the HCL album pages is used for the oxygen and moisture barrier films and pouches listed in this catalogue. These products allow visible storage in a controlled atmosphere with the absence of Applications oxygen achieved by gas flushing or oxygen scavengers using • Safe storage and display of photographs, documents and ephemera nanotechnology. Heavy weight matt polypropylene is an excellent material for making large drawer files. The matt surface is non reflective and has reduced surface contact with the contents. It can be welded or sewn as with our Visifile™ folders. In use it makes an almost indestructible folder that allows the contents to be seen at a Product Description Thickness Entry Pocket size Pocket size Pack glance. code microns edge top inches mm qty Controlling the atmosphere or environment is crucial for good 500327 A4, 1 pocket 80 Short 123/16 x 811/16 310 x 220 25 storage of all kinds of material, but photographs are particularly 500328 A4, 2 pockets 80 Long 123/16 x 811/16 220 x 150 25 sensitive to humidity. A stable relative humidity (RH) should be 500329 A4, 4 pockets 80 Short 123/16 x 811/16 105 x 150 25 sought to avoid fluctuations that can cause cracking of surface 500257 A3, 1 pocket 75 Long 1615/16 x 125/8 430 x 320 50 coatings. Photographs generally require around 40% RH and 55% RH is recommended for other paper based items. If the RH exceeds 65% and it fluctuates there is a danger of ‘Ferrotyping’ or adhesion of the photographic surface to the plastic enclosure caused by condensation. 2 pocket For the professional archive, Arte y Memoria offer an integrated temperature and humidity ‘room within a room’ system which is modular and can be tailored to the size of the space available, no matter how big. For the smaller user, De-humidifiers, ProSorb™ and Silica Gel are available and although they are no substitute for a well controlled environment good quality acid free boxes offer a low cost ‘buffer’ against fluctuations in temperature and humidity.
A3 Timecare® CRYSTAL Polyester Album Pages: Formats
Foolscap A4
A3 Security
www.arteymemoria.com 51 BOXES & STORAGE Products
Pocket Styles STORAGE ester ly o
P 500427 500428 500429 500430 500431 Suitable for Letters Comics, and Suitable for First Day Covers Suitable for Postcards Suitable for 35mm Transparencies Suitable for 6 x 7cm or 6 x 6cm Photographs 2 Pockets: H151 x W230mm 4 Pockets: H151x W113mm 20 Pockets: H60 x W54mm Mounted Slides 1 Pocket: H305 x W 230mm 12 Pockets: H76 x W66mm
500432 500433 500434 500435 500446 Suitable for Letters Comics, and Suitable for First Day Covers Suitable for Postcards Suitable for 35mm Transparencies Suitable for Panorama Prints, Photographs 2 Pockets: H150 xW230mm 4 Pockets: H150 xW116mm 20 Pockets: H57 x W52mm 6cm Strips, Book Marks etc. 1 Pocket: H310 x W230mm 2 Pockets: H303 x W116mm
® Timecare Polyester HCL Album Pages Product Description Thickness Entry Pocket size Pocket size Pack Timecare® Album Pages for the safe storage and display of code microns edge inches mm qty photographs, documents and ephemera. Made from a specially 500432 A4, I pocket 75 Short 12 x 91/16 305 x230 25 developed high clarity,clear archival laminate (HCL) of polyester 500427 A4, 1 pocket* 75 Long 91/16 x 123/16 230 x 310 25 and virgin polyethylene which combines the strength pf polyester 500446 A4, 2 pockets 75 Short 49/16 x 1115/16 116 x 303 25 with the weldability of polyethylene. Independently tested by 500433 A4, 2 pockets 75 Long 91/16 x 57/8 230 x 150 25 the Image Permanence Centre and passes the P.A.T standards 500428 A4, 2 pockets* 75 Short 515/16 x 91/16 151 x 230 25 (Photographic Activity Test). They have a binder edge (25mm), with 4 holes punched at 80mm centres. 500445 A4, 3 pockets* 75 Short 4 x 91/16 102 x 230 25 500436 A4, 4 pockets* 75 Short 215/16 x 91/16 75 x 230 25 The wide variety of ‘pockets’ within the Timecare® Album Page range gives flexibility of storage in one ringbinder album/box. 500429 A4, 4 pockets* 75 Long 515/16 x 41/2 151 x 113 25 Pocket entry is gained either from the short or long side of the 500434 A4, 4 pockets* 75 Long 49/16 x 57/8 116 x 150 25 page. 500441 A4, 4 pockets 75 Short 215/16 x 91/16 75 x 230 25 All pages will accept a hanging bar for alternative use in a filing 500443 A4, 4 pockets 75 Long 215/16 x 91/16 75 x 230 25 cabinet. 500437 A4, 7 pockets 75 Short 111/16 x 91/16 42 x 230 25 500444 A4, 7 pockets 75 Long 111/16 x 91/16 42 x 230 25 500442 A4, 7 pockets 75 Short 111/16 x 91/16 42 x 230 25 500438 A4, 8 pockets 75 Short 3 x 41/2 76 x 112 25 SUHBAR7009 A4 Hanging/Suspension Bar. 500431 A4, 12 pockets 75 Short 3 x 25/8 76 x 66 25 For Album/ Ringbinder Boxes see Timecare® Ringbinder Boxes in 500439 A4, 12 pockets 75 Long 3 x 25/8 76 x 66 25 the Boxes section p11. 500435 A4, 20 pockets 75 Short 21/4 x 21/16 57 x 52 25 For Acid-free mounting paper inserts for album pages - see Papers 500430 A4, 20 pockets 75 Short 23/8 x 21/8 60 x 54 25 catalogue vol 1. 500440 A4, 20 pockets 75 Short 29/16 x 15/8 65 x 43 25 *Items for use in hanging files - in landscape format. Specifications • 75 micron Product Description Thickness Entry Overall page Overall page Pack • Overall page size: 315 x 260 mm code microns edge size inches size mm qty • Binder edge: 25mm, 4 holes punched at 80mm centres 500258 Foolscap 75 Short 151/16 x 111/8 383 x 282 50 • Unique archival PET/PE laminate 500256 A3, 1 pocket 75 Short 163/4 x 13 425 x 330 50 • Suitable for Timecare® Ringbinder boxes • Binder channel accepts hanging bar for storage in filing cabinet (Foolscap/Folio size)
52 www.www.arteymemoria.com BOXES & STORAGE Products STORAGE ester ly o
500429 500437 500438 500439 500440 P Suitable for 120mm Film Strips Suitable for 35mm Film Strips and Suitable for Cartes de Visite and Suitable for 6 x 7cm or 6 x 6cm Suitable for Cigarette Cards and and Negatives Negatives Playing Cards Mounted Slides Tickets 4 Strip Pockets: H75 x W230mm 7 Pockets: H42 x W230mm 8 Pockets: H76 x W112mm 12 Pockets: H76 x W66mm 20 Pockets: H65 x W43mm
500441 500442 500443 500444 500445 Suitable for 120 Film Strips and Suitable for 35mm Film Strips and Suitable for 120 Film Strips and Suitable for 35mm Film Strips and Suitable for Bank Notes and Stereo Negatives Negatives Negatives Negatives Cards 4 Strip Pockets: H75 xW230mm 7 Strip Pockets: H42 x W230mm 4 Strip Pockets: H75 x W230mm 7 Strip Pockets: H42 x W230mm 3 Pockets: H102 x W230mm
Key Pocket Openings: Left Right Top
Suitable for: Ringbinder Filing Cabinet
1 pocket
A3
Foolscap 20 pocket
A4
2 pocket 7 pocket
4 pocket
www.arteymemoria.com 53 BOXES & STORAGE Products
Timecare® Crystal Polyester Product Description Box Thickness Entry Size Size Pack code ref. microns edge inches mm qty Storage Pockets 500035 open one short side - 75 Short 21/2 x 33/4 64 x 95 50 This clear Melinex® polyester material is 500036 open one short side - 75 Short 215/16 x 215/16 75 x 75 50 independently tested to P.A.T. standards 500034 open one short side - 75 Short 31/16 x 41/2 76 x 115 50 (Photographic Activity Test). No binder edge or holes punched. 500040 open one short side - 75 Short 33/4 x 73/4 95 x 197 50 STORAGE 500037 open one short side - 75 Short 41/8 x 41/8 104 x 104 50 Polyester is known as the most stable and chemically inert plastic used for conservation 500042 open one short side - 75 Short 41/8 x 61/8 105 x 155 50 storage. It offers optical clarity, strength, rigidity 500041 open one short side - 75 Short 41/4 x 61/4 108 x 159 50 and higher melt temperature than Polypropylene 500038 open one short side - 75 Short 41/4 x 51/4 108 x 133 50 ester or Polyethylene. This means it will give better A6+
ly protection against fire damage in an emergency. 500039 open one short side - up to A6 - 75 Short 37/8 x 515/16 99 x 151 50
o Boxes are available to accommodate any of the 500045 open one short side- up to A6 - 75 Short 41/2 x 61/4 115 x 158 50 P pockets/enclosures. 500043 open one short side - 75 Short 5 x 7 127x178 50 A5 Specifications 500063 short side open - CD - 75 Short 53/16 x 53/16 131 x 131 50 500044 open one short side (5x7prints) PO 75 Short 51/4 x 71/4 133 x 184 50 • Clear Melinex® polyester A5+ • Chemically inert • Sparkling optical clarity 500046 open one short side - up to A5 - 75 Short 6 x 9 152 x 229 50 • Non-yellowing and non-brittling 500051 open one short side (8x10 prints) P1 75 Short 81/4 x 101/4 210 x 260 50 • Free of plasticisers and surface coatings *All the pockets are avaliable in three different formats: opened on one short side, opened on one long side and • Bead welded opened on two adjacent sides. • Maximum size 1524mm( 60") • Made to measure service available
Applications • Safe storage and display of photographs, heat resistant transparencies, prints, documents, cards and other ephemera
A&M P-Box photographic mounting and storage system
Opening options & Entry Edge
Open on one short side Open on one long side Open on two adjacent sides
54 www.www.arteymemoria.com BOXES & STORAGE Products
Product Description Box Thickness Entry Size Size Pack code ref. microns edge inches mm qty A&M P-Box PHOTOGRAPHIC mount- A4+ ing and storage system 500048 open one short side - up to A4 - 75 Short 9 x 121/4 229 x 311 25 500049 open one short side - A4 A4 75 Short 81/2 x 121/8 216 x 308 2 500050 open one short side - Folio - 75 Short 9 x 14 229 x 356 25 500047 open one short side - 75 Short 93/4 x 73/8 247 x 187 50 STORAGE 500052 open one short side (10x12 prints) P2 75 Short 101/4 x 121/4 260 x 311 25 Polyester Pockets or 500098 open two adjacent sides - 75 Adjacent 105/8 x 1211/16 270 x 322 25 Cut Sheets 500053 open one short side (11x14 prints) PX 75 Short 111/4 x 141/4 286 x 362 25 ester A3+ ™
pHoton Separator Sheets ly 500056 open one short side - A3 - 75 Short 12 x 167/8 305 x 429 25
500054 open one short side - (12”x16” prints) P3 75 Short 121/4 x 161/4 311 x 413 25 o 500057 open one short side - (16”x20” prints) P4 75 Short 161/4 x 201/4 413 x 514 25 P A2+ HAPK Mounting Sheets 500060 open one short side - A2 - 75 Short 167/8 x 233/4 428 x 603 25 500059 open one short side - A2 (20”x24” prints) P5 75 Short 201/4 x 241/4 514 x 616 25 A1+ 500061 open one short side - A1 - 75 Short 233/4 x 339/16 603 x 853 25 500062 open one short side - OS Map - 75 Short 30 x 3915/16 762 x 1014 25 LP Covers Mount Boards 500055 open one short side - LP Covers - 75 Short 125/16 x 125/16 312 x 312 25 500058 open one short side - LP Covers - 75 Short 161/4 x 161/4 413 x 413 25 *All the pockets are avaliable in three different formats: opened on one short side, opened on one long side and opened on two adjacent sides. Single Crease Folders
4-flap Folders
P-Boxes
Information P-Box Size Guide Glass plate sizes P0 = 5" x 7" PZ = 9" x 7" Information Photographic print sizes A&M P-Box photographic mounting and storage system P1 = 8" x 10" This is a comprehensive system for coordinating various A&M linked products including P2 = 10" x 12" pHoton™ papers, pHoton™ folders, Heritage Archival pHotokraft™ (HAPK) single crease P3 = 12" x 16" folders, Polyester pockets and Timecare® Heritage Museum and Conservation mount boards. All are available to suit each size of A&M Premier™ P-Boxes. These are based on PX = 14” x 11” photographic print sizes and are part of the A&M P-Box system of boxes, folders, mounting P4 = 16" x 20" sheets and pockets. P5 = 20" x 24" or A2 See ‘P’ ref.
www.arteymemoria.com 55 BOXES & STORAGE Products
Polyester Protectors Board or paper backed folders and protectors Polyester film cover (75 micron), which is thermally welded on to acid-free board or paper backing sheet. The acid free paper backing board offers support while also acting as a humidity
STORAGE buffer. Prevents abrasion of stored documents and enables safe handling with clear visibility of contents.
Applications ester • Suitable for transparent protection of manuscripts, comics, prints and
ly drawings, maps, charts, photographic prints, posters, wallpaper and
o works of art on paper. P
Timecare® Crystal Storage/Display Board Timecare® Crystal Museum Backed Folder Board Backed Protectors Acid-free single crease board (400gsm) folder with Melinex® for Acid-free board (830gsm) backing with polyester film cover. Film the support and display of documents and photographs. Polyester thermally sealed along the edge allows access from three sides. film inside, film thermally sealed along the edge allows access For the support and display of documents and photographs. from three sides. Specifications Specifications • 830gsm acid-free board (1.2mm) • 400gsm acid-free single crease board (0.6mm) ® ® • Melinex polyester film cover • Melinex Polyester film inside • Access from three sides • Access from three sides.
Product Polyester Thickness Colour Size Size Pack Product Polyester Thickness Colour Size Size Pack code microns inches mm qty code microns inches mm qty 500464 75 Cream 913/16 x 123/16 250 x 310 25 500461 75 Cream 71/2 x 913/16 190 x 250 10 500465 75 Cream 123/16 x 161/8 310 x 410 25 500462 75 Cream 811/16 x 123/16 220 x 310 10 500466 75 Cream 161/8 x 201/16 410 x 510 25 500463 75 Cream 123/16 x 161/8 310 x 410 10 500467 75 Cream 165/16 x 211/4 415 x 540 25 500468 75 Cream 201/16 x 24 510 x 610 25 500469 75 Cream 201/16 x 26 510 x 660 25 500470 75 Cream 24 x 317/8 610 x 810 25
56 www.www.arteymemoria.com BOXES & STORAGE Products
Timecare® Crystal Heritage Paper Backed Pocket Acid-free paper (170gsm) backing with Melinex® polyester film cover. Film thermally sealed along three edge allowing access from top long edge. For the support and display of documents and photographs. STORAGE
Specifications • 170gsm acid-free board (0.21mm)
• Melinex® Polyester film cover ester • Access from top long edge ly o P Product Polyester Thickness Colour Size Size Pack code microns inches mm qty ® Timecare Crystal Heritage Protectors 500471 75 Cream 913/16 x 123/16 250 x 310 25 Acid-free paper (170gsm) backing with Melinex® polyester film 500472 75 Cream 123/16 x 161/8 310 x 410 25 cover. Film thermally sealed along one long and one short edge 500473 75 Cream 143/16 x 187/8 360 x 480 25 allowing access from two sides. 500474 75 Cream 161/8 x 201/16 410 x 510 25 For the support and display of documents and photographs. 500475 75 Cream 201/16 x 24 510 x 610 25 500476 75 Cream 24 x 317/8 610 x 810 25 Specifications 500477 75 Cream 311/2 x 471/4 800 x 1200 25 • 170gsm acid-free board (0.21mm) • Melinex® Polyester film cover • Access from three sides Timecare® Crystal Archive Paper Backed Protectors Product Polyester Thickness Colour Size Size Pack Acid-free board (260gsm) backing with Melinex® polyester film code microns inches mm qty cover. Film thermally sealed along the edge allows access from 500478 75 Cream 913/16 x 123/16 250 x 310 25 three sides. 500479 75 Cream 123/16 x 161/8 310 x 410 25 For the support and display of documents and photographs. 500480 75 Cream 143/16 x 187/8 360 x 480 25 500481 75 Cream 161/8 x 201/16 410 x 510 25 Specifications 500482 75 Cream 201/16 x 24 510 x 610 25 • 260gsm acid-free board (0.35mm) 500483 75 Cream 24 x 317/8 610 x 810 25 • Melinex® Polyester film cover 500484 75 Cream 311/2 x 471/4 800 x 1200 25 • Access from three sides
Product Polyester Thickness Colour Size Size Pack code microns inches mm qty 500485 75 Cream 811/16 x 101/4 220 x 260 10 500486 75 Cream 913/16 x 123/16 250 x 310 10 500487 75 Cream 123/16 x 161/8 310 x 410 10 500488 75 Cream 161/8 x 201/16 410 x 510 10 500489 75 Cream 201/16 x 24 510 x 610 10
www.arteymemoria.com 57 BOXES & STORAGE Products
Visifiles™ Visifile™ Transparent Matt Polypropylene Plan Drawer Map & Artwork Folders are made from inert 410 micron plastisicer free, safe polypropylene. Sewn on 3 sides and creased one third of the way down. Visifile™ can be used for single items or multiples of maps, photographs, plans etc. Almost indestructible they can
STORAGE be used to carry heavy loads without fear of the handles tearing. Visifile™ can also be ordered punched to fit vertical storage systems. ene • The matt surface is non reflective and has proved very popular
yl with Record Offices and their users for storage & viewing of maps etc. • Matt polypropylene surfaces make the folders easy to slide in and out of drawers/plan chests which helps to prevent damage to prop the object. ly o Specifications
& P • Inert 410 micron polypropylene • Sewn on 3 sides and creased one third of the way down • Integral heavy duty carrying handles • Can be ordered punched to fit vertical storage systems. • Special sizes and design variations up to 2 x 1.5 metres can be made ester ly
o Applications
P • Plan Drawer Map and Artwork Folders
A2 Landscape A3 Portrait
Product Type Thickness Size Size External dim Pack code microns inches mm mm qty 500070A3L A3 Landcape 410 1615/16 x 125/8 320 x 430 390 x 462 10 500068A2L A2 Landscape 410 2313/16 x 175/16 440 x 605 505 x 635 10 500066A1L A1 Landscape 410 2313/16 x 331/4 605 x 845 680 x 880 10 500065 AO Landscape 410 471/4 x 341/16 865 x 1200 910 x 1230 10 500069A2P A2 Portrait 410 2313/16 x 175/16 605 x 440 480 x 680 10 500067A1P A1 Portrait 410 2313/16 x 331/4 605 x 845 645 x 910 10
A1 Portrait A0 Landscape
Polyester Roll Pure Polyester in roll form for custom made crystal clear protective pockets and covers in large format. It can be welded using a variety of machines available in this catalogue or sewn by machine or fixed with tapes. It can also be combined Product Type Thickness Size Size Pack with acid free board to give a rigid code microns inches mm qty backing. 500033 Melinex® ‘S’ 12 60 x 3937 1524 x 100m 1 500330 Melinex® ‘O’ 100 40 x 3937 1067 x 100m 1 Applications 500126 Melinex® ‘O’ 75 40 x 3937 1016 x 100m 1 500282 Melinex® ‘O’ 75 40 x 7873/8 1016 x 20m 1 • Manuscripts • Prints and drawings Melinex type ‘O’ is also known as type ’400’ • Maps • Photographic prints • Posters • Comics • Wallpaper and works of art on paper
58 www.www.arteymemoria.com BOXES & STORAGE Products
Polyester Cut Sheets Transparent cut sheets for the protection of paper documents Pure Polyester in cut sheet form for custom made crystal clear
protective pockets and covers in large format. It can be welded heets
using a variety of machines available in this catalogue or sewn by S
machine or fixed with tapes. It can also be combined with acid free t board to give a rigid backing. Cu Applications Original Curateur™ Polyester Edge Welder • Manuscripts • Prints and drawings ene • Maps yl • Photographic prints • Posters • Comics
• Wallpaper and works of art on paper. prop ly o
Product Description Box Thickness Size Size Pack A&M P-Box mounting and storage system code ref. microns inches mm qty & P 500003 75 4 x 6 101 x 152 100 500004 75 43/16 x 43/16 106 x 106 100 Polyester Pockets and 500007 A6 75 45/8 x 61/4 117 x 159 100 ester Cut Sheets 500009 A5+ - 75 61/8 x 91/16 155 x 230 100
pHoton Separator 500010 P1 75 83/8 x 105/16 212 x 262 100 ly Sheets 500012 A4+ - 75 91/8 x 125/16 231 x 313 100 o 500013 P2 75 105/16 x 125/16 262 x 313 100 P HAPK Mounting Sheets 500014 PX 75 115/16 x 145/16 288 x 363 100 500015 A3 - 75 121/16 x 1615/16 307 x 430 100 500016 P3 75 123/8 x 165/16 314 x 414 100 500017 P4 75 165/16 x 203/8 414 x 517 100 Mount Boards 500018 A2 - 75 1615/16 x 233/4 430 x 604 100 500019 P5 75 205/16 x 245/16 516 x 618 100 500020 - 75 2313/16 x 3311/16 608 x 855 100 500021 5APOS 75 30 x 40 763 x 1016 100 Single Crease Folders Other cut sheet sizes are available.
4-flap Folders Polypropylene Sheets Rigid, strong and ideal for covers and making map and plan folders.
Applications • Covers • Map and plan folders P-Boxes
Product Type Thickness Size Size Pack code microns inches mm qty Information PYPPTR7462 Opaline, clear natural 410 4015/16 x 58 1040 x 1473 25 P-Box Size Guide Glass plate sizes P0 = 5" x 7" PZ = 9" x 7" Photographic print sizes P1 = 8" x 10" P2 = 10" x 12" P3 = 12" x 16" PX = 14” x 11” see p9 for full P4 = 16" x 20" information P5 = 20" x 24" or A2
www.arteymemoria.com 59 BOXES & STORAGE Products
Hanging Bars For Timecare® Polyester Album Pages and ‘Stitch in time’ envelopes
Product code Description Dimensions Pack qty SUHBAR7009 Foolscap size 406mm overall 10
ccessories Polyester Index Tabs
A These polyester index tabs have a self adhesive strip on one side to stick on to Timecare album pages. Each tab has a paper insert et for indexing. k
Product Thickness Pack oc code micron qty P 500490 50 50
Divided Index Sleeves ester This inert polyester sleeve allows easy access to film or ly prints with a built in indexing section. o Each sleeve is divided into two pockets P – one to contain the material and one to contain the indexing information. Main pocket 105 x 130mm - suitable for 5 x 4” prints /films.
Product Size Size Pack Code inches mm qty 500491 41/8 x 67/8 174 x 105 100
V Mount Polyester Strips How to use 1 2 V Mount Strips are glass clear polyester with in 6 easy steps. an acrylic adhesive backing. Ideal for holding Examples of how ‘V- photographs and documents securely yet unobtrusively mounts’ can be used to in position on the mounting insert. The mount strips secure an item adhere to the mounting sheet to firmly hold the item. 3 4 Simply cut two strips to the desired length, locate over opposite sides of the item, remove the adhesive release- paper strips, and press into position on the mounting insert. The mounting strips allow instant removal of the mounted items and remounting as often as desired. 5 6 Supplied in packs of 25 strips 200mm long.
Product Thickness Size Size Pack code microns inches mm qty 100013 75 77/8 L 200 25 Corner Mounting Strips 100010 Inert 75 micron polyester strip for mounting larger items. This transparent rectangular strip has two dry-mount acrylic adhesive tabs at opposite ends. Useful for temporarily securing items for transportation or for positioning prints to a baseboard for framing.
Product Size Size Pack code inches mm qty 100010 7/16 x 11/2 11 x 38 100
Polyester Display Strips Inert 75 micron polyester strip. These strips are useful for holding manuscripts open in a display or for unobtrusively securing items in a showcase. 500022 Product Thickness Size Size Pack code microns inches mm qty 500022 75 11/2 x 22 38 x 559 100
60 www.www.arteymemoria.com BOXES & STORAGE Products
Stamtec® Philatelic Mounts Applications Stamtec® is a unique archival mounting strip manufactured from glass clear polyester • Protection for a stamp or block of with an acrylic adhesive backing. Ideal for stamps holding stamps securely yet unobtrusively in position. Each strip can be trimmed to width to provide an individual all-round protection for a stamp or block of stamps, with the Product Stamp Pack code size qty brilliant optical clarity of polyester providing superb colour rendition of each specimen. A 500492 24 10 dry-mount acrylic adhesive strip on the rear of 500493 26 10 & CD STORAGE the mount provides for permanent 500494 30 10 adhesion to an album, exhibition 500495 31 10 or mount board, yet the stamp 500496 35 10 can be safely removed from its tamp protective enclosure and replaced 500497 41 10 S as required. Stamtec contains no 500494 500498 48 10 harmful chemicals or moisture and provides the safest possible environment for your valuable stamps 7 different sizes available
CD Storage
Album Pages and Pockets Polypropylene and Polyester storage for CD or DVD media.
Also see Timecare Ringbinder Box for storage in CORROSION INTERCEPT® album pages Boxes section p12.
Timecare Ringbinder Box Aluminium layer subject to oxidisation from ozone and reactive oxygen. Damaged disc Corrosion Intercept will be unable to play Technology™ State of the Art in Corrosion Protection A. A laquer layer is used to help Developed by Lucent Technologies Bell Labs prevent oxidisation. Distributed by Arte y Memoria Limited CORROSION INTERCEPT® is a revolutionary, patented technology B. A reflective layer reflects the which uses semi-conductor technology to transform plastic into a laser back. protective reactive barrier against corrosive gases, fungus and bacteria. It is comprised of highly reactive copper particles bonded into a polymer matrix. This matrix film forms a preferential corrosion site that C. A polycarbonate disc layer reacts and neutralises all corrosive gases that pass through or come has the data encoded by in contact with the film. It is statistically improbable that they can using bumps. migrate through the INTERCEPT film without contacting and reacting with one of the active corrosion sites. CORROSION INTERCEPT® D. A laser beam reads the polycarbonate disc, is reflected back and read by the player. provides a unique and effective protection for copper, silver, brass. bronze, ferrous and non ferrous metals. It has also been successfully used to protect CD’s, photographic prints, film, textiles, paintings, Product Description Size Size Pack books and other works of art on paper. This inert material does not code inches mm qty give off any harmful gases and is unaffected by moisture, humidity 400372 Polypropylene Single CD Pocket with flap 415/16 x 51/16 125 x 129 25 or temperature and it has a built in saturation indicator. When the 508042 Polyester Pocket - CD & Index card 15/8 x 413/16 44 x 122 25 copper colour turns it is time to change the Intercept. The protection against corrosion is approximately 10 years per 0.025mm thickness of INTERCEPT. www.intercept-technology.com
www.arteymemoria.com 61 BOXES & STORAGE Products ORAGE
ST oxygen free ree F
gen storage y x
O The development of oxygen free storage products A&M has oxygen free storage and display products for use within the conservation and preservation profession. The elimination of oxygen is the way forward for many difficult preservation problems whether it be the eradication of pests, preservation and drying of flood damaged material, document storage or the storage and display of plastics, rubber and geological specimens that are particularly sensitive to oxidation and damage from UV. We supply vacuum packing machines, transparent barrier pouches, barrier films on rolls, Ageless & Rp System™ oxygen scavengers, Ageless Eye oxygen indicating tablets, and the CXD KnoOx™ oxygen monitoring sensors and equipment. Special oxygen free enclosures and showcases are also available.
Oxygen absorber packets have been used extensively within the food and electrical packaging industry and more recently for the conservation and preservation of a wide variety of cultural objects. They are used inside high oxygen barrier film packets sealed with or without a vacuum. The sachets are capable of reducing the oxygen in an airtight container to less than 0.01% (100ppm) and can maintain this level indefinitely depending on the oxygen permeability of the packaging material. Long term packaging of Museum objects requires a packaging material that is virtually impermeable to oxygen and moisture. Recent research work carried out within Museums has found oxygen free storage to have many benefits for the storage of historical objects and natural history collections. Many of these objects contain modern or synthetic substances that can deteriorate even in the best conventional archival storage materials available. This is because although they are pure and non reactive, they do not tackle the problem of excluding the main cause of deterioration — oxygen. Oxygen scavengers are also used in conjunction with barrier film for the eradication of insects and pests. Arte y Memoria Limited are proud to have been appointed as agents for the conservation market of Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Various types of oxygen scavenger can be supplied for Museum RP Oxygen Scavengers. We offer the following storage and pest eradication. Before the introduction of the types of film and bags: Mitsubishi RP System™ (Revolutionary Preservation) which has been developed specifically for Museum Preservation Mitsubishi • Escal film Ageless Z was the most commonly used type. • P.T.S bags As a general rule it is better to use too much scavenger material • Aluminium Foil Bags. than too little. Results can be checked using Ageless Eye oxygen indicator tablets. We also recommend the insertion of Humidity Indicator Strips within Escal or PTS Bags because the Ageless Eye itself has a limited life as a monitor. A new generation of oxygen monitoring equipment is now available but at a price that is only likely to be within the reach of the larger user.
Information on how to calculate the amount of RP scavenger agent pouches required is shown on p66. 62 www.www.arteymemoria.com BOXES & STORAGE Products
Ageless® Type ZPT Applications Removes: Oxygen • For insect treatments of organic materials (wood, paper, cloth and Ageless® Z scavengers are used leather)
in conjunction with moisture ORAGE permeable, transparent, Product code Description Pack qty
laminate, oxygen barrier bags – ST similar to our ArchiPress Pouches 800001 Sachet 200ml Ageless ZPT 100 and are recommended as an 800001 800002 Sachet 1000ml 50 insecticide of non metal artefacts ree ™ for short periods of around one month. Escal or Aluminium Foil F should not be used because they will retain the moisture given off during the active period of the Ageless Z.
However, if the high humidity adversely affects the artefacts, even gen if it is for a short time, add some silica gel or use use RPK. y x NB: Supplied vacuum packed. Do not open until required for O use.
RP Oxygen Absorbing Scavengers The RP System is a handy packaging system that protects artefacts from retro-gradation, creating an atmosphere without oxygen, moisture or corrosive gases, which are the main causes of metal oxidisation.
RP System™ Type A RP System™ Type K Removes: Oxygen, moisture and corrosive gases Removes: Oxygen and corrosive gases Mitsubishi RPA ‘stops the clock’ on the sources of corrosion and This type of scavenger should, for example, be used for organic oxidation of metals through a chemical reaction that removes objects or for metals that are combined with organic material oxygen, moisture and corrosive gases from sealed containers. such as wood or bone. RP type K can also be used for leather, It is used in metal conservation and other applications where paper and textiles etc. a low RH is required i.e. geological specimens. It may also It does not affect the moisture in a container to protect have applications for the storage of audio tapes where oxygen photographs, films, dyed products from discolouring and fading. and moisture are primary (U.V. Light damage is stopped with the absence of oxygen). RPK sources of deterioration. also prevents mildew and Research is underway to insect damage to paper, determine the range of textiles and wooden applications. artefacts.
RP-A Type for metal objects RP-K Type for organic objects
Application Examples Application Examples • Archaeological metals • Historical objects • Coins • Pictures • Cutlery • Books • Jewellery • Graphic works • Arms • Textiles
Product code Description Size Pack qty Product code Description Size Pack qty mm mm 800109 Sachet 100ml 28 x 55 25 800110 Sachet 300ml 35 x 120 25 800004 Sachet 300ml 35 x 120 25 800010 Sachet 2000ml 100 x 130 10 800006 Sachet 500ml 51 x 120 25 800007 Sachet 2000ml 95 x 100 10
Archaeological finds Coins Textiles Packaging
www.arteymemoria.com 63 BOXES & STORAGE Products
Functions of RP Oxygen Absorbing 1 2 Oxygen absorption rate Moisture absorption rate Scavenger Agent When a specified amount of RP agent (A or K) is sealed up in an ging appropriate barrier bag, the graphs show the following: a Oxygen (%)
k 1
The oxygen concentration falls below 0.1%. humidity (%RH) Relative
ac 2 With the A type, the relative humidity falls below 10%; with the Time (day) Time (day)
P K type, the initial humidity is maintained. 3 Hydrogen sulphide absorption rate Sulphur dioxide absorption rate 3 The concentration of each kind of corrosive gas falls below
ree 1ppm F
Disposal of RP agent Use a Seal/tie (ppm) Sulphur dioxide Hydrogen sulphide (ppm) Hydrogen RP agent may be deposited in land fill or suitable the neck bag Time (day) Time (day) gen incinerator in accordance with National y and Local regulations. RP Agent is not Hydrogen chloride absorption rate Ammonia absorption rate x considered a hazardous waste under
O current RCRA regulations. Ammonia (ppm) Ammonia Hydrogen chloride (ppm) Hydrogen
Ageless Eye Oxygen Indicating Tablets Time (day) Time (day) Ageless Eye Oxygen indicating tablets verify that all the oxygen For more detail on graphs view at www.cxdltd.co.uk has been absorbed from your package. They start off pink in colour but when opened and inserted into the package they will A&M KnoOx turn blue. Once the package has been sealed, and providing that Monitor there are sufficient oxygen absorbing sachets for the volume of air, the tablet will turn back to pink when oxygen concentration is below 1%. This will not happen instantly and may take some days. Flushing with Nitrogen gas will speed up the process, but in normal use squeezing out excess air before sealing will help. The shelf life is limited and life within the package may not exceed six months. This unfortunately means you cannot rely on it as a monitor for oxygen within the package on a long term basis and it should only be seen as an indication that the Ageless or RP Agent has worked at the time of initial packaging. A new generation of oxygen monitoring equipment is now available for the larger user. It is important to handle the sealed packages carefully as bad or careless handling can lead to the bag being punctured and oxygen leaking into the package. This is less of a problem with vacuum packed oxygen scavengers because it is immediately obvious when a vacuum pouch For longer term accurate measurement and monitoring we has punctured as it inflates and loses the rigidity created by are now able to offer the CXD KnoOx™ oxygen sensor and the process of vacuum packing. Air contains 21% of oxygen indicator eyes. These can be sealed inside the package and read and when this is removed by the scavenger a slight vacuum is with the KnoOx pen. Data is visible on the screen and can be created. This vacuum is another indicator that oxygen has been downloaded direct into the software. removed. For more details see page 121 An oxygen indicating tablet will be blue in normal atmosphere and pink when concentrations of oxygen are below 1%. This Product code Description Pack qty colour change is reversible, so that a single Oxygen Indicating Tablet can be reused many times. 800011 Oxygen Indicating Tablet 25
Using the Ageless Eye Oxygen indicator
The indicator is Blue when oxygen is present and Pink in an oxygen-free enclosure.
The indicator lets you confirm the following: • Is the container sealed correctly? • Is there a sufficient amount (size and number of pouches) of Ageless Z or RP Agent in the bag? • Is the container made of high-barrier packing material? (A pink indicator will turn back to blue in a few days if the barrier level is insufficient.)
Reseal the bag containing the remaining indicators and store under refrigeration.
64 www.www.arteymemoria.com BOXES & STORAGE Products
Humidity Indicator Cards Anoxic & Vacuum Packing Cobalt Chloride impregnated blotter divided into nine sections which exhibits various Escal™ RP System, colours from blue through lavender to pink. ging
Ceramic Deposited Gas Barrier Film a
The position of the lavender section indicates k the relative humidity of the surrounding air. A ‘transparent’ high moisture & oxygen barrier film for use with RP sachets Humidity indicator cards can be used with ac ® ® ™ ESCAL and PTS bags as a long term check Escal for the protection of cultural properties supplied in single P against punctures and ingress of moisture. sheet rolls or double sheet tube rolls. The material is a ceramic deposited super barrier film developed especially for use with
Escal and PTS films are barriers to moisture ree the Mitsubishi RP System (p63). The user can unroll and cut the so fluctuations in moisture will indicate the Escal™ film to a desired length and seal with a heat sealer. Each F enclosure is leaking. Escal™ film roll includes a continuous data entry space with a Archipress™ and A&M low barrier pouches offer white writable background. good protection against oxygen, but moisture gen Escal™ has an outstanding ability to keep out moist air. It is molecules being much smaller can pass through the plastic layers y therefore very useful not only for the preservation of damp therefore humidity indicators are not relevant for those films. x wooden artefacts, but also for all other conservation or storage purposes. On the other hand, the RP Type A agent works to keep O Product code Description Pack qty the inside atmosphere of a container very dry, therefore it is not 100395 Humidity Indicator Cards 10 appropriate for conservation or storage of small quantities of paper/textile materials or wooden artefacts, which require a more normal RH. Mitsubishi have developed another type called RP-K which does not affect the moisture in a container and which therefore can be used for non-metallic artefacts. This product is mainly used to protect photographs, films and dyed products from discolouring and fading. It also prevents mildew and insect damage to paper, textile materials and wooden artefacts.
Product code Size mm Pack qty Comparison of film performance characteristics 800012 W160 external (140 internal) Per metre length ✔4 Escal™, a continuous roll, gas barrier film, conserves metal artifacts for much longer. 800013 W240 external (220 internal) Per metre length ✔ PTS Bags may work well enough for the conservation of metal artifacts for about one year or 800014 W480 external (460 internal) Per metre length less. 800015 W1000 Per metre length 6 Films generally used for oxygen free wrapping of food such as EVOH and PVDC films, are not applicable to this system because they are high in moisture permeability. 6 Vinyl, nylon and polyethylene films cannot be used because they have insufficient barrier Using Escal™ and the performance for this system. RP System ✔ Aluminium foil is effective for semi-permanent conservation of metal artifacts. However, it is Metal artifacts and many museum not transparent and does not allow the contents to be observed. For this reason, aluminium foil is not preferred in the field of cultural properties conservation. objects can be perfectly protected from retrogradation by removing oxygen and s Deposited aluminium film has a better moisture barrier than most films but is not really moisture content with RP Type A oxygen recommended for use with the RP sachets except for temporary use. and moisture scavengers. Q. Can the RP Agent be used in combination with a commercial barrier film available on the RP Type K is moisture neutral and will market? not remove moisture from the enclosure. A. Theoretically, commercial plastic films generally available on the market render a shorter However the moisture barrier created moisture free period, normally less than a month. Therefore, an effect identical to the proper by the Escal™ or PTS enclosure ensures film designated for RP System™ cannot be expected from these films. a stable microclimate for the enclosed RP System™ works as a long-term conservation method for cultural properties when object. applied together with the gas barrier performance of Escal™. This means that the period during which the quality of these artifacts can be Film performance characteristics (reference values measured at 25ºC) preserved depends on the correlation Suitability Film Oxygen Water Vapour Remarks between the barrier performance (oxygen Permeability Permeability permeability and moisture permeabiity) of (cc/M2.day.atm) (g/m2.day) the film and the enclosed amount of RP ✔4 Escal™ 0.05 0.01 A ceramic deposited film Agent. ✔ PTS 0.5 0.08 Same as above The barrier film should have a particularly ✔ Aluminium (in foil) < 0.01 < 0.01 good gas barrier performance in both s Aluminium(deposited) 0.2 – 6 0.5 – 6 oxygen and moisture permeabilities. 6 EVOH films 0.3 – 7 4 – 7 EVAL®,OV®, etc 6 PDVC films 5 – 15 4 – 7 Polyvinylidene Chloride coated fims (KOP®, K Nylon, etc) 6 Nylon films 30 – 120 5 –15 6 Polyethylene 2000 – 5 –15
www.arteymemoria.com 65 BOXES & STORAGE Products
Low Barrier Transparent Vacuum Bags ArchiPress™ Transparent Polyester Vacuum Pouches Short term vacuum packing pouches ArchiPress™ vacuum pouches are made from a five-layer co- ging Suitable for disaster recovery processes such as the ‘Squelch’ extrusion, plasticiser free, pure polyester, pure polyethylene and a drying system for water damaged books and materials developed a special gas barrier layer. For use with A&M ArchiPress™ 1000, k by CXD for use with the ArchiPress™ and vacuum sealing 1500, 1900 and 2900 and other vacuum packing machines machines. ac The impermeability of the pouch inner layer to oxygen, nitrogen
P These low cost bags are supplied especially for use with the new and water ensures safe and strong long-term storage. The vacuum method of drying waterlogged or damp material identified by storage period depends on the contents of the pouches and tests Stuart Welch and developed with the assistance of Dr. Nicholas indicate the vacuum will be maintained in excess of 10 to 25 ree Hadgraft. The pouches do not need the same level of barrier for years. The Dutch Institute for Scientific Research recommends a
F this application since the vacuum is only required for a short vacuum pressure of 100 mbar for sealing. time. It was discovered that vacuum sealed wet objects quickly transfer moisture to any dry absorbent material, such as blotting Applications gen paper or newspaper, until the object and the blotter are equally
y moist. At this stage the bag is opened, the wet blotter is replaced • Museum and archive storage • Textiles
x by dry blotter and the bag is vacuum sealed again. This process is • Books • Objects
O repeated until the object, book etc. reaches the required dryness. • Papers • Herbarium The technique has proved remarkably effective with books • Film, photographs • Geological specimens because the bindings are held under pressure, which means they • Disaster management storage of wet material to prevent mould dry without any swelling, fracture or distortion of the binding growth. For use with Ageless ZPT® Oxygen Absorbing Sachets. structure. While held in the vacuum pouches the wet material NB: Although RP-A and RP-K can be used with these bags to remove is unaffected by mould growth because of the lack of oxygen. If oxygen their moisture permeability will not maintain a stable humidity wet material is to be stored for longer periods use the ArchiPress™ within the bag. High Barrier Pouches.
Applications NB. Standard ArchiPress™ Pouches are supplied with the ArchiPress™ logo printed on one side of the pouch. Your own • Suitable for disaster recovery process using the Archipress vacuum information or company logo may be printed on the pouches by packing machines. request, minimum order 25,000.
Product Thickness External Size External Size Internal Size Internal Size Special Product Type Thickness Size Size code mm inches mm inches mm min qty code microns inches mm 800111 20/70 93/4 x 153/4 250 x 400 91/4 x 161/4 235 x 387 100 800114 (150,200,300) 92 153/4 x 913/16 250 x 400 800112 20/70 113/4 x 171/4 300 x 450 111/4 x 163/4 285 x 425 100 800115 (150,200,300) 92 175/16 x 11 280 x 440 800113 20/70 173/4 x 231/2 450 x 600 171/4 x 23 438 x 585 100 800116 (300) 92 311/8 x 211/4 790 x 540 800068 20/80 409/18 x 523/8 1030 x 1330 1015/32 x 517/8 1015 x 1317 50 800117 (300) 92 191/8 x 221/16 485 x 560 Smaller sizes available on request. For use with ArchiPress 150, 200 and 300 vacuum packing machines.
How to select The Correct RP agent And Pouches to be used
Choose the size and number of RP Agent pouches to be used based on your estimate of the air content of the container. H
Sample calculation Total weight: 1200g Specific gravity: 4 1200 W x L x H = 20 x 30 x 3 – = 1500ml = 3 pouches of RP-5 W 4 L Calculation methods also apply to Ageless Z PT and other types of sachet.
How to calculate air content • To measure the total volume of a film bag, suppose that the bag containing an object is in the form of a square or rectangular box. Take an approximate measurement of its length, width and height, Weight of product (g) Air content (ml) = Total volume of bag (ml) = using a rule. Specific gravity of contents • Measure the weight of the object that is in the bag. • For the specific gravity, use your judgement, based on the following: The specific gravity of iron is For square containers, measure the dimensions to calculate the total volume. 7.9; copper is 8.9. Include trays, cushions and other such materials in calculating average specific gravity of contents. • If the object is crusted with rust, its specific gravity is less than a pure metal. • Ignore the volume of the object contained in the bag if its calculation is troublesome. Total Volume (ml)= W(cm) x L(cm) x H(cm) = 20 cm x 30 cm x 3 cm = 1800 ml • 1 package of RPA-5 is required if the resultant air capacity is less than 500ml • 2 packages of RPA-5 for an air capacity of 1 litre/1000 ml Guidelines for the amount of RP Agent to be used • Enclose an increased quantity of RP Agent when the earth adhering to the artifact is still wet im- meadiately after excavation and temporary preservation is necessary. Bag size mm 180 x 250 220 x 300 • One package of RP-5 can absorb moisture equal to about 1 ml. RP Agent size RP-3 or RP-5 1 • Remember it is better to use too much than too little RP agent as any excess will act as a buffer Number of pouches RP-5 1 – 2 against long term leakage of oxygen and extend the life of the package.
66 www.www.arteymemoria.com BOXES & STORAGE Products
Mitsubishi PTS Grade Pre- Product Size External Size formed Pouches code inches mm The PTS material is more permeable to 800119 (ExtW)811/16 x (L)37/8 (ExtW)220 x (L)300 ging water vapour than Escal™. Using the RP 800120 (ExtW)133/4 x (L)1911/16 (ExtW)350 x (L)500 a System™ Escal™ can be 800121 (ExtW)153/4 x (L)247/16 (ExtW)400 x (L)620 k expected to perform 800122 (ExtW)311/2 x (L)337/16 (ExtW)800 x (L)850 well for several years For Vacuum Packing Machines - see the Archipress Vacuum Packing machines in the Equipment section page XX. ac whereas the PTS material may only be expected to P 800119 perform well for a year Mitsubishi Aluminium Foil Pouches or less. Nevertheless its The pouches are a complex of plastic and aluminium foil. The ree
performance still far exceeds inner layer being a heat sealable polyethylene. The Aluminium F other transparent non metal foil Criss Cross Welder foil offers the best form of oxygen and moisture barrier, but being barrier pouches for moisture permeability. opaque the contents cannot be observed. Available in a range of pre-formed bags in gen a wide range of sizes suitable for use with a CrissCross Impulse Product Size Size y heat sealer or a vacuum sealing machine. code inches mm x
800123 111/4 x 77/8 285 x 200 O 800124 13 x 195/16 330 x 490 800125 1415/16 x 24 380 x 610 Reactive Intercept™ Barrier System (RIBS) Foil Moisture & oxygen barrier film with off gassing interceptor Moistop Barrier foils (Reactive Intercept Barrier System – RIBS) Barrier foils are a 3 or 4 ply laminate consisting of Polyester, Aluminium Foil, and Polyethylene which are used to prevent Re-usable packaging system with permanent electrostatic corrosion and moisture damage. The key to the product is protection and a self contained de-ionizer for corrosive gases. the Aluminium foil layer which acts as a gas barrier making The outer side of the film is carbon conductive polymer, whilst the laminate a form of flexible ‘tin can’. Often used for lining the inside layer is CORROSION INTERCEPT® which prevents the showcases as a barrier against gas emissions from wood or MDF ingress of moisture; it also neutralises atmospheric pollutants and board. The benefits of using Barrier Foil are as follows. oxidising gases. The construction of this high specification material combines Benefits an outer layer of tough polypropylene with an aluminium foil • Up to 80 times more effective at preventing water vapour ingress and an interior layer of CORROSION INTERCEPT®. This makes than polythene the material highly durable and when sealed the contents are • Substantial reduction in desiccant usage offers overall savings. cocooned within an environment that is impervious to moisture, • Resistant to physical damage, U.V., acid, alkalis, chemical and oxygen, atmospheric pollutants and oxidising gases. When biological degradation. sealed (preferably with partial vacuum) this rapidly produces a • Saves costs on outer pack quality, case linings and preservatives. micro climate within the bag that is dry and free of atmospheric • Much quicker to heat seal with better seal integrity. corrosive gasses. • Approved to U.K., DEF, STAN 81/41 & USA MILB131H Unlike traditional scavengers such as charcoal and micro sieves, the inner Technical Information layer of Intercept does not simply trap • Basic Weight: 112 gsm Nominal EN 22 286 gases and pollutants it reacts with and • Tensile Strength: Machine Direction: 58 N/15mm = ISO 527-3; neutralises them permanently. The Cross Direction: 57 N⁄15mm: ISO 527-3 material was initially developed for use • Elongation: Machine Direction 50% ISO 527-3; Cross Direction 32% in aerospace and data storage where ISO 527-3 material off gassing is a major concern, • Tear Strength: Machine Direction 30N DIN 53 363; so it has been designed to be ultra Cross Direction: 45N DIN 53 363 low off gassing and is ironically • Sealing conditions: 180ºc/–200ºC/2 seconds very clean. The CORROSION • Sealing Tensile Strength: Approx 35-40 N/15mm INTERCEPT® layer is inherently • Water Vapour Permeability: <0.05 gms/m2/24 hours – DIN 53 122 anti-static and also acts as a • Oxygen Transmission: 0.001cc/m2/24hrs – DIN 53 380 passive bactericide fungicide. • Temperature Resistance: –40ºc to +80ºC Construction Applications • Polyester Film: 12 micron Storage of: • Polyethylene Bonding Layer: 16 micron • Photographs and film • Aluminium Foil: 7 micron • Silver • Polyethylene Bonding Layer: 16 micron • Copper • White LDPE/LLDPE Film: 70 micron • Brass • Total Thickness: 121 microns RIBS foil can be used as a proac- • Paper • Commercial Trade Tolerances: ± 5% Typical • Textiles tive barrier against pollutants and moisture • Framing and artwork Product code Description Size mm Product code Description Size mm 800034 Roll PP005 W 1000 x 200m 800035 Roll PP005 W 1250 x 200m 800118 RIBS Foil MVTR, Roll. 1219 x 10m 800036 Roll PP005 W 1500 x 200m
www.arteymemoria.com 67 BOXES & STORAGE Products
Questions & Answers Reproduced courtesy of Mitsubishi ging a
k 1. Q: Is it possible to preserve using only a rigid container 6. Q: Is it possible to re-use the with RP agent enclosed? RP agent like a silica gel? ac
P A: No, it is not practical under present A: No it isn’t. The RP agent circumstances. If you use a rigid plastic cannot regenerate its preserving container alone such as Tupperware, ability. The silica gel physically
ree the pressure inside the container is retains moisture and emits it
F reduced due to the oxygen absorption by drying. In contrast, the RP agent absorbs by the RP agent. This deforms the oxygen, corrosive gas and moisture by container and consequently some air irreversible chemical reactions.
gen can get into the container. If you want to use a (The RP-K agent does not absorb moisture.)
y rigid container, cover it with a sealed gas-barrier bag.
x 7. Q: Is it possible to reuse the
O 2. Q: How should we preserve an object with projections? ESCAL or the PTS bag? A: The RP system requires a completely A: Yes it is possible if there is no flaw, sealed environment, which means you fold, pinhole, etc. in the film. However, cannot obtain the desired preserving the RP system requires a completely effect if a projection has made a pinhole sealed environment,which means the in the gas barrier film. To protect such desired preserving effect cannot be obtained if there is a scar or projections, wrap up the object by hole in the surface of the gas-barrier film. cushioning materials such as a tray and bubble wrap sheet prior to RP 8. Q: Is any harmful substance used in the packaging. Do not use a paper cushion RP agent? using the RP-A agent (which is the A: No, both the RP agent and the oxygen moisture absorption type) because the RP-A indicators are made from non-poisonous agent also absorbs moisture from the inside of the paper ingredients. However, don’t eat them, nor tear cushion. So the moisture absorbing ability of the RP-A Agent RP agent pouches intentionally. may be wasted and also the paper cushion itself may deteriorate due to excessive desiccation. How should we dispose of the RP Holeless Bind the 9. Q: polythene mouth agent? bag 3. Q: Is it possible to use in combination with a wooden case etc or box? A: If you dispose of small amounts of RP agent, it can go with general A: Y es, it is if you use the RP-K agent plastic wastes. If you dispose of a large which we call the moisture-neutral amount of RP agents, separate the RP type. If using a wooden case, put a agent pouches from other disposal suitable amount of RP-K agents inside items by placing them in an air tight plastic bag (for example, a and outside the case respectively, and polyethylene bag), tie the mouth of the bag with as little air left then put the case in a bag, finally seal inside as possible and keep it way from other materials until up the package. If you want to use incinerating it at the earliest opportunity. A large amount of RP an archival box, pack the box with agent will generate heat as a reaction of oxidation when they the RP-K agent placed between the are accumulated together. box and the gas-barrier bag. Do not use the RP-A moisture absorption type agent. 10. Q: How long can unused RP agents remain effective? 4. Q:Is it possible to use for two or more objects each packed in a polyethylene bag for classification? A: No functional deterioration takes place as long as air is not let in. A: Yes, it is. If you pack two or more Accordingly, exert careful attention objects together — each packed not to make any tear or hole in the in a polyethylene bag — an oxygen external film. If you do not use the free condition will be created in each entire RP agent at one time but use polyethylene bag in a few days, since part of them in several instalments, a polyethylene bag itself has a high some air must get in each time the aluminium bag is unsealed. permeability. Therefore, the RP agent’s preserving ability will deteriorate bit by bit, though at a low level. Whenever you take some agents 5. Q: Is it necessary to vacuum-pack the out, seal up the remaining agents after expelling as much of the package with an RP agent enclosed? air from the aluminium bag as possible. A: No, it is not necessary. If you try to vacuum-pack the package with an RP Agents are supplied vacuum packed. RP agent enclosed, the package will Do not open until required for use. be decompressed further due to oxygen absorption, which causes the object to contact the inner surface of the gas- barrier bag too closely. When sealing the package, you must avoid this situation. Otherwise the object may be damaged or a pinhole may be formed on the inner surface of film due to excessive pressure from outside. Vacuum packed in silver packaging
68 www.www.arteymemoria.com
SUNDRIES s
Sundrie sundries The conservation and preservation of cultural objects generates a need for many small or special products that do not warrant their own individual catalogue section. We have therefore put them together under the heading of sundries. Renaissance Wax The Sundries section of this catalogue contains sub-sections for:
• Accessories • Adhesives, Pastes & Consolidants • Bags • Book Supports • Cord • Corrosion Protection, Pollutant Barriers & Scavengers Clarkson Book Support • Disaster Planning • Humidity & pH Indicators & Control Products • Heat Set Lamination • Insect & Pest Traps • Labels • Pens, Pencils and Inks • Picture Glazing • Polish and Wax • Sealants Pigma Micron Pen Bookmate with lead snake • Sprayers
• Tapes Dahlia Spray 100409
100052
Tapes
Evacon Adhesive
70 www.arteymemoria.com SUNDRIES
Adhesives, Pastes & Consolidants Specifications ts
• Water soluble n EVACON-R™ Conservation Adhesive
• Non plasticised a A specially formulated EVA neutral pH, non plasticised, • pH7.5 • Ethylene Vinylacetate Copolymer Emulsion id
reversible archival paper laminating adhesive. l • Passes P.A.T. Activity Test (ISO18916)
The adhesive was originally specified by the founder of CXD o
Stuart Welch and designed by a leading adhesive chemist for s laminating Timecare Heritage Museum Boards, Conservation Applications Boards and Premier Archival die cut Boxes and Envelopes. • Suitable for laminating papers and boards, boxmaking, envelopes and In 1983 there was no laminating adhesive which took into general bookbinding work. account questions of pH, plasticisers, fungicides and acid & Con
hydrolysis. With the guidance of the late Fred Marsh and in s
conjunction with the adhesive chemist, it was decided that an e EVA type adhesive best fulfilled the requirements of conservation Product code Description Weight Pack qty with the practicalities of laminating. 101388 Trial Size 125g 1
100051 Bottle 1kg 1 ast The adhesive is designed to be as safe as possible for all kinds of storage uses including photographs. It has passed the Silver 100052 Jerry Can 5kg 1 P , Tarnish Test and PAT Test and is less susceptible to acid hydrolysis 100409 Jerry Can 10kg 1 s than the more common PVA adhesives which can break down 100153 Tub 25kg 1 and emit acetic acid vapours. These vapours can be particularly ive harmful to boxed items trapped in a microclimate. The resistance s to hydrolysis of the EVACON-R™ is probably due to the random Texicryl Acrylic Adhesives e blocks of ethylene which affect the stereochemistry of the system. h The incorporation of a small quantity of calcium carbonate also Texicryl is an all acrylic pH 9 to 9.5 copolymer which is most helps to stabilise the system. commonly used in conservation as a heat sensitive adhesive for Ad coating fine tissue and material substrates.
Specifications • Acrylic pH9to9.5 copolymer • Solid content 55%; viscosity @ 25°C 1.0-2.5 poise; minimum film forming temperature of 6°C Noribon Wooden Bowl
Applications • Coating fine tissue and material substrates. • Production of wood primers • Binder for fabric backings.
Shoufu Paste Product code Description Capacity 1000412 Acrylic Adhesive 1kg
Shoufu Paste Traditional Japanese double refined wheat starch paste.
Product code Description Weight Norikoshi Sleeve 200327 Japanese Shoufu Paste 500g
Traditional materials for Shoufu-Nori (paste)
Product code Description Size mm Pack qty 101389 Norikoshi Sieve (double filter paste) 240 ∅ 1 101390 Noribon Wooden Bowl 360 ∅ 1 ∅ = Diameter
Bookbinders Starch Paste Bookbinders’ Starch Paste A starch paste for bookbinding, mounting and repair. An integral fungicide improves this product’s shelf life. pH6 gluten free.
100051 Product code Description Weight Pack qty 100954 Starch Pastre 1kg 1
www.arteymemoria.com 71 SUNDRIES
Starch Pastes Primal (Rhoplex) Acrylic Dispersion
ts For many years conservators have favoured starch-based pastes. (WS24 & B60A) n These types of paste have been used for centuries by Chinese, An acrylic colloidal dispersion supplied in water. Primal a Korean and Japanese screen and scroll mounters. WS24 has a much finer particle size than PVA emulsions,
id They are made from either corn, rice starch or wheat starch. approximately 0.03 microns. Primal WS24 is especially good for l They are not made from flour, because flour contains potentially the consolidation of dry bone and material from archaeological
o harmful impurities that may become irreversible in time. These sites. It is also a popular choice in the consolidation of plaster, s starch pastes have excellent preservation qualities once dry and wall paintings and, due to the very fine particle size, has also the paste is reversible with water, starch paste should not be been found useful for many different consolidation problems. refrigerated; cover and store it in a cool, dry place. Because Primal WS24 is alkali soluble it should not be used for exterior treatments. Primal B60A has been developed specifically for this purpose, technical details are available on request. & Con Corn Starch Paste s
e Ready prepared paste adhesive. Easy to use and chemically Technical Information (WS24 only) neutral, offering high viscosity and brightness. • This product is stabilised by polar groups and does not require the addition of emulsifiers or stabilisers. ast Product code Capacity • Appearance: Milky white liquid , P , 100688 1kg pot • Odour characteristic: Ammonia odour s 101391 5kg bucket • Solids content: 36% 101392 10kg bucket • pH7 ive • Viscosity: 600 CPS maximum s • Weight: 4.07kg (8.9 Ibs) per 4.5461 litres (1 gallon) e • Glass transition temperature: 39°C
h Wheat Starch Paste Traditional adhesive paste generally used for Japanese restoration Ad methods. When dry this adhesive is transparent and reversible Product code Description Capacity Ltr Pack qty with water. It can be mixed with methycellulose for additional 101399 (Rhoplex) WS24 1 1 flexibility. 101400 (Rhoplex) B60A 1 1
Product code Capacity 101393 250g 101394 2.5kgs Conservation Adhesive Conservation Adhesive is a solution of Paraloid B72 in Acetone made in accordance with Stephen Knobb’s original formulation Rice Starch Paste published in ‘Studies in Conservation’. Suitable for glass, Ceram- Offering a great fluidity and greater whiteness than Corn Starch. ics etc. This is available in two versions: ready prepared or in powdered form Product code Description Capacity Pack qty 100429 Conservation Adhesive 150ml 2 Product code Capacity 101395 250g pot 101396 1kg pot 101397 5kg bucket 101398 10kg bucket
Cellulose Powder see p89 Starch Pastes
100443
BEVA® 371 100429
72 www.arteymemoria.com SUNDRIES
Beva® 371 HMG Paraloid B72
A heat seal adhesive developed by Gustav A. Berger of New HMG PARALOID B72 is an adhesive for repairs to pottery, wood, ts
York which is widely used for the lining of oil paintings, heat metal, ivory glass and all porous surfaces except rubber. n seal facings and the making of laminates with fibreglass etc. It is HMG Paraloid B72 is virtually colourless and tends to resist a applied cold and causes no contractions, expansion or softening yellowing for a considerable length of time. Glass transition id of the materials to which it is applied making its application temperature of approximately 40°C. Not having instant grab, l possible on even the most delicate surfaces. Shrinking and fragments can be easily re-adjusted and surplus adhesive o distortion is minimal and heat sealing can be done days or weeks s ® removed with acetone, thereby making any joint virtually after application. Since Beva 371 is completely dry at room invisible. Slower drying time than ADI, makes HMG B72 the temperature, it is easy to reassemble fragments and secure them in popular choice for archaeological material on and off site. the right position with a tacking iron. Beva® 371 is reversible and errors can be easily corrected even after heat sealing. It is easy to remove and can be remelted Specifications & Con whenever needed. The large proportion of low molecular s • Virtually colourless and tends to resist yellowing e substances in the formulation enables it to maintain low viscosity • Glass transition temperature of approximately 40°C when used hot or dissolved in harmless petroleum fractions. This • Fragments can be easily re-adjusted makes impregnation and consolidation of paint layers and canvas • Surplus adhesive removed with acetone ast possible at every stage of the lining process and afterwards if needed. Beva® 371 can be applied by brush, paint roller or spray P , s without impregnation of solvents. It is possible to lower the heat Applications sealing temperature by using Beva® 371 films half dry or moistened with sprayed on petroleum fractions. • For repairs to pottery, wood, metal, ivory glass and all porous surfaces ive except rubber. s • SUPARA0072 for applying reference marking e h
,
Specifications Ad Product code Description Weight Capacity Pack qty • Non-aqueous 101401 B72 Fixative Pre-diluted with brush 125ml 1 • Dissolved in non-polar petroleum fractions 100467 Paraloid B72 Granules 1kg 1 • Activation temperature of 65-70°C • Easy to remove 100419 Paraloid B72 Tube HMG 14ml 1 • Re-meltable Please note this product cannot be exported. • Low viscosity Microballoons/Glass Balls Applications Microballoons also known as Amorphous Silica, glass bubbles • Widely used for the lining of oil paintings, heat seal facings and the or microspheres. They are free of any slivers and provide high making of laminates with fibreglass etc. density, high impact and high strength properties for a variety of conservation applications. In conservation Microballoons are primarily used as thickeners Product code Description Size mm Capacity Pack qty or fillers for thixotropic mixes particularly adhesives, castings and 101126 Heatset Adhesive Film 690 x 1m 1 consolidants. 100414 Adhesive 1 litre 1 Microballoons have been found to be particularly effective when 100415 Adhesive 5 litre 1 mixed with consolidants such as Paraloid B72 to infill woodworm damaged areas on furniture and musical instruments such as violins and woodwind instruments. Having a completely spherical shape and being free of slivers the heavier grades have also been used successfully to maintain the position of delicate or three dimensional glass and ceramics objects undergoing conservation treatment, ensuring artefacts are free of excess tension and abrasion. Safety issues: Microballoons contain no substances classified as hazardous to health according to EC directives, however due to their fine particle sizes we recommend the use of suitable eye and face protection when handling at close quarters.
HMG Paraloid B72 granules Specifications B72 Fixative • Spherical • Free of any slivers
Applications • Used as thickeners or fillers for thixotropic mixes particularly adhesives, castings and consolidants
HMG Paraloid tube Product code Description Weight Pack qty 101402 Fine powder version 500g 1
www.arteymemoria.com 73 SUNDRIES
Klucel G/E (Hydroxypropylcellulose) Sodium CMC Carboxymethyl Cellulose
ts A non-ionic cellulose ether with a remarkable combination of Gabrosa P200G Wallpaper Adhesive n properties making it of great interest to the book conservator for A granular dry powder wallpaper adhesive soluble in water. a use as a consolidant. Highly surface active. Extremely flexible Technical Grade >70% Purity. The recommended concentration without plasticisers in films and coatings. Available in standard id is 1.925%. A 25kg bag should be sufficient to stick 1400 rolls of
l medium viscosity(G) and also now in a low viscosity(E) quality. light weight paper. For blown vinyl papers it is recommended Klucel E may be subject to availability. o that the concentration be increased to 2.27% which will make
s 1100 litres of paste and would stick between 1000 and 1200 rolls of paper. Specifications • pH5.0to8.5 (1.5% solution) Product code Description Weight Pack qty • Ash content O.5% max (calculated as Na2SO4 ) & Con • Viscosity (2% solution): 150 — 400MPAS 100426 High Purity Grade 1kg 1 s • Soluble in water below 38°C. (insoluble in water above 40°C) e • Soluble in many polar organic solvents e.g. methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol (95%) Culminal® MC2000 Methylcellulose • Insoluble in toluene, xylene, trichloroethylene ast Culminal® methylcellulose derivatives are cellulose ethers which
, P , when dissolved in water, offer a variety of functional properties.
s ® Applications Culminal products are granular powders and are used as thickeners, protective colloids, stabilisers, suspension aids and ® ive • Used as a consolidant in book conservation water-retention agents in many industrial applications. Culminal s is easily soluble in cold water though not soluble in hot water. e Culminal® is a non-ionic cellulose ether and is compatible h Product code Description Capacity Pack qty with many surfactants and polymers such as starch, guar and 101403 G trial size 100g 1 alginates. Solutions of Culminal are pseudoplastic, with some Ad 100427 G standard/medium viscosity 1kg 1 solutions showing thixotropy. The solution viscosity is a function of the temperature; as the latter increases viscosity decreases. 101404 E trial size 100g 1 When reaching the gel temperature gelling and flocculation of 101405 E low viscosity 1kg 1 the polymer will occur. This process is reversible upon cooling. Viscosity is nearly independent of the pH over a wide range. Culminal® cellulose ethers have many functional properties, such as water retention, thickening and stabilizing action, binding ability, adhesion, protective colloid, suspension effect and emulsion stabilisation and film formation.
Specifications • Detailed information on the physical and chemical properties of Culminal® Methylcellulose derivatives are available on request. According to the EC legislation on dangerous substances and preparations Culminal® products are not hazardous. Further information on Culminal® MC is available on the Safety Data Sheet. 100427
101403 Klucel G Product code Description Weight 100423 Culminal® MC2000 1kg
Tacking Iron
74 www.arteymemoria.com SUNDRIES
HEAT SET Lamination
Area Bonded Fibre™ – Heat Set ion Unsupported Archibond™ Heat Set at A highly flexible nylon fibre lamination material with good ™ transparent qualities particularly suited to repairs where material An 18 micron thick layer of pure Archibond acrylic adhesive in has a high usage. May be cut for strip section repairs using a coated onto a release liner for coating other paper, tissue and heated spatula. For application by heated press use at 80–90°C material substrates using heat. Best applied using a hardbed, (174 –196°F) with a 20–30 second dwell time. Spirit reversible. vacuum or power press at 80–90°C (176–194°F) initially for am
10–15 seconds and finally for 20–30 seconds. Spirit reversible. L t Product code Size mm Pack qty Product code Description Thickness microns Size
101362 1016 x 10m 1 Se 100315 Roll 18 1040 x 25m 100501 1046 x 100m 1 100062 Roll 18 1040 x 100m at
Archival Cloth™ with Texicryl Adhesive – He Heat Set Materials An archival coated 100% cotton bleached cloth containing an anti-fungicide coated on one side with the Archibond™ adhesive. Best applied using a hardbed or power press at 80–90°C (176– PTFE Cloth (Polytetrafluoroethylene) 194°F) and between 20–30 seconds dwell time. For the backing A heavy duty release layer designed for use over an extended of maps, charts and posters or to reinforce joints. Spirit reversible. period primarily in connection with a hardbed or power press or semi-matic laminator. Both sides are suitable for release work Product code Size mm Pack qty and gives excellent long-term use. 100432 1240 x 10m 1 Product code Description Size m Pack qty 100439 PTFE Cloth 1 Per metre length Archibond™ Tissue – Heat Set 100440 PTFE Cloth 0.5 x 1m 1 A 100% manilla Spider tissue, pure base weight 9.3 gm2 coated with a heat set paraloid acrylic adhesive. Excellent clarity and strength characteristics and is ideal for full and localised repair of papers and books. May be applied using a tacking iron or with a suitable press. For Semi Matic Laminator application by heated press use at between 80– 90°C (176–194°F) with a 15–25 second dwell time. Spirit reversible.
Product code Description Size mm Pack qty Heated Glass Vacuum Press 100060 Roll 955 x 100m 1
Rotatrim Cutter
www.arteymemoria.com 75 SUNDRIES
s Archival Tapes Archival Gummed Linen Hinging Tape e Starch based adhesive on a white, calendared and washable top Heritage Archival pHotokraft™ Tape surface linen, for hinging mats and reinforcing joints etc. ap
T Conservation quality mounting & framing tape Product code Colour Size Pack qty A combination of strength and purity, developed to a high 100323 White 25mm x 150m 1 specification using Heritage Archival pHotokraft (HAPK) paper. 100325 White 38mm x 150m 1 This buffered tape is ideal for mounting, bookbinding, lining, sealing and many other uses. 100326 White 50mm x 150m 1 100324 White 25mm x 30m 1 Specifications 101410 White 50mm x 30m 1 Paper: Gummed Tyvek® Tape • 90gsm Conservation Quality Gummed Tape for Mounting, Framing and • Acid-free and Lignin-free, Bookbinding developed by Arte y Memoria. • Buffered with calcium carbonate, • pH7.5to8.5 Tyvek® is a synthetic fibre made from Spun Bonded Polyolefin Adhesive: which is inert and acid free. Made using 105gsm Tyvek® 1057 D • Acid-free Water Activated Starch Adhesive with a Water Activated Starch Adhesive pH7.5 • pH7.5 This tape offers greater strength yet is thinner than conventional • Passed the P.A.T. (Photographic Activity Test) gummed ‘cloth’ mounting tapes. This is beneficial when used FATG level – Conservation for hinging over-mounts to be stored in Solander boxes as it will create less ‘fanning’ to the taped side therefore the mounts will lay flatter. It has many other uses including the production of Product code Colour Size Pack qty custom made portfolios. Available in White and Black 101406 White 24mm x 50m 1 101407 White 24mm x 200m 1 Activate with a damp sponge or roller. Do not over moisten. 101408 White 48mm x 100m 1 Specifications Gummed Cotton Paper Tape • 105gsm This is a white acid-free pH neutral cotton rag paper with 2% • Acid-free calcium carbonate buffer and a pH neutral gum adhesive system. • Tyvek® 1057 Can be used with confidence to hinge almost anything. • Water Activated Starch Adhesive pH 7.5 FATG level – Conservation Specifications Paper: Applications • 100% cotton • Mounting • Acid-free • Hinging • 2% Calcium buffer • Box, folder and portfolio construction Adhesive: • pH neutral • Water Activated Starch Adhesive Product code Colour Size Pack qty FATG level – Museum 101411 White 24mm x 50m 1 101412 White 24mm x 200m 1 101413 White 48mm x 100m 1 Applications 101414 White 96mm x 50m 1 • Hinging mounts for artwork 101415 Black 48mm x 100m 1 • Sealing edges 101416 Black 96mm x 50m 1 • Corner and edge protection
Product code Colour Size mm Pack qty 101409 White 25mm x 30m 1 100044
Heritage Archival pHotokraft (HAPK) tape
101406
101408
76 www.arteymemoria.com SUNDRIES
Document Repair Tape Aluminium Gas Barrier Tape 425 s An archival pressure sensitive, transparent, repair tape which is Scotch Aluminium Foil Gas Barrier Sealing Tape e extra thin for a more natural repair. This acrylic coated paper tape is removable using a spirit based solvent. The usual care should Scotch 425 Aluminium Foil Adhesive Tape has been tested by the ap T be taken when commencing any removal procedures to ensure British Museum and has been passed for permanent exhibition solvent compatibility with inks/mediums in use. use for Copper, Silver and Lead by the Oddy Test. 50 mm wide x 50 metres long x 0.12 mm thick. The tape can be used in conjunction with MOISTOP PP004 Barrier Foil. Product code Description Size mm Pack qty 100044 Coated Archival Tissue 25mm x 30m 1 100316 Coated Archival Tissue 25mm x 350m 1 Product code Description Size mm Pack qty Filmoplast P - Transparent 100504 Aluminium Scotch Foil Tape 50mm x 50m 1 A woodfree, transparent, wafer thin, self-adhesive paper based (3M-425) 0.12mm thick tape using an acrylic adhesive system, which is designed to protect cellulose fibres. Both the paper base and acrylic adhesive have a pH of 8.5. Glass Protection Tape Unlike Document Repair Tape Filmoplast P is removable with A blue self adhesive polyester tape used to protect framed glass water. in transit or to mask objects.
Product code Description Colour Size mm Pack qty Clean removing high temperature silicone adhesive and non silvering polyester backing. 100028 Self-adhesive Paper Tape P Clear 20mm x 50m 1
Product code Description Colour Size mm Pack qty Filmoplast P90 - Opaque 101365 Self-adhesive Blue 50mm x 100m 1 A white opaque self-adhesive paper based tape using an acrylic adhesive system, which is designed to strengthen and repair cellulose fibres. Cotton Tying Tape Unbleached An unbleached, narrow cotton tape specifically designed for Product code Description Colour Size mm Pack qty tying up bundles of documents, phase boxes and for use with the 100029 Self-adhesive Paper Tape P90 White 20mm x 50m 1 range of folders. 100007 is of higher quality and conforms to BS1625. Double Sided Polyester Archival Tape The original archival adhesive tape product made by 3M designed for the polyester encapsulation process.
A double sided acrylic polyester tape. This product is not Product code Colour Size Pack qty recommended for direct contact with original material as a 100309 Off white 20mm x 50m 1 mounting tape. 101128 Off white 13mm x 50m 1 Product code Description Size mm Pack qty 100007* Off white 13mm x 50m 1 100046 Double Sided Tape (3M- 415M) 6mm x 33m 1 *Conforms to B.S.1625 100043 Double Sided Tape (3M- 415M) 12mm x 33m 1
100046
101365
Cotton Tying Tapes
100504 101411
101412 101414 100309
100029 Gummed ® Tape
www.arteymemoria.com 77 SUNDRIES
Cord 100690 4ply
ORD Linen Bookbinding Cord C Since the early 1980’s, fine linen cord has become very difficult to source. 101417 It is an essential material for the 6ply conservation bookbinder and A&M are pleased to be able to offer this range of cords. Available Ex Stock in 4 ply; 6 ply; 8 101418 ply; 10 ply; 12 ply all in 1kg spools. Other plies available to special order 8ply
101419 10ply
Product code Description Weight Pack qty 100690 4ply 1kg reel 1 101417 6ply 1kg reel 1 101420 101418 8ply 1kg reel 1 12ply 101419 10ply 1kg reel 1 101420 12ply 1kg reel 1
Traditional bookbinding using linen cord. rkson a Cl
her p o Christ
of
outesy c ges ma i
78 www.arteymemoria.com SUNDRIES
s Bag Costume Bag Unbleached washable drill cotton custom Big Yella Bag™ and Transfolio™ Bag made bags with a polyester identity label ags sewn onto the outer cover and Velcro B Designed to carry large or bulky items, a heavy duty reinforced fastener down one long side. A narrow top PVC material with strap and buckles. Two label windows, opening is provided through which the shoulder strap and carry handles. end of a hanger may be inserted to enable The bright yellow heavy duty reinforced PVC material is vertical storage. Sizes may be mixed to extremely strong and enables the Transfolio™ to be easily take advantage of bulk rates. Made-to- recognisable, screaming out for attention and making it virtually measure service available, minimum run impossible to lose. per size 10. 101421 Two styles available - conventional ‘pocket’ bag or Transfolio ‘four flap’ style. Product code Description Size mm Pack qty This bag requires a lightweight stiffening panel when in use. 101421 Drill Cotton-Buff 1219 x 610 10 Gatorfoam/mountboard/EB Fluted board is ideal for this purpose. 101422 Drill Cotton-Buff 1219 x 915 10 101423 Drill Cotton-Buff 1524 x 610 10 Features 101424 Drill Cotton-Buff 1524 x 915 10 101425 Drill Cotton-Buff 1829 x 915 10 • Available in four standard sizes • Adjustable shoulder strap. • Carrying handle on both sides so that the bag can be carried Map & Banner Bag, Calico comfortably by one or two people • Heavy duty straps, plastic buckles - pull tension type Low technology but very effective stitched calico map/ • 2 label windows for identification, delivery notes etc. banner bag, with cotton tape string pull. Designed • Visifile™ transparent folders are available in sizes to protect rolled tithe maps, plans and to fit the Big Yella bags banners; they keep out dust and dirt but Transfolios can be made up to special order in allow the object to other materials and colour. breathe through Arte y Memoria are happy to quote for other the pores of the sizes or any other special requirements. cloth weave.
Visifiles™ Product code Colour Size mm Pack qty 400315 Buff 914 x 241 1 Product code Description Size mm Pack qty 400316 Buff 1067 x 241 1 600164 A2 Bag 700 x 560 1 400317 Buff 1219 x 241 1 600163 AO Bag 1270 x 950 1 400318 Buff 1575 x 241 1 600162 BO Bag 1550 x 1050 1 400319 Buff 1829 x 241 1 600351 Transfolio Four Flap Bag 1000 x 1500 1 400320 Buff 2134 x 241 1 400321 Buff 2438 x 241 1
Carry Bags & Cases suitable for Conservac HEPA Vacuum For use with CV 555 MU E HEPA GS. A compact, lightweight multi-functional ConserVac™ which is ideal for use in Conservation Workshops, Museums, PH-709 Archives and Libraries.
A0 bag shown: 600162
Product code Description Pack qty PH-709 Standard Bag with Shoulder Strap 1 PH-711 Deep Durable Carrycase 1
www.arteymemoria.com 79 SUNDRIES
t Book support & protection y or ™ r a
The Conservation Bookmate Companion Set r b i L pp
Folding Book Support nd a
Designed by Ralph Selby and Stuart Welch exclusively for Arte y ust r Su
® T Memoria. The Bookmate™ is made from high density Plastazote k foam which is very light, rigid and strong. Plastazote® is made s’s am from Nitrogen expanded Polyethylene and as such is an inert Willi
material which neither degrades under the influence of UV light r D Boo
nor emits toxic fumes in a fire. It also has very good fold strength of
which is of great importance for this product which is designed to fold flat for easy storage. Although lightweight the Conservation tesy ™ our Bookmate is very stable and is strong enough to support large c and heavy volumes. ge Ima The Conservation Bookmate™ incorporates two softer Plastazote® pads giving a gentle surface for delicate and uneven covers that The companion set comes complete with may incorporate metal bosses or side pins. Separate pads can be weighted book snake and spine support. ordered particularly for use with thick volumes, these pads can be used to support the book board and lighter side of the text block as the reader turns the pages. The design has two front lips to stop the book sliding forward. Also incorporated is a space for hollow back and inflexible book spines. Support strips for tight back bindings can also be supplied. The complete Companion Set comes with a pair of 900 mm weighted snakes and a special Designed to fold flat for easy storage double book cushion with washable cover that can be used in conjunction with the Conservation Bookmate™ when reading small tight back volumes. Many conventional reading supports Book Support Cushion and Cushion Covers tilt the book at too steep an angle which puts strain on the A Society of Archivists Award Winner. Proportioned to provide volume and can result in damage to the book. The Conservation just the right degree of protective support for books, seals and Bookmate™ has an angle of tilt set at 20° which allows the book other fragile ephemeral material on display. Neutral colour for to be read in comfort with a minimum of stress to the binding maximum visual appeal. Machine washable, unbleached, calico, structure. pillow-case style, cushion covers are The Conservation Bookmate™ is durable and easy to clean. It can available to extend be washed if needed with cold soapy water to remove leather red the life of the Book rot or other contamination. Support Cushion Registered Design No: 2050129. U.K. Patent No: 2 306 104; U.S. Patent No: 5,829,729. and to keep them clean. To preserve the quality of the cushion covers cool wash and do not tumble dry. Bookmark Strip Product code Description Colour Size mm Pack qty Clear inert polyester strips, which unobtrusively hold 100790 Small cushion only Buff 200 x 200 1 books open for display or 100792 Medium cushion only Buff 400 x 400 1 binding. 100794 Large cushion only Buff 500 x 600 1 100791 Small cover only Buff 200 x 200 1 Product code Thickness microns Size mm Pack qty 100793 Medium cover only Buff 400 x 400 1 101252 50 13 x 25m 1 100795 Large cover only Buff 500 x 600 1 100014 125 13 x 25m 1
Lead Weights Bookmark Strip 100014 Lead shot filled soft black leather weights for holding down awkward items such as scrolls, deeds, plans and items on display.
Lead Weight Product code Description Weight Size mm Pack qty 100389 100389 Circular 454g 90 ∅ x 13 deep 1 100390 Snake Style 1.8kg 40 ∅ x 610 long 1 100391 Circular Mini Book 113g 60 ∅ x 13 deep 1 White Cloth Covered, Snake Style Lead Weights supplied in pairs: 100807 Long 100g 2 x 1 200 1 100805 Long 200g 2 x 1200 1 100806 Short 100g 2 x 900 1 100804 Short 200g 2 x 900 1 ∅ = Diameter 80 www.arteymemoria.com SUNDRIES Book rest or base for open books t The forced opening of books is one of the leading causes of dam-
age leading to deformation and torn binding material, especially or when materials (adhesives, stitching, leather, etc.) are highly
fragile due to chemical deterioration. Many of the old bindings pp have a structure in which the covering material (skin or parch- ment) adheres directly to the spine. In these cases, the covering Su
in this area is subjected to the action of opening and closing the k volume. Depending on the flexibility of the material, this can lead to more or less serious physical deterioration. In these cases it is especially important to monitor the opening angle of the books during the consultation, exhibition or reproduction, since Boo this angle is in direct proportion to the binding’s risk of physical deterioration. Other types of structures, called spine gap (or free spine), avoid the twisting of the cover as they are separate from the body of the book. This circumstance frees it, in part, from the risk of a tear in the cover, but other structural materials, such as the seam supports (ribs), the ribbing material and headband, if they support the opening action, may lead to tears in these elements. The stand, made of polyethylene foam and nitrogen (Plasta- zote®), known for being harmless (without plastics, solvents, or espumante) provides adequate support for the care of valuable bindings, both during consultation and reproduction as well as in the exhibition of bibliographic material. It is also a long-lasting material as the plates that come into direct contact with the work may be purchased separately, so they can be changed periodi- cally, in case of wear and tear or if they become dirty.
The unit is designed for three different opening degrees Product code Description Maximmum book size mm Pack qty (60 º, 90 º and 120 º) and will work with books of different 101088 Small set 300 x 500 1 width, without the need to add additional elements, but 101087 Medium set 230 x 350 1 simply by changing the position of the pieces. 101086 Large set 240 x 360 1
Books & DVDs
Many informative publications are available . Please check our web site for the latest titles available.
Photographic Conservation Mounting for Conservation Anoxic storage & Prints and Drawings treatments pest eradication The Digital Print: A Complete J. Kosek (Archetype) 2004 Guide to Processes,Identification Conservation Treatment Pest Management in Museums, ISBN: 187313259X and Preservation Methodology Archives & Historic Houses Martin C. Jurgens Printed on Paper: The B. Applebaum (Butterworth) 2007 D. Pinniger (Archetype) 2001 (Thames & Hudson) 2009 Techniques, History and ISBN: 0750682744 ISBN: 1873132867 ISBN: 9780500514986 Conservation of Printed Media Pollutants in the Museum Edited by J. Colbourne & R. Snyder Guide to Preventive Disaster recovery Environment: Practical (Northumbria University) 2009 Conservation of Photographic Strategies for Problem Solving in ISBN: 9780956120632 Theory and Practice in the Collections. Design, Exhibition & Storage Conservation of Modern and L. Bertrand (Getty) 2003 Retouching of Art on Paper P. Hatchfield (Archetype) 2002 Contemporary Art ISBN: 0892367016 T.G. Poulsson (Archetype) 2008 ISBN: 1873132964 Edited by Ursula Schadler-Saub and ISBN: 9781904982135 Issues in the Conservation of Angela Weyer Photographs The Restoration of Engravings, ISBN: 9781904982548 Sgtora e guidelines Edited by D. Norris (Getty Drawings, Books & Other Works & conservation Italian Renaissance Drawings: Conservation Institute) 2010 on Paper framing Examination and Analysis ISBN: 9781606060001 M. Schweidler (Getty) 2006 Edited by Janet Ambers, Catherine Historic Framing of ISBN: 089236835 Photographs of the Past: Process Higgitt and David Saunders Watercolours, Drawing & Prints and Preservation DVD: Book Restoration using ISBN: 9781904982586 Bell (IPC) 1997 B. Lavedrine (Getty Conservation Cloth Rebacking ISBN: 0950726877 Early Metal Mining and Institute) 2009 by Deborah Evetts Metallurgy ISBN: 9780892369577 by Paul Craddock ISBN: 9781904982593 Preservation of archival material Limp Vellum Binding by Christopher Clarkson The Broad Spectrum: Studies in the Materials,Techniques and Conservation of Color on Paper Edited by H. Stratis & B. Salvesen (Archetype) 2002 ISBN: 1873132573
www.arteymemoria.com 81 SUNDRIES
g Disaster Planning
Sorbarix® AO8 Oil Absorbing Cushions Sorbarix® A20 Water Absorbing Cushions
® ®
nnin Sorbarix AO8 is a small but highly effective lightweight pillow Sorbarix A20 is a thin pillow which absorbs 23 litres of water – 600 grams dry weight, which absorbs 8 litres of oil or oil or contaminated liquid in 180 seconds — the first 14-18 litres
la containing substances as soon as it is applied. The pillow acts absorbed within 30 seconds. It provides extraordinary protection quickly after being laid down and can be handled easily after for the contents of Museums, Archives, Libraries and Heritage use. The oil cushion is reusable up to 5 times. To re-use simply Buildings where it has generated a great deal of interest. In ® er P squeeze out the absorbed material. Like the Sorbarix A20 water response to many requests, an independent laboratory has cushion its size means it requires very little storage space and is concluded its tests and confirmed Sorbarix A20’s outstanding easily transportable. performance. sast
i Product code Description Size mm Pack qty Product code Description Weight g Size mm Pack qty
D 101427 Sorbarix Absorbing Cushion - A20 Water 780 x 640 x 5 1 101426 Sorbarix® Absorbing Cushion - AO8 Oil 600 780 x 640 x 5 1
OIL WATER Applications (A20) • Flooding, where they can be stacked to form a barrier to protect vulnerable areas. • Sprinkler deluge, where they can be placed over - and retain water from - valuable areas (temporarily or for an extended period) • Any sort of water spills including accidents with humidifiers and fire extinguisher liquids
101426 101427
The Prague Floods & ‘Squelch Drying’
In 1997 Stuart Welch invented a method of drying wet books and paper documents called ‘Squelch Drying’ using a system of vacuuum packing. Following rapid support from the British Council the system Archipress Vacuum packing Storage and drying books Identical Test Volumes, Prague: is being used on a large scale machine, in use for Squelch vacuum packed with blotter/ The book on the left was dried to recover water damaged Drying flood damaged newspaper awaiting conserva- using the ‘Squelch Drying’ books and documents from the materials. tion Conservation studio in technique, which gave better Prague. results than the freeze dried Prague flood of 2002. test shown on right.
82 www.arteymemoria.com SUNDRIES
CORROSION Protection
Corrosion Protection, Pollutant Barriers & Scavengers Bags ion ct
CD Storage e t See Boxes section p12
Activated Charcoal Cloth® Activated Charcoal Cloth (ACC) is a unique form of carbon which is 100% pure activated charcoal in a textile configuration. It is a highly efficient filter media with a high capacity for absorption ion Pro s of a wide range of organic vapours, pollutants and odours. ACC is available in three formats and is supplied by the linear metre with a guaranteed mimimum width of 95cm. Due to its textile form it can be easily cut to fit storage and display cases or to line Roll the backboards of paintings, drawings and textiles. It’s flexibility means it can be pleated or sewn if required. Corro
Applications Corrosion Intercept® Film and Bags • Lining display cases and picture frames Corrosion Intercept® (CI) is a revolutionary, patented technology which uses semi-conductor technology to transform plastics into a protective reactive barrier against corrosive gases, Product code Description Size mm Pack qty fungus and bacteria. With built-in saturation indicator. 800069 Plain 100% Pure Cloth W: 950 Per mtr length Please request a technical data sheet for more information 800070 Viscose Non Woven. Bonded 1 Side Cloth W: 950 Per mtr length
800071 Viscose Non Woven. Bonded 2 Side Cloth W: 950 Per mtr length Product code Description Size mm Activated Charcoal Matting™ (felt) 500217 C.I. Film Roll 1219 x 152m 500218 C.I. Film Roll 1219 x 10m Activated Charcoal Matting is produced using a patented process 800042 Bags - open top 152 x 102m where activated carbon powder and bleached cellulose fibres are 800043 Bags - open top 152 x 229m mixed together and air laid onto a synthetic support. The result is a highly efficient activated carbon filter thick matting that does 800044 Bags - open top 203 x 254 not shed and is therefore 800045 Bags - open top 254 x 305 clean and easy to handle. 800046 Bags - open top 508 x 610 The matting acts as a 800040 Bags - zipper style top 203 x 254 humidity buffer from 800041 Bags - zipper style top 254 x 305 cellulose content. The charcoal content is 60%.
Applications • Scavenger in plan chests, boxes and bags. Corrosion Intercept Technology™ Product code Description Size mm Pack qty State of the Art in Corrosion Protection 800063 60% pure Charcoal Matting™ (felt) 736 x 990 5 Developed by Lucent Technologies Bell Labs Also available on rolls for special order. Distributed by Arte y Memoria Limited CORROSION INTERCEPT® is a revolutionary, patented technology Charcoal Paint which uses semi-conductor technology to transform plastic into a A black liquid consisting of activated carbon in an aqueous protective reactive barrier against corrosive gases, fungus and bacteria. dispersion with calcium carbonate and acrylic polymer. pH 8, It is comprised of highly reactive copper particles bonded into a total solids (+/-1%): 37.4. Designed to protect against cumulative polymer matrix. This matrix film forms a preferential corrosion site that by-products of deterioration, pollutants (whether from outdoor reacts and neutralises all corrosive gases that pass through or come or indoor sources) or harmful substances which may migrate in contact with the film. It is statistically improbable that they can from materials such as wooden plan chests, transit cases, display migrate through the INTERCEPT film without contacting and reacting cabinets, lantern slide boxes etc. with one of the active corrosion sites. CORROSION INTERCEPT® provides a unique and effective protection for copper, silver, brass. bronze, ferrous and non ferrous metals. It has also been successfully Product code Capacity ml Pack qty used to protect CD’s, photographic prints, film, textiles, paintings, 800108 750 1 books and other works of art on paper. This inert material does not give off any harmful gases and is unaffected by moisture, humidity Reactive Barrier Foil (RIBS Foil) or temperature and it has a built in saturation indicator. When the copper colour turns it is time to change the Intercept. The protection See Oxygen Free section p67 against corrosion is approximately 10 years per 0.025mm thickness of INTERCEPT. Moistop Barrier Foils www.intercept-technology.com See Oxygen Free section p67 www.arteymemoria.com 83 SUNDRIES
s Humidity, pH indicators & controls
Ageless Oxygen Indicators See Oxygen-Free section p63, 64 undrie s Artsorb® Artsorb® sheets have a large moisture capacity and offer an efficient response to changes in external relative humidity. Preconditioned at 50%. Artsorb® Sheets are best placed in a frame or showcase. Requires about 5–10 sheets per cubic metre volume of air in display case.
Product code Description Size mm Pack qty 100678 Woven Sheet 500 x 500 x 2 1
PROSorb™ Humidity Control Systems Danchek Film Indicators ™ PROSorb is a new silica gel ideally suited to stabilize relative For monitoring the condition of acetate and nitrate film. humidity inside museum display cases and storage cabinets. The ideal level of humidity for most museum display cases Film Archives throughout the world are fighting against time in a and storage cabinets is a level between 40 and 60% RH desperate attempt to preserve their collections. In the first half of (Relative Humidity). PROSorb™ has a unique and exceptional the 20th Century nitrate film became explosive and now colour absorption capacity within the 40–60% RH range. It is able to fading and “Vinegar Syndrome” are problems for acetate films. maintain a stable RH within narrow margins through its ability The Danchek pH Indicator to both absorb and desorb water vapour; and is provided pre- Strip is a piece of dyed filter ™ conditioned to your desired humidity level. PROSorb also has a paper, 10 x 40 mm. It is a longer life span than other silica gels. Available as beads, full and very sensitive indicator and Danchek Film Indicator half size cassettes. will sense “Vinegar Syndrome” when in contact with film. The colour is blue when fresh in Product code Description Size mm/Weight Pack qty the pouch, changing to pale yellow when exposed to an acid 100669/8 Half-size Cassettes 330 x 110 x 22 1 environment. 100668 Full-size Cassettes 330 x 110 x 40 1 You will find a small bag in the pouch filled with silica doped 101196 Beads 1kg 1 with a strong alkaline to preserve the colour until needed and it Available pre-conditioned at 40%, 45%, 50%, 55% or 60% RH. Please specify when ordering. is important to squeeze all the air from the pouch each time the indicators are used. Danchek Ph Monitor Window fits into the side of a film can or box and monitors the atmosphere within for Orange - Silica Gel any signs of acetic acid. Orange to dark green (when saturated) Silica Gel beads have The Danchek Acetate Monitor can sense degrading films long a more obvious colour change than previously available for before vinegar is smelt. If the Danchek Monitor shows light green improved application in the display environment. Impregnated – pH4.6 the film has probably reached the autocatalytic point with an organic indicator (0.2% methyl violet) they are also non- and duplication of the film should be considered. The monitors hazardous. are light sensitive and should be treated with care. Keep them in a bag in the dark until needed. Product code Description Weight Pack qty Method: Place the filter paper on the film (with gloves) and 108022 5g sachets 5g 1000 start the stopwatch. The strip test takes 2 hours and is a very 108024 30g sachets 30g 200 accurate way of testing a film. Tests are performed at room temperature. If the colour changes to olive green you have 108026 Loose beads 500g 10 reached the critical autocatalytic point, which is the point when you should consider separating the film from the rest of the Humidity Indicator Cards collection and schedule the film’s duplication. If the indicator strip has not reacted within 24 hours there is nothing critically Small, inexpensive and easily portable cards for wrong and the film may be stored in the vault. Do not leave the giving approximate humidity readings. The cards are indicator in the open air because it will fade within 24 hours. made from a Cobalt Chloride impregnated blotter divided into nine sections which exhibit various Danchek Monitors clip into an 11mm hole for which a special colours from blue through lavender to pink. The film can punch can be supplied. position of the lavender section indicates the relative Danchek Monitors could also be used in Boxes and Storage humidity of the surrounding air. These can be used Drawers by drilling an 11mm hole. with ESCAL and PTS Bags as a long-term check against punctures and the ingress of moisture. Product code Description Size mm Pack qty 100518 Strip - 24hour acidity 10 x 40 250 Product code Description Size mm Pack qty 100601 Strip - 24hour acidity 10 x 20 500 100397 Humidity Indicator Card 40 x 105 5 Oxygen Free Storage See separate section p 62-68
84 www.arteymemoria.com SUNDRIES
Testing Insect & Pest Traps s
Iron Gall Ink Test Paper Insect & Pest Traps Triangular shaped, these blunder traps are Product code Description Size mm Pack qty commonly used by Conservators and
101044 Iron Gall Ink Test Paper 75 x 10 100 others to monitor insects in buildings. Sundrie Blue Wool Scales / Fade Indicator Card Inert, non toxic, disposable sticky trap.
Product code Description Size mm Pack qty Product code Description Pack qty 101428 Textile fading cards 127 x 51 100 101430 Museum Trap Standard 1
Labels
Archival Self-adhesive Labels
Up to 84 labels per sheet A product range developed to the requirements of the Dutch National Archive in Den Haag. High quality archival self- adhesive labels made with Archival Rag Endleaf paper with good adhesion to most substrates. Very stable acrylic based adhesives with minimum plasticizers. Suitable for use with all computer printer types including laser printers, they are currently sold in sheets which can feed automatically from the paper tray of most desktop printers. Arte y Memoria Archival Rag Endleaf is an exceptionally high quality paper developed for conservation bookbinding e.g. end papers, guarding etc. It is manufactured from 100% cotton fibre. The paper has successfully been designed to meet the most stringent standards required by conservation binderies, libraries, and museums. It has a smooth wove surface, buffered with calcium carbonate and tub sized with a pure non-ionic oxidised 9 per sheet farina starch to resist fibre picking when printing and to impart extra fold surface strength to the paper. The paper is specified to pass recognised silver tarnish tests. 6 per sheet
4 per sheet
Specifications 1 per sheet Pocaper St k - aRCHIVAL rAG eNDLEAF • Made from 100% cotton fibres • Acid free Archival Tyvek® - Tags • pH8.5 (hot extract) • Buffered with calcium carbonate Perforated and plain format Tyvek® • Tub sized with pure non-ionic oxidised farina starch Tags for labelling artefacts within the • High fold strength before and after accelerated ageing tests workshop and objects store. • Light fast, Blue Wool Scale = 5 • Colour: Natural White
Adhesive Product code Description Colour Label size Weight Pack • Archibond SA9/2, 25 gsm modified Poly Butyl Acrylate/Resin mm gsm qty • Adhesive reversible with industrial spirit. Based on highly successful 100619 Non-perforated White 50 x 75 110 100 and long used Document Repair Tape Adhesive 100618 Perforated White 50 x 75 110 100
Product code Description Colour Label size mm Pack qty 100343 A4 – 1 per sheet Natural white 210 x 297 100 Swing Labels 101431 A4 – 4 per sheet Natural white 150 x 103 100 100350 A4 – 6 per sheet Natural white 80 x 100 100 This swing label is made from 350gsm white Heritage Archival pHotokraft paper. The brass eyelet has 1 cotton tail 300mm long 100349 A4 – 9 per sheet Natural white 63 x 96 100 fitted to one short side. 100348 A4 – 27 per sheet Natural white 63 x 32 100 100347 A4 – 36 per sheet Natural white 50 x 30 100 100346 A4 – 45 per sheet Natural white 38 x 31 100 Product code Description Size mm Pack qty 108038 A4 – 72 per sheet Natural white 16 x 48 100 101429 Swing Label 75 x 120 1 100345 A4 – 84 per sheet Natural white 46 x 11 100
www.arteymemoria.com 85 SUNDRIES
S Label Holders Self-adhesive Multi purpose transparent label holders for vertical or horizontal use. The pockets open on the short edge, and are supplied with
ORIE white paper inserts. These neat, well-designed label holders are available in three sizes, are easy to use and suitable for a variety SS of applications. E
Applications
ACC • Ideal for titling archive boxes, ringbinders, folders, labelling shelves, letter trays and many other applications. • Re-labelling is simple and the strong adhesive makes sure the labels stay in place
100016 shown Product code Description Colour Label size Pack qty 100017 Short side opening Clear 25 x 75 12 100016 Short side opening Clear 55 x 102 6 Accessories
Paper Clips Solid brass paper clips, large and small Pens, Pencils and Inks
Product code Description Size mm Pack qty Photographic Marker Pencil 101432 Large Paper Clip 33 500 per bag Used to temporarily reference or mark the back of photographs 101433 Small Paper Clip 22 500 per bag or prints. This is not suitable for modern resin coated prints.
Product code Size mm Pack qty Polyethylene Washers 101434 Photographic Marker Pencil 12 White polyethylene washer used for attaching string or fasteners for folder/box production. Attach using rivets or other fastenings. Pigma Micron Pens Product code Description Diameter Thickness Central Hole Pack qty Pure black pigment ink, pH neutral, fade resistant, waterproof, 100003 White Washer 19mm 2mm 4mm 100 chemical resistant and conforms to ASTM-04236. Superior Millboard and PremierTM Boxboard washers also available Product code Description Colour Size mm Pack qty 100402 fine and delicate Black 0.005pt (0.20mm) 1 Two Part Cap Rivets 100405 Black 0.01pt (0.25mm) 1 Two part steel with nickel (silver) finish rivets. 100406 Black 0.02pt (0.30mm) 1 7mm shank depth x 10mm base. Fits through a 4mm diameter 100404 Black 0.03pt (0.35mm) 1 drilled or punched hole. Domed top. Can be fastened by simply 100642 all purpose Black 0.05pt (0.45mm) 1 pressing or tapping with a small hammer or mallet. 100407 Black 0.08pt (0.50mm) 1 Used for mounting, folder/box production. Suitable for board Packs of 12 pens available - (Any size) thickness from 2 to 7mm.
Product code Description Pack qty Photographic Marker pencil 100004 Two Part Cap Rivets 100 Other rivets available on request
Paper Clips 101433
101434
Polyethylene Washers Pigma Micron Pen
Rivet 100402 101432
100003 100004 Not actual size
86 www.arteymemoria.com SUNDRIES
Sealants Polishes & Preservative Wax S
Silicone Sealants ORIE A range of museum approved neutral cure silicone sealants produced by Dow Corning for museum showcase use. The SS special 310ml cartridges can be used in conjunction with the E optional Wexford applicator. Also available is Wurth Silicone Sealant. ACC
Product code Description Colour Capacity ml Pack qty 100386 Dow Corning Silicone Sealant White 310 1 100388 Dow Corning Silicone Sealant Clear 310 1 100387 Dow Corning Silicone Sealant Black 310 1 101077 Wurth Silicone Sealant Neutral 310 1
Renaissance Wax Polish Wexford Applicator A blend of highly refined micro-crystalline fossil-origin waxes Sealant applicator can be used in conjunction with the 310ml made to a formula used by the British Museum and restoration Silicone sealant cartridges. specialists internationally. Used to revive and protect valuable furniture, leather, paintings, metals, marble, onyx, ivory etc. Product code Description Pack qty Freshens colours and imparts a soft sheen. Renaissance Wax will 100385 Sealant Applicator 1 also protect polished surfaces from normal domestic spillage including wine and spirits.
Product code Description Capacity Pack qty Sprayers 100382 Tin 200ml 1 100381 Tin 65ml 1 Dahlia Spray 100383 Can 3 litre 1 Popular, precision made, chrome plated, Japanese Fine Mist Quake Museum Wax Water Sprays for relaxing paper and other applications. This is a safe microcrystalline wax especially designed for use with antiquities in museums and galleries. Museum wax is Product code Description Capacity cc Pack qty easy to use and adheres instantly and is perfect for temporary 700772 Large Dahlia Spray 980 1 mounting/ fixing of items on to a shelf or positioning in a display. 700771 Medium Dahlia Spray 320 1 As the name implies, it might help keep things on the shelf in an earthquake. Sealants
Product code Description Weight Pack qty 101435 Tub 50g 1
100385
Sealant Applicator
Dahlia Spray
100387
100386 700772 100382
www.arteymemoria.com 87
conservation equipment
s Conservation & Restoration Equipment Equipment equipment The Arte y Memoria range of equipment has been developed to provide a ‘one stop shop’ for all conserva- tion and restoration needs. Since conservators have been involved in the development process product functionality and ease of use are particular features of the range. Most items are available for sale, but some
Cutting equipment can be hired to avoid the need for capital expenditure. This range of products includes equipment to perform most of the tasks required by a conservator such as book cleaning, polyester edge welding, board chopping and creasing, box making, vacuum packing and many more. Included in the range is specialist equipment for Libraries, Archives, Museums, Historic Houses and Galleries, from large mobile automatic book cleaners to mini HEPA vacuum cleaning machines. Par- ticularly interesting is the new monitoring equipment for environmental control that includes measurement devices for oxygen in sealed packages; this equipment is vital for all conservators looking at Anoxic conditions.
CUTTING Snap off Blade Knives and Rotary Cutter Japanese snap off blade knives and Excel Black blades for Swann-Morton Scalpels precise clean cuts; 9mm blades, 0.38mm wide and 18mm Non-sterile carbon steel surgical blades, foil packed in blades, 0.5mm wide. Blade disposal unit available to fives, safely remove used blades. boxed in 100’s. . EQOLKN0001 EQOLKN0102 EQOLKN0101
Product code Description Pack qty Handles 700500 Swann-Morton Handle Nº3 1 700501 Swann-Morton Handle Nº4 1 701163 Swann-Morton Handle Nº7 1 EQOLKN0201 Blades 701168 701169 701170 100670 Swann-Morton Blades Nº10 100 Product code Description Compatible Blades 100675 Swann-Morton Blades Nº11 100 701164 X Design Comfort Grip Auto Lock Snap Knife 9mm 701168 100671 Swann-Morton Blades Nº15 100 701165 Professional Pro-Load Multi Blade (5) Snap Knife 9mm 701168 100672 Swann-Morton Blades Nº21 100 701166 Professional Pro-Load Multi Blade (6) Snap Knife 18mm 701169 100673 Swann-Morton Blades Nº23 100 701167 Comfort Grip Rotary Cutter 45mm 701170 100674 Swann-Morton Blades Nº24 100 701168 Excel Black Ultra Sharp Snap Blades (10 pack) 9mm 101437 Swann-Morton Blades Nº27 100 701169 Excel Black Ultra Sharp Blades (50 pack) 18mm 101438 Swann-Morton Blades Nº10A 100 701170 Blades for Rotary Cutter (1 pack)
Self Healing PVC Cutting Mats Self Healing PVC Cutting Mats provide a durable non-slip Product code Description Size mm Pack qty surface for repetitive cutting without mess or harm to the 101439 A1 – Green/Blue, grid both sides 900 x 620 x 3 1 knife-edge or working surface. 101440 A1 – Translucent 900 x 620 x 3 1 101441 A2 – Green/Blue, grid both sides 600 x 450 x 3 1 101442 A2 – Translucent 600 x 450 x 3 1 101443 A3 – Green/Blue, grid both sides 450 x 300 x 3 1 101444 A3 – Translucent 450 x 300 x 3 1 101445 A4 – Green/Blue, grid both sides 210 x 297 x 3 1 101446 Green, grid both sides (metric & imp) 914 x 1219 x 3 1 100368 Green, Plain (no grid) 1016 x 2032 x 3 1
90 www.arteymemoria.com Equipment
Corner Rounder Hand operated device with detachable heads for round- ing off encapsulated polyester pockets and mount boards with up to 12mm (½") thickness cut capacity with the required radius. These come in two models, ‘Standard’ and ‘Deluxe’. The ‘Deluxe’ will accept larger material and features a heavier duty wooden table. Other cut- ting heads are available on request, please use the chart below which is to scale and contact A&M with your Deluxe Corner Rounder particular requirements.
Product code Model Dimensions
701171 Deluxe 1/4" (6mm) Cutting equipment 701172 Deluxe 3/8" (10mm) Standard Corner Rounder 701173 Deluxe 1/2" (13mm) 700003 Standard 1/4" (6mm) 700004 Standard 3/8" (9mm) 700005 Standard 1/2" (13mm) 701174 Spare Cutting Head 1/4" (6mm) 701175 Spare Cutting Head 3/8" 9mm 701176 Spare Cutting Head 1/2" (13mm) 1/2" 3/8" 5/16" 1/4" 3/16"
Steel Straight Edge This new range of precision, non-slip, ultra-safe straight edges will prove indispensable in any busy finishing area. The profiled aluminium safety rail is bonded to a straight, Product code Size mm 3mm thick steel guide edge, enabling precise, vertical 701177 1200 cuts using hand held knives or scalpels – without slicing 701178 1800 off your fingers! 701179 2600
Hot Knife A&M heavy duty ‘Hot Knives’ are designed to cut and Please take care when using this machine near smoke seal a variety of heat sensitive foams, fabrics and plastics alarms as they may be activated should any smoke or but are also ideal for the easy cutting and shaping of fumes be given off during normal operation. Plastazote® foam and Arte y Memoria Channel Panels. The ‘Hot Knife’ control unit & blade handle with vari- able temperature control can be used free-hand or with the aid of a template to give accurate clean edges, which are free from loose particles. A variety of blades are The separate control box and well insulated handle re- available including a scooping out wire that will prove mains cooler to touch than combined types. useful for conservators wishing to create nests within the Please take care when using this machine near smoke ® Plastazote for housing archaeological and other delicate alarms as they may be activated should any smoke or objects fumes be given off during normal operation.
Blade T 3/15 T 3/30 T 3/50 T3 blade cutting Plastazote® Foam
Product code Model Size mm Description 700860 240V Standard Model 701180 110V Low Voltage Model Blade Blade T 01 101447 T015/0.6 30 Spade Shaped T 011 T 02 101448 T02 12 Glide Hook 101159 T3 15 Evenly Heating Cutting Edge 101158 T3 30 Evenly Heating Cutting Edge 101449 T3 50 Evenly Heating Cutting Edge 101450 T3 125 Evenly Heating Cutting Edge Blade 101451 T011 10 Double Edged, Concave Edges Cutting Sling T 015 T 150 101452 T150 Up to 80 Cutting sling adjustable arms 101453 T151 Cutting sling blade
www.arteymemoria.com 91 Equipment
Rotatrim Vital to the performance of every rotary trimmer is the accuracy of its ‘shear point’, the exact contact point between the rotary and flat (counter) blades at which the cut occurs. It is only by ensuring that the ‘shear point’ is as perfect and consistent as possible that a truly precise cut can be achieved. The rotary blade is ground twice and deflashed to re- move any burring, this results in a truly self-sharpening blade, which is long lasting and maintains unrivalled levels of precision over its lifetime. The self-sharpening rotary blades will wear over time, though you should ex- pect 10 – 15 life years under normal use, while the coun- Cutting equipment ter blade is designed to last the lifetime of the machine.
Professional M Series A proven range designed and evolved from the demand- ing photographic industry over the past 40 years, which is available in ISO+ sizes to give greater flexibility. The blades for these machines have been fashioned from hardened Sheffield Tungsten Steel, which can be manu- factured to extremely tight tolerances while offering excellent longevity.
Product code Model Size Guide Cut Length mm Cut Capacity mm Weight kg 701181 M20 A3+ 508 3.0 6.5 701182 M30 A2+ 763 3.0 8.5 701183 M36 A1+ 914 2.0 8.9 701184 M42 A1+ 1068 1.5 10.5 701185 M54 A0+ 1374 1.5 12
*To order the machine alone insert ‘C’ . For the Kit, which includes Machine, Stand & Waste catcher, insert ‘K’ into the product code.
ACCESSORIES
Product code Description Bench Stops 101454 Bench Stop for 701181 101455 Bench Stop for 701182 101456 Bench Stop for 701183 101457 Bench Stop for 701184 101458 Bench Stop for 701185 Roll Dispensers 101459 Roll Dispenser for 701181 101460 Roll Dispenser for 701182 101461 Roll Dispenser for 701183 Adjustable cursor Base panel grid
Suitable for Cutting... • Polyester • Card • Tissue paper • Self adhesive film • Felt • Foil • Digital prints • Posters
92 www.arteymemoria.com Equipment
Technical Series PowerTech Series All models in the Technical range will slice ef- These models have the cutting head electrically driven fortlessly through almost any flexible sheet up to by a steel reinforced belt, via a foot operated pneumatic 4mm thick. Additionally, these versatile cutters are switch, thus leaving both hands free for speedy reposi- equally at home with thin films and foils due to the tioning and faster throughput. unique, self-adjusting triple roller cutting head and The products have guide rails manufactured of 1½" blade made from self-sharpening tungsten steel. square stainless steel and a cutting head that utilises the self-sharpening Tungsten Steel blades to eliminate distor- tion. The aluminium baseboard is strong, warp free and features parallel indents and satin finish. Longer ma- chines (over 1550mm) are supplied with unique exten- sion rods that will effectively double the baseboard depth to 700mm. Cutting equipment With the range of both the Technical and PowerTech Series extending to a massive 2500mm (99") cut length, these machines are perfect for display/exhibition appli- cations, finishing of all digital media and fast accurate dead straight trimming of pop-ups, encapsulated posters, vinyls and banners.
Product code Size Guide Cut Length mm Cut Capacity mm Weight kg 701186 A2 650 4 9.4 700187 A0 1250 4 13.8 700188 A0 1550 4 16 700189 2A0 1850 4 18.1 700190 4A0 2500 4 23 Product code Size Guide Cut Length mm Cut Capacity mm Weight kg 700195 A1 950 3 51.7 *To order the machine alone insert ‘C’ . For the Kit, which includes Machine, Stand & Waste catcher, insert ‘K’ into the product code. 700196 A0 1550 3 57.7 ACCESSORIES 700197 2A0 1850 3 60.7 700198 4A0 2500 1.5 57.2 Product code Description 101462 T Series 24” Extended Rule 101463 T Series 36” Extended Rule Studio Board Shear 101464 T Series Roll Dispenser The machine has a high precision ground upper and lower blade that allows the operator to perform preci- FoamTech Series sion cuts up to 1100mm with little effort on paper stacks up to 4mm (approx. 10 sheets of 70gsm and 8 of 80gsm A completely redesigned head mechanism allows corru- paper). Safety features include automatic safety guard gated and foam board up to 5mm to be cut accurately in and metal guard plate as well as ergonomically shaped a single pass, without noticeable distortion to either side carrying handles and recessed grips. of the material. The large format sizes have been selected to suit A&M corrugated board, though these machines Product code Cut Length mm Cut Capacity mm Weight kg are able to cut virtually the same materials as the Techni- 700199 1100 4 78 cal Series.
Product code Size Guide Cut Length mm Cut Capacity mm Weight kg 700191 A1 950 5 11.2 700192 A0 1550 5 15.8 700193 2A0 1850 5 18.1 700194 4A0 2500 5 23.1
www.arteymemoria.com 93 Equipment
Heavy Duty Paper Cutter All heavy duty cutters provide accurate cuts in large any work step. stacks of sheet material with capacity from 20-80mm The 846 and 842 for precision sizing of large paper and come with 5-year manufacturer’s warranty, exclud- stacks both feature a ground upper blade, quick action ing wear parts. The cutter tables are constructed of metal, clamping, visualised cutting line, back stop side 430 x have a ground upper blade made of Solingen Steel, a 430 and off-cut side 430 x 215. The 846 also has a plexi- backstop, a transparent safety cover and a scale bar glass safety cover and has a spindle driven, self locking marked out with cm, inches and DIN formats pre-printed backstop set with calibrated crank handle for greater on the table. accuracy and cut capacity. The 858 and 852 models feature a unique design allow- ing pressing and cutting in a single pass, front operation Product code Cut Length mm Cut Capacity mm for maximum transmission of power, laser beam indica- 700201 430 20 tion of cutting line and electronic display for each and 700202 430 60 Cutting equipment 700203 435 20 700204 475 80 700205 Stand for EQHDCU0852 700206 Stand for EQHDCU0858 700201 700202
700204
700203
Schimanek Heavy Duty Guillotine
The highest quality paper stack and board sizing ma- Product code Model Table Length mm Cut Width mm Weight kg chines A&M offer, with tables constructed of either 3mm 700207 Type 10 720 1100 360 sheet steel or solid cast iron. The diverse range includes, 700208 Type 10 720 1200 370 two floor standing Type 10 (cast iron), two floor standing 700209 Type 15 800 1200 290 Type 15 (sheet steel) and Types 70 and 85 tabletop ver- 700210 Type 15 800 1100 250 sions both with solid cast iron tables plus optional stand 700211 Type 70 700 140 and footpress. 700212 Type 85 850 580 All machines feature a front stop, registering straight edge 700213 Foot Press for Type 70 & 85 with fitted sliding angle guide, adjustable lower blade 700214 Stand for Type 75/80 and scales in mm. For safety purposes a plexiglass blade guard is also fitted. Stands are available for Types 70 and 85.
Type 10 Type15 Type 75/80 With optional stand and footpedal
94 www.arteymemoria.com Equipment
Smart Mat Vertical Cutting System Smart Pneumatic The first XY mount cutter, wall-mounted to allow work- Wall mounted manual mount-cutter with heavy duty shop space to be utilised to its maximum potential, not tracks and industrial ball bearing system, pneumatic au- taking up precious and useful worktop space. Smart Mat tomatic rotating knife head and pneumatic clamp system, cutters are made with rigid, stable tracks and operate 4 production stops, 100 knife blades and steel brackets with a ball bearing system on hardened steel rollers to for wall mounting. The clamp will allow the operator to ensure smooth consistent movement. Will cut a true cut a minimum border of 25mm. 45 degrees bevel from the back that will rival any other Floor stand is available as an option. machine. Product code Size cm Both special sizes and an upgrade kit are available on 700221 85 x 120 request to convert an existing manual/pneumatic Smart 700222 120 x 180 Mat cutter to a fully automatic machine, please contact 700223 164 x 245 A&M for more details. Cutting equipment Smart Manual Smart CMC Manual machine with heavy-duty tracks and industrial A complete computerised machine for cutting standard ball bearing system, manual knife head and manual mats like: rectangle, oval/circle, v-grooves and multi clamp system. Includes: 4 production stops, 100 knife openings. The Smart CMC is complete with floor stand, blades and steel brackets for wall mounting. software and 100 production blades. For those that do Product code Size cm not require the full functionality such as only rectangular 700224 85 x 120 openings this table is also available with more limited 700225 100 x 120 cutting options. 700226 100 x 150 rectangular 700227 119 x 168
Product code Size cm 700215 100 x 150 Smart Glass Sizer 700216 100 x 120 700217 120 x 180
Rectangular & Oval
Product code Size cm A Smart Glass Sizer is also available, contact A&M for details. 700218 100 x 150 700219 120 x 160 700220 120 x 180
Smart Pneumatic
Smart Manual
Manual knifehead
Smart CMC Automatic knifehead www.arteymemoria.com 95 Equipment The software contains an extensive library of designs conform- ing to the international standards for both solid board (ECMA) and corrugated board (FEFCO). Using the Kasemake CXD BOX MEASURING AND MAKING software, box designs from these libraries can be manipulated
ING and sampled to create new designs as required. In addition an extensive and ever growing library of designs created specifi-
AK cally for the conservation of books and archive documents is in-
M The Conservators Choice cluded in the package. The Kasemake CXD Library and Archive user group also share designs and knowledge of the system. In 1992 Conservation by design produced the first The creasing and cutting table comes in two models; ‘The box bespoke Premier™ Archival Solidcore boxes made on a Library and Archive Mini Grand’ and ‘The Library and Archive
D Kasemake computer aided design and boxmaking ma- Grand’ which differ only in the working area; 1700 x 1300mm
N chine. In 1996 CXD sold the first European system for in- and 2500 x 1600mm respectively. Both tables provide the same
A house customer use to the National Library of Scotland. accurate cutting and unmatched creasing of CXD Premier™ Since that time the Kasemake CXD and Premier™ Solidcore and Corrugated boxboard. Kasemake CXD offers one
ING Archival Boxboard range has established itself as the tool carriage as standard which carries two cutting knives a
R conservator’s choice in libraries and archives worldwide creasing tool and a plotting pen. U and liberated their imaginations to create unique custom There are two knives because the ‘Tangential Drag Knife’ is de- made preservation solutions.
AS signed for use with solid core board and the ‘Electric Oscillating Kasemake CXD software is based upon the Windows® Knife’ is for corrugated board and foam up to 15mm thick. ME operating system which makes a highly complex and At the heart of the Kasemake CXD is the ‘Tangential Creasing powerful tool quick and easy to learn by new users. Tool’ which is driven by powerful servo motors that ensure enough pressure is delivered to the creasing wheel. BOX BOX This power is needed to ensure that Archival Solidcore board folds well with minimum cracking along the creases. The plotting pen uses a bleed proof and lightfast black ink. Accessories
Code Description Dimension mm 101465 Kasemake Carbide Blade 101059 Kasemake Disposable Head Blade Specifications 101061 Kasemake Refill Pens Black 101466 Kasemake Cutting Mat 1960 x 2625 • Maximum speed: 600mm/sec • Precision: ≤ 0.1mm • Dedicated PC required to be used as the machine controller, The KASEMAKE CXD Library & Archive can be supplied on request. Box Making System Electrical Requirements • Machine: 1x single phase 220V 50Hz 1.5KW Model: Mini-Grand, working area: 1700 x1300mm • Vacuum Fan: 1x three phase 380V Model: Grand, working area: 2500 x1600mm 50Hz 5.5KW
Compressed Air Requirements • Pressure: 7-8 Bar, (100-120PSI,) • Flow: 3.5cfm (170 litres/min)
Optional Compressor • Compressed air supply required for the sample tables which can be supplied by A&M as required • 1 x Electric Oscillating Knife (capable of cutting up to 15mm corrugated) • 1 x Tangential Creasing Tool • 1 x Tangential Drag Knife • Manual depth adjustment for cutting/creasing • Differential creasing pressure (cross flute and along flute) • 3 Creasing tools suitable for corrugated board • 2 Creasing tools suitable for carton board • 1 x Pen Tool, allows plotting onto die-board, film, etc • Laser Pointer to help register jobs • Vacuum Hold to secure sheet while cutting (3 Zones) • Servo motors on X, Y and C axes • 24 months parts Warranty.
96 www.arteymemoria.com Equipment
Riveting Press’s The Conservators Choice Hand operated, bench top machine for attaching rivets Digital Book Measure ING and eyelets. In 2006 the Kasemake CXD Digital Book Measure was Linked Products: Rivets p122. AK introduced. This is used in conjunction with the Kase- M make CXD boxmaker. It is a tablet based measuring device combined with easy to use capture software that permits error free measurements of a book or archive box object. D This clever device can work independently of the main N Kasemake CXD system allowing it to be used in remote A repositories to capture dimensions, title, author, archive or shelf reference number and other customised informa- tion as required. In addition to this cataloguing data, de- ING tails on the required boxboard, box style and job priority R can be specified. This information can be sent in batches U via a network connection, e-mail or USB memory stick Product code Description External Dimensions mm (H x W x D) Throat mm Weight Kg AS to a Kasemake CXD boxmaking machine. Logged infor- 700229 Riveter Pro 360 x 100 x 240 105 3.8Kg mation can be written on the box using the machine’s 700230 Rivet Junior information on request ME plotting pen to ensure that boxes can be matched to the correct object. Available in 3 popular sizes that will suit Manual Book Measure most Library and Archive needs, A0, A1 and A2. BOX This hand built unit provides a quick and accurate way Because it has stand alone software it can be bought by a of determining the dimensions of books for archival box small institution who might not have the space or budget making where budgets or volume of work do not warrant for a Kasemake CXD boxmaker but have a large require- the Digital Book Measure to be used. Features a smooth ment for custom made boxes and folders. Measurements sliding mechanism and simple construction. Suitable for taking measurements up to 600mm graduated in 1mm increments
and data can be sent to Conservation by Design ‘Smart Product code Description Dimensions (L x D x H) mm Weight kg Box™’ service or any other Kasemake CXD boxmaker of- 700918 Books up to 600mm Device: 725 x 400 x 170 10 fering a similar service.
Product code Size Guide 70022801 A0 700916 A1 Product code Description Dimension 700917 A2 Portable Rolling Creaser 701035 Board Creaser 1041mm (41") Developed by Dr. Nicholas Pickwoad, book conserva- tion consultant to the National Trust, and manufactured by CXD, this is a tabletop and portable machine. The Rolling Creaser deploys a brass-creasing wheel mounted in a carriage; two precision ground tracks run over a groove formed by adjustable stainless steel bedplates. Creases can be formed at right angles to the edge. The unit is designed to crease 1300 micron Arte y Memoria Premier™ Archival Folding Boxboard, but an optional smaller creasing wheel accommodates thinner boards. Working lengths of 27" and 41" are available from stock, with special sizes available up to 65". www.arteymemoria.com 97 Equipment
SMALL TOOLS
Bone Folders OOLS
T High quality genuine bone folder, excellent for making precise creases or folds in papers, tapes or board. Very handy for putting together die cut boxes and folders ALL Product code Description Size mm Pack qty M
S 100353 1 end rounded, 1 end pointed (6") 150 1 100104 1 end rounded, 1 end pointed (7") 170 1 101467 1 end rounded, 1 end pointed (8") 205 1
Teflon® ‘Bone’ Folders These virtually unbreakable ‘bone’ folders are made from Teflon® and are inert to almost every known chemical and combine the same non-stick properties associated with other Teflon® products.
Teflon® ‘Bone’ FoldersProduct code Description Size mm Pack qty 100146 Large 185 x 23 x 3 1 100145 Medium 150 x 20 x 6 1 101468 Small 130 x 17 x 7 1
Steamy PR The Micro Steam Generator STEAMY PR is a precision tool designed to meet the needs of the paper conserva- tor who demands a machine that is adjustable to give the choice of a fine or powerful stream of super heated steam; for the removal of backings, adhesive tapes, mountings, etc., as well as for the local removal of stains and impurities on works of paper. The steam is fed through a 1.5m long heated tube and is produced for lo- cal treatment in a precise manner and without dripping. To avoid dripping and spitting, the required pressure is 3.5 bar. The steam temperature increases to approximate- ly 160°C and thus prevents condensation of the water in the tube; the heating time is approximately 15 minutes. The ideal combination of quality and functionality makes this a dependable tool. Features include stainless steel housing, on/off switch, instant steam stand-by/shut off lever, heated hose and optional flexi-stand for hands free operation. *For use only with decalcified water, see below for A&M’s Delima. Delima Water Softening Device This device produces a continuous supply of decalcified water to prevent lime-scale deposits in hard water areas that can cause damage and increase power consumption. Existing deposits of lime-scale will be dissolved continuously. The DELIMER is being used as an intermediate unit for steam cleaners, hot water devices, cooling elements for instruments and appliances in medical technology, in laboratories and in production situations. Manual evacuation of water is possible by ordering a water tap as an optional extra.
Specifications • Ion exchanger incl. automatic regeneration with softening salt • Semi-automatic regeneration process • Compact design • Direct connection to devices
Product code Temperature 0°C Capacity litres Dimensions mm Weight kg 701189 160 5 420 x 270 + 30 / 350 14 701190 N/A 2 190 x 340 x 290 7.5
98 www.arteymemoria.com Equipment
Hot Air Gun Product code Description A high-powered industrial device for welding Plastazote® SEHAGU0190 240v Hot Air Gun with 5mm Nozzle foam when making linings or complete boxes, which cannot be stuck with adhesives normally used in conser- 101469 One Arm Pressure Roller, 40mm OOLS T vation. The application of heat on two surfaces softens them enough to be fused together on contact. A selection SEQHAGN2940 29 A Wide Slot Nozzle, 40mm of shaped nozzles are available for a variety of welding ALL purposes. M S The device is fully CE tested and reaches the required 101470 31 G, 5mm Plastazote® Welding Nozzle temperature within 3 minutes.
Specifications • Electronic switch for motor speed adjustment • Regulated airflow between 3 and 350 litres per minute • Temperature regulated between 2000C and 6000C • Lightweight; 1.25kg (including 3m cord)
Micrometers A selection of different throat size digital and dial mi- crometers. All with feelers that are designed for use with soft leather, cardboard, paper and foils. J200 Thickness Gauge With Lifting Device Product code 701192 J50 Thickness Gauge With Lifting Device Reading 0.10mm Product code 701191 Range 10mm Reading 0.10mm Depth of Jaw 200mm
Range 10mm
Depth of Jaw 50mm Mount Board Callipers 0.55 mm 1.1 mm 1.4 mm 1.5 mm 1.65 mm 2.2 mm 2.8 mm
Millboard Callipers 1.1 mm 1.5 mm 1.9 mm 2.3 mm 3 mm
Box making with a A&M Bone folder www.arteymemoria.com 99 Equipment Heated Spatulas & Lining Irons This system offers a proven and respected range of spatulas (also known as tacking irons) and lining irons, designed and manufactured to the highest standards to OOLS provide many years of reliable service. They are in use T in leading professional conservation studios worldwide. All models feature electronic sensors to provide accurate
ALL and consistent temperature at the tip, or across the sole
M plate. S
Control units Universal The control unit is the heart of the system and its unique The Universal Control Unit is required for lining irons; design is capable of providing accurate and reliable ser- 6E, 7E, 8E and 9E. It is also suitable for all Willard heated vice over many years. A control unit is needed to operate spatulas. Temperature is set with the large dial on the the Spatulas and Irons. front of the housing. There are two models: Standard, to regulate spatulas A wall mounted variant, supplied complete with a built only, or Universal which regulates all spatulas and all in temperature monitor is also available. irons. Both models will accept the separately available temperature display. Specifications Standard • Temperature range: Ambient (room temperature) to 150°C (300°F) • Size: 200mm x 200mm x 85mm (8 x 8 x 3 inches) The standard control unit enables the temperature to be • Weight: 3.7kg conveniently set on the display by adjusting the large control dial. It automatically switches full power to the heating element quickly on and off to provide an accu- rate temperature. A red diode illuminates when heat is 700927 being delivered to the tool. Willard Heated Spatulas
1 EC Heated Spatula with tip set The durable and reliable 1EC (Compact) with a set of 7 tips (opposite) is a highly popular and versatile hand tool system with a range of applications. It is fitted with a du- rable wooden handle for comfortable use. Connection to the appropriate control unit is via kink and heat resistant silicone coated flex.
1EC 7 piece tip set Specifications • Length of spatula including tip: approx 75mm (6¾ inches) • Weight: approx 200g (6oz)
1 EM (Miniature) Heated Spatula This ‘pen like’ model is the smallest of its type available, but has a comprehensive range of Mini and Micro-tips for a variety of precision applications. Connection to the appropriate control unit is via kink and heat resistant silicone coated flex. Fitted with any of the Mini-tips or silver Micro-tips, the Micro Tips to fit 1EM Heated Spatula right amount of heat can be applied with ultimate accu- This range of sterling silver Micro-tips has been specifi- racy to a specific area, making this an ideal tool for tear cally developed for use with the 1EM. There are 5 dif- mending and many other tasks. ferent shapes & styles available, which can be supplied either individually, or as a complete set of 5 tips with an Specifications adaptor. • Length: approx 133mm (5¼in) excluding tip • Weight: approx 75g (3oz)
701091
100 www.arteymemoria.com Equipment
4E Heated Spatula The 4E Heated Spatula features a fixed, thin, curved sole plate with flanged edge. OOLS T Specifications • Length: approx 220mm (8½ in) • Weight: 0.4kg (7oz) ALL • Sole plate area: approx 10.97cm2 (1.7 sq inches) M • Sole plate length: approx 65mm (2½ inches) S • Sole plate width: approx 24mm (1 inch)
Lining Irons SPATER 8 These units are connected to the purpose built Universal Tacking iron designed for restoration, repair and finish- Control Unit by kink-resistant flex. All Lining Irons are ing work using heat-activated lamination. A good unit, fully protected and feature electronic sensors in the sole which provides an alternative solution where budgets plate to ensure accurate, even and consistent tempera- will not allow for the added heating precision provided ture across the sole plate. by the Willard range. Made up of a 40W applicator iron ensuring a considerable temperature reserve, with inter- Product code Model Size mm changeable tips. 701199 Large 7E 270 x 170 701203 Large 8E 300 x 170 To increase the precision and quality of the work, 701208 Large 9E 285 x 140 SPATER 8 can be connected to the power regulator 701200 Medium 7E 230 x 140 which allows operation over a very wide range of tem- 701205 Medium 8E 270 x 140 peratures from 0 to 250°C. 701209 Standard 6E 200 x 115 701201 Standard 7E 200 x 140 Specifications 701206 Standard 8E 270 x 170 • 230V – 40W tacking iron 701210 Mini 6E Symmetrical Pointed end Gothic Shape • Wound heating element 701202 Mini 7E Rectangular 150 x 75 • Stainless steel heating unit 701207 Mini 8E Rectangular Inclined Front Edge • Thermoplastic handle • Max. temperature 250 to 300°C depending on type of tip. • Microprocessor-controlled power regulator for all types of iron, 230V – 20W to 400W • 4 additional tips available 6E Ref Product code Description Spatula 701211 Tacking Iron Regulator 701212 Regulator A 101471 GM Tacking Iron Tip B 101472 SMM Tacking Iron Tip C 101473 PM Tacking Iron Tip D 101474 TPM Tacking Iron Tip 7E
8E
A
B
C 9E
D
www.arteymemoria.com 101 Equipment
LIGHTING Studio Luminaires ting The highly efficient reflector design maximises the avail- h able light and creates a remarkably even light spread. Light is dimmable and incorporates a 100kHz electronic Lig ballast to ensure flicker free operation.
The stylish thermal design and ventilation of the studio Type 455 light ensures very cool running, maintaining colour tem- perature and light output over long periods of operation. Please contact us for more information on detachable grids, softboxes, intensifiers and barn door attachments.
Product Code Description Type Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight kg Luminaire Kit with top and side Type 855 701213 455 40 x 65 x 12 5 barn doors & 5400k Lamps Luminaire Kit with top and side Quasar Lightboxes 701214 855 67 x 65 x 12 8.6 barn doors & 5400k Lamps Combining stylish design and high performance, the Quasar range of lightboxes has been produced to exact- ing standards in components, construction and light- ing and provide a practical solution to all your viewing Task lighting needs. The Quasar is made from a lightweight aluminium The Memo range produces light up to 1200 Lux from a extrusion, with carry handle and available in sizes A4 compact 13W fluorescent lamp for use in workshops and to A2. The curved upper profile and flush fitting screen offices. These consume 30% less energy than compara- aid comfortable working without sagging or creasing of ble fluorescent lights and 82% less than a traditional in- working material. All Quasar lightboxes have a stylish candescent lamp. The smooth, self-balancing arm makes ‘silver hammer’ finish with ‘aqua’ colour body striping. it easy to adjust and move to where it is needed. Colour Temperature = 5000K (+/-10%K) Specifications Options • Max Lux; 1200 • Watt: 1 x 13 • Opal acrylic OR glass/opal acrylic screen on A4 to A1 • Weight: 2.6 kg • Glass/opal acrylic only on A0 & 60 x 40 lightboxes • Arm Length: 660mm • Stage Dimmer only on 60 x 40 lightboxes • Lumen: 900 • On/Off OR Stage Dimmer Switch on A2 to A0 • Colour rendering: 80 • On/Off Switch on A4 & A3 models • CE • IP20 Product code Type Working Dimensions mm External Dimensions mm 701218 Glass 265 x 359 346 x 500 x 90 701219 Glass 419 x 505 500 x 646 x 90 Product code Description 701220 Glass 904 x 1226 945 x 1267 x 120 701215 Blue 701221 Acrylic 305 x 459 346 x 500 x 90 701216 Black 701222 Acrylic 419 x 505 500 x 646 x 90 701217 Base 701223 Acrylic 605 x 904 646 x 945 x 120
New Product - PlanoLux Conservation Light Wall For Maps, Posters and Large Artwork, see web site for Memo Task Lights, with optional base. more details. 102 www.conservation-by-design.co.uk Equipment
Wave Plus, Illuminated Magnifier Light Sheet WAVE plus is the ideal magnifier for industrial applica- The A&M light sheet is less than 1mm thick and emits
tions. It is the only magnifier to offer both shadow free negligible heat whilst lit. The unit provides an even light ting 2
magnification with light coming from both sides as well over the whole surface up to 200 candelas/m with no h as three dimensional magnification with light coming dark spots.
from the left or right. The 3D feature is especially wel- Lig come when working with delicate objects. Product code Description The large rectangular lens, 175 x 108mm, permits com- 701115 Light Sheet A3 fortable viewing with both eyes. The slim edge in front of 701116 Light Sheet A4 the lens ensures that eye contact with the object viewed is not lost when switching from magnification to normal viewing and back again. The neck joint between the head and arm moves in three planes: horizontally, verti- cally and laterally making exact positioning easy. A cloth cover is provided to protect the lens from dust and prevent the luminaire from inadvertently focusing the suns rays.
KL1500 Fibre Optic Light Cold light sources are used to provide intensive lighting on objects using infrared-free or ‘cold’ light. All sheet radiation is filtered using optimised heat protection filters. The remaining light is transported to the target area with high transmission light conductors using optic glass fibres. SCHOTT is the unquestionable world leader in this field after 30 years experience in manufacturing optical glass and individual stretched fibres to be used in light conductors
The KL 1500 LCD is the performance leader in the field of 150 watt halogen cold light sources. With its outstand- ing modern design combined with optimised, homoge- Product code Description Dimensions mm Weight Kg neous light output and variable light control options, this 701224 Wave Plus 1040 4.9 light source has been designed for applications in Stereo Illuminated Binoculars Microscopy and Macroscopy in laboratory, industrial and medical applications. COMFORT MODEL A display for colour temperature and operating modes, Product code Model electronic and mechanical light control, as well as a 701225 Comfort new maximum light level are just a few of the special Binocular magnifier with adjustable Velcro headband. advantages of this light source. Constant light flux output Supplied with 2 sets of lenses, super imposable, provid- is maintained independent of fluctuations in the supply ing 3 magnifications: 2.2 – 3.2 – 4.5. The 2 sets of lenses voltage network (±10 %). are inside the visor; you only need to place the second Product code Picture Reference Description set on the first to obtain the different magnifications. 701227 A Fibre optic dual directional Light 101475 B Daylight filter for focusing lens STANDARD MODEL 101476 C Single branch 600mm gooseneck light guide Product code Model 101477 D Dual branch 600mm gooseneck light guide 701226 Standard 101478 E Focusing lens for light guides Light weight with an adjustable Velcro strap. Includes 2 101479 F Daylight filter for light guide focusing lens 101478 B sets of lenses that can be stacked by tilting, offering 1.8 and 2.3 x magnifications. A third swivelling outer lens, which adjusts to the stackable lenses increases the mag- C nification up to 4.8 x. A
D
FE Comfort Model Standard Model www.conservation-by-design.co.uk 103 Equipment
E TIMECAPSULE L
U Timecapsule S ‘Let future generations know tomorrow what you did P today’ Store and record your memories of the 21st Cen-
CA tury in a time capsule made to last hundreds of years. Constructed in 4mm stainless steel, marine grade (316 specification). Closed lid sealed via 18 x 10mm stainless
TIME steel bolts with gaskets to ensure a good seal. The outside of the capsule has a bright colour powder- coated finish to assist in identification when being un- earthed. Time Capsules are manufactured in four sizes. The RP system takes oxygen levels lower than simply flushing the capsule with Nitrogen or Argon gas and it continues to work scavenging oxygen from within the object. Pollution scavengers within the RP system will clean the atmosphere of harmful degradation by- products given off by the objects being stored for future generations to enjoy. Image courtesy of Julia’s House Hospice
To further protect and conserve objects from harmful gas- Heat Sealing and Welding Machines ses within the capsule, we offer a number of other highly effective products for air purification and for corrosion protection; charcoal cloth®, charcoal felt™ plus the Original Curateur™ Polyester Edge Welder unique copper based Intercept Technology®. This product, exclusive to A&M is an extremely robust machine (weighing approx 40kg) made with high quality . components, and powder coated finish. The CURATEUR™ welder was the first desktop portable polyester welder and was introduced to the market in the late 1980’s. This rugged machine soon found favour with conservators and others making polyester pockets; and as far as we know most of these original machines are still working in 2011. The device has been developed to give greater flexibility and productivity by increasing the weld length to 800mm and making the tray detachable allowing easy storage and shipping. The alignment grid is unlike others, which are screen printed direct to the tray where it is likely to wear or get scratched. The new Curateur™ Welder has the grid printed to a replaceable, self-adhesive thin sheet Product code Size mm Weight kg of polycarbonate. 701228 300 12 The A&M Original Curateur™ comes complete with a 701229 460 16 spares kit, which includes a spare element and other 701230 610 22 consumable parts that may be needed. 701231 915 34
RP-A Type for metal objects Product code Description 701232 800mm Weld Length UK Model Application Examples 701233 800mm Weld Length 110V Model • Archaeological metals 101480 Ribbon Element (1m) • Coins 101481 Replacement Tray Grid • Cutlery • Jewellery • Arms
RP-K Type for organic objects Application Examples • Historical objects • Pictures • Books • Graphic works • Textiles
see Oxygen Free Storage section p66 104 www.arteymemoria.com Equipment
POLYESTER AND ESCAL WELDING Remote Welding Jaws There are two types of welding element, one for poly- ING Criss Cross Heat Sealing Machines ester with a 1.5mm weld and another for Escal® with a
9.5mm weld, each available in three lengths 150, 305 LD Table Top Sealer for Polyethylene or Polyester and 460mm. E This range of impulse sealers has either two heated The jaws are held together with a ‘mole grip’ type clamp- R W 9.5mm wide, 610mm long welding jaws, suitable for ing system and a button on the jaws is used to activate ® the weld where necessary. Continuous welds can be laminated materials including Escal , foil bags and TE general polyethylene type products or two 1.5mm wide, made by sequentially joining welds together. S E 610mm long welding jaws suitable for thinner materi- als such as inert polyester. There are two settings on the machine for weld and cooling time meaning a consistent OLY high quality seal can be reproduced. The machine also P features a built in compensation device to reduce the weld cycle if the machine is being cycled too quickly for more consistent welds. The foot operated sealing jaws Product code Type Length mm eliminates operator fatigue and speeds up production. 101482 Escal 150 Accessories for the Criss Cross Table Top Sealer in- 101483 Escal 305 clude, a 254mm deep tray attachment to increase the 101484 Escal 460 length of the tabletop welder in front of the welding jaws 101485 Polyester 150 plus a manual cutter assembly which fits behind the 101486 Polyester 305 welding jaws and has a safety knife attached to the top 101487 Polyester 460 jaw. As soon as the weld starts, the knife may be de- pressed and drawn across the material roll. Ultrasonic Welding
Sonic Weld Handheld, portable ultrasonic welding tool that is ergo- nomically designed to be lightweight and well-balanced allowing the operator to use the device like a pen. This allows bespoke, precise and permanent welds between layers of inert film such as polyester ensuring the docu- ments or objects are held in place without adhesives or physically touching the items. The system consists of a generator, lightweight RF cable and handgun with 1.5mm Titanium domed spot welding tool. Accessories are available including easily interchange- able tools for precise cutting, shaping or trimming, spot welding tools with different dimensions and a tripod for precision spot welding. Please contact A&M for a full technical specification. Product code Description 701234 Table top Sealer with 9.5mm Escal Element 701235 Table top Sealer with1.5mm Polyester Element Specifications • Frequency: 35kHz Criss Cross Remote Sealer • Power: 500 watts • Mains Input: 240 volts 5 amp (single phase) Selected for their seal quality and versatility achieved • Generator: 320 x 340 x 180mm, weight 7.5kg by separating the power pack from the welding jaws, for • Hand tool length; 240mm including standard spot welding horn, customers requiring to change between Escal®/Polyethyl- weight 370gm • Diameter: FNSA 42mm ene type sealing and Polyester welding.
Power Pack Product code Description To operate the jaws a power pack is required, the Stand- 701238 Deluxe Ultrasonic Welder ard Power Unit will power the Escal® jaws whilst the Universal Power Unit will power both types therefore representing the greatest value.
Product code Description 701236 Standard Power Unit 701237 Universal Power Unit www.arteymemoria.com 105 Equipment
S Vacuum Sealing Machine Compared to conventional envelope storage, vacuum Vacuum Sealing Machines remove the air from a storage has the advantage of saving between 40 to 50%
INE bag,sometimes replacing it with inert Nitrogen, then her- of shelf space for the same volume of documents and metically seal the package to give long-term oxygen free could effectively double the capacity of an archive’s protection for the contents. For operator safety A&M offer shelving without the addition of a single extra shelf. ACH an exhaust which allows a hose to be attached to extract
M Security dangerous mould spores that can be present when deal- ing with old, wet or damaged texts. The special vacuum-sealed pouches protect their con- tents against unauthorised access to security documents. ING Protection The opening of pouches cannot go unnoticed and re-
AL quires the use of an ArchiPress machine to re-seal them.
E High oxygen barrier enclosures like ArchiPress pouches The pouches can also be printed with corporate logos
S give the conservator a new weapon in the struggle to and security or data retrieval information. In addition, resist the persistent decay caused by time, pests and coded seals can be supplied that fit in to the machines disasters. The strong air and watertight pouches give ad- effectively branding information into the weld.
UUM ditional protection against acidity, atmospheric pollution, floods, fire extinguishers, damp, mould, mildew, insects, Vacuum sealing machine COMPARISON vermin, careless handling and damage in transit. Anoxic VAC enclosures are used for pest eradication, disaster recov- Vacuum Impulse Sealers Vacuum Chambers ery and ‘Squelch’ drying and to slow down oxidation Medium Level of vacuum attainable (up to 70%)* High level of vacuum attainable (approx 98.8%) and damage from UV light. Faster cycle time – only the pouch is vacuumed Longer cycle time – entire chamber is vacuumed Pouch size not limited by seal bar length if part Pouch sized limited by chamber dimensions sealed before vacuuming Space saving Horizontal and vertical sealing Horizontal or vertical sealing Options Double sided heating (bi-active) standard Double sided heating (bi-active) optional
*This can be increased with the use of oxygen scavengers. Gas Flushing This gives a very low residual oxygen percentage by Vacuum Chamber Machines displacing the residual oxygen with an inert gas such as A vacuum chamber removes the air out of a bag by Nitrogen after the initial vacuum has been formed then use of a vacuum pump. On completion the bag is then sealing once the desired volume of gas is reached. As a sealed. Equipped with a clearly laid out and easy to result the object is no longer under vacuum pressure. program digital control panel, each machine features a Oxygen levels can be further reduced by the inclusion of 10-program memory. Additional filler plates are supplied oxygen scavengers. in order that the working height inside the chamber can be adjusted for a variety of sizes of bag. Code Seal Text can be imprinted in the seal area that may be useful to impart a message or the institution’s name. The advan- Type 160 Type 300 tage of text in the seal is that it remains intact until the 700076 700078 bag is opened. Machine size (L x W x H) 490 x 610 x 445mm 900 x 820 x 1070mm Absolute chamber size (L x W x H) 420 x 500 x 180mm 820 x 560 x 235mm 410 x 460mm/ 790 x 460mm/710 x 550mm/ Soft-air Effective chamber size (L x W) 410 x 410mm 790 x 490mm Soft-air is the ideal function to enable fragile items to 1 x 410mm/ 2 x 790mm/2 x 550mm/ Net sealing bar length be packed without damage. The air enters the vacuum 2 x 410mm 1 x 790mm + 1 x 490mm chamber very gently after the sealing process giving the Seal width 8mm double seal 8mm double seal vacuum bag time to form around the fragile or sharp Position of the sealing bar product Voltage/phase/Frequency 230V/1 Ph/50 Hz 400V/3Ph/50 Hz Sensor Pump capacity 21m³/h 100m³/h Consumption 0,75 – 1,0 kW 3,0 – 5,0 kW When it is important to obtain an exact level of vacuum Number of gas pipes (optional) 2 per sealing bar 3 on short seal bar or 4 on long seal bar or gas pressure A&M recommend the use of a sensor. The standard machine normally relies on a time cycle for the vacuum and gas levels, which is accurate enough for most applications. However, when dealing with products that vary in volume or density, a built-in sensor ensures that each package is under the same level of vacuum to ensure consistency of pressure.
Multi-cycles Occasionally it may be necessary to have a repeated sequence of vacuuming and gassing. The multi-cycles option makes this possible with up to 8 processes in one Type 160 cycle. It is not possible to combine the multi-cycle with the sensor option. Type 300
106 www.arteymemoria.com Equipment
Vacuum Impulse Sealer Heated Glass Vacuum Press N
Both sealing bars are heated and can be positioned verti- A highly efficient heating system with user-friendly digital O cally and horizontally with four positions in between, to display and controls that ensure even distribution of heat TI
suit the working position. The machine is supplied with a providing the best mounting, heat sealing and canvas A 5m3/hr vacuum pump and a water discharge system and bonding. The transparent top panel comprises two sheets is mounted on wheels for manoeuvrability. of reinforced tempered glass and offers a high level of 701239 operator confidence as work can be viewed in situ and MIN
Technical Specifications allows final adjustments before pressure is activated as- LA 701239 suring correct alignment of work. The glass is extremely • Seal length: 1000mm smooth and scratch resistant. • Seal width: 8mm Can also be used as a cold press for wet tissue and paper • Film thickness: 2 x 0.20mm repairs and ideal for mounting, heat sealing and canvas • Gas flush: Standard • Consumption: 2400W bonding. • Voltage: 230V/50-60 Hz • Dimension: 1240x590x1390mm Features • Weight: 88kg • Adjustable Temperature Control – Indicates the actual glass temperature and maintains that temperature at your chosen pre-set Lamination level. • Timer Control – Most useful when processing large work volumes, the programmable timer can be set to the minimum time required for Exhibition & Display Mounter each batch so increasing productivity. • Pressure Control – Minimises even heavy creases and wrinkles while Designed to be simple to operate, whilst producing ensuring that delicate items such as foam board and embossed prints exhibition and display work and graphic panels to the are not crushed. highest professional standards. Can handle all types of • Dedicated Vacuum Pump – Factory matched vacuum pump so that flat artwork from photographs & paper posters to delicate pressure is never pulled too quickly or slowly. plastics and vinyl. Not for use with historical items. These versatile laminators can handle materials up to 25mm thick, including card stock, foam board, MDF or Time to Time to Product code Dimensions mm Vacuum (secs) Temp (mins) rigid PVC board. Both machines feature a variable-speed 700963 890 x 1195 20 12 electric drive with forward and reverse actions. The high- 700962 975 x 1300 20 12 quality rollers assure even pressure across the width of 700961 1194 x 1800 30 15 the machine, while the convenient foot control pedal leaves hands free to handle input materials.
Maximum Dimensions Max Opening Product code External mm (L x W x H) mm Laminating Width mm 701240 385 x 310 312.5 667 (26.2") 19 (0.75") 701241 1540 x 480 x 480 1121 (44.12") 25 (1") 701242 Stand for EQEDDM6206
Accessories and consumables
Double Sided Mount Film Code Dimensions mm 101488 650 x 25M 101489 1040 x 25M Foam Centred Board 101490 762 x 1016 101491 1016 x 1524 White Display Board 101492 815 x 1120; 2000 micron 101493 1040 x 1550; 2000 micron Heatseal Laminate 101494 1300 x 25M
701241
701240
www.arteymemoria.com 107 Equipment
Semi-Matic Laminators N
O Built using heated platens S Series Paper Pulper and manufactured to the TI highest standards for use Constructed using a powerful motor to drive the stainless
VA by archivists and conserva- steel blade spindle that is manually lowered into a sealed R tors these units are capable container with 5 litre capacity. An optional soundproof- E
S of laminating a wide range ing cabinet is available.
N of materials quickly and ef- ficiently. CO Both models have solid D steel rollers and are wide SML1 N enough for consolidation of laminate and automatic R A
I transfer to a receiving tray
A and solid state propor- tional temperature control EP
R adjustable from 0° to 130° allowing the use of a wide range of laminating materi- als including Archibond, SML2 B-Fix, Acetate etc. The SML2 platen can be set to open automatically based on the timer circuit or manually by two-handed button op- eration for safety reasons. The SML1 timer circuit can be utilised to sound a buzzer to alert the operator to open the platen manually. Product code Description Dimensions (L x W x H) mm Weight Kg 701246 DP2 Pulp Disintegrator 500 x 270 x 600 35 External Dimensions Platen Dimensions Product code Model 701247 Cabinet for DP2 Pulp Disintegrator 525 x 450 x 1800 60 (L x W x H) mm (W x L) mm 701243 SML1 1100 x 1000 x 1350 610 x 670 701244 SML2 1800 x 1400 x 1350 1000 x 1300 RepAIR & conservation The Prague flood of 2002
P Series Paper Pulper Designed specially for the dis- integration of cellulose pulp to be used in leafcasting, this ma- chine conforms to ISO standard 5264-2. The machine frame is con- structed from rectangular aluminium profiles on four shock-absorbing feet to create a solid base and frame to absorb vibration and keep noise to a minimum. Unlike alterna- In 1997 Stuart Welch invented a method of drying wet books and paper tive pulpers, fibres are not documents called ‘Squelch Drying’ using a system of vacuuum packing. warmed up in a grinding process nor are they cut as if in Following rapid support from the British Council the system is being used a blender but are separated by the shearing effect of the on a large scale to recover water damaged books and documents from the unique process. The unit is lightweight for easy handling Prague flood of 2002. and cleaning. The pulper has been built with a container to hold 10-35 grams in 1000 – 3000ml and hinged so that it can be tilted for cleaning and easy removal of the leafcasting fibres. The unit incorporates safety cut out devices.
Product code Dimensions (L x W x H) mm Weight Kg Noise Level dB 701245 320 x 400 x 700 42 Less than 40
Archipress Vacuum packing machine, in use for “Squelch Drying” flood damaged materials.
108 www.arteymemoria.com Pneumatic Paper Press Equipment Originally designed to simplify the pressing actions
and replace the more cumbersome traditional percus- n
sion or simple dead-weight presses. Later developed to o undertake a number of other pressing tasks. The simple operation means the machine does not need to be used ti exclusively by conservators and suitable for use with va paper, textiles, vellum and leather. r e
The A&M Pneumatic Paper Press frame is constructed s from rigid, lightweight aluminium profiles, supporting n the pneumatic ram, which provides the press action. The attached heavy-duty press is lined with waterproof lami- co
nated plywood. The advantages of a pneumatic system &
is that the pressure can be preset so the force exerted is r i consistent and requires no strength to operate meaning a almost anyone can use it.
If required, for further safety precaution the unit can be Rep enclosed on three sides, leaving only the front accessible to the operator with 5mm transparent polycarbonate. However the downward movement of the press requires that the operator use both hands to reduce the possibility of accidents. Requires compressor, ask for quotation.
Product code Dimensions mm Stroke mm 701248 1500 x 1000 800 Planorama® Drying Rack Planorama Drying Rack with 20 x 10mm shelves, each with polyester mesh base. External dimensions of 1100 x 840 x 1500mm high should allow the unit to fit through most doorways. The aluminium side panels are preci- sion punched, folded and then fitted with Planorama gliding strips to form shelves that are smooth opening and closing. The Saatifil™ polyester base has been used to remove any chance of leaving a pattern when drying maps, prints, or drawings. Bespoke sizes avaialble on request.
Product code Working Dimensions mm 701249 937 x 723 MULTIRESTOR® This range has been designed to provide a number of functions within a single unit to avoid the need for multi- ple machines that take up precious space in conservation studios and workshops. All MULTIRESTORS® feature a strong suction device for leafcasting, sizing, laminating and for use as a vacuum table. The tables can be tailored to perform a combination of functions to suit most conservation studio/workshop ap- plications. A selection of the functions are shown below; please contact A&M for further details.
Applications Wet (in water) and dry (with water) leaf casting; spot leafcasting, sizing, de-acidification, washing, bleaching, rinsing, soaking, fixing, degreasing, dissolving, humidi- fication, drying, disinfection, cleaning, stain or glue removal, flattening of maps.
Working area External Dimensions Product code Model (W x D x H) mm (W x D x H) mm 701250 MULTIRESTOR® 3 800 x 750 x 900 1300 x 900 x 1000 701251 MULTIRESTOR® 6 1500 x 900 x 900 1680 x 1250 x 1700 www.arteymemoria.com 109 Equipment
A1 Compact Suction Table n This version of the popular A1 size suction table offers all the basic re- o quirements in one package: perforated top suction chamber, exhauster ti and optional carbon filter and optional height adjustment. It will also
va accept accessories such as an acrylic hood or dome, worktop cover
r and companion table. e
s A selection of quiet and efficient exhausters is available to suit the
n user’s intended tasks. These direct-drive units are optimised by engi- neers and fitted as standard with a remote, hand held speed control co
dial and illuminated digital suction/pressure readout. d
n Product code Model Working area (W x D x H) mm External Dimensions (W x D x H)
a 701252 A1 Compact 841 x 594 x 800 881 x 634 x 800-1000
r i
a Accessories Product code Description
Rep 701253 Ultrasonic Humidifier 701254 Power Supply Filter Unit 701255 Acrylic Hood 701256 Acrylic Dome 701257 Laminated Work Surface Cover Alan Buchanan Equipment
Imperial Vacuum Table The Vacuum Table surface is the size of an Imperial sheet of paper with a one-inch buffer added to each dimen- sion (31 inches x 23 inches). Supplied with two vacuum pumps, an FPZ low-pressure regenerative blower of light construction, which creates a maximum vacuum of 275 millibars that will pass a maximum 400 litres per minute. The second is a Gast 1023 high-pressure oil free vane pump, providing up to 800 millibars moving a maximum of 200 litres per minute. The FPZ pump gives the initial Imperial one Vacuum Table seal and vacuum. If more vacuum is needed the Gast is turned on automatically. They work in conjunction up to The work surface is made of sintered polyethylene which a vacuum level of approximately 220 millibars, at which has a slight resistance to the passage of air, enough to point the Gast takes over with the ability of lifting the distribute the level of vacuum evenly over the whole vacuum to 800 or 850 millibars. Once the vacuum is surface. The material is washable. over 220 millibars the FPZ pump is automatically turned The sintered polyethylene is carried on a PVC insert off by a vacuum switch. Each pump is fitted with a non- which is drilled and grooved, again, to ensure an even return valve to ensure that one pump does not draw air vacuum over the whole surface. Both are carried in a through the other. polypropylene tray. The table also features an integral lightbox which is fitted Suction Point beneath the vacuum table emitting 55W of light with a A small area, high pressure machine ideal for the removal colour temperature of 4000 degrees Kelvin. Two small of pressure sensitive tape adhesive and for small stain re- fans keep the compartment cool. moval. The suction point is let into the centre of a stainless For further details please contact A&M. steel surface of 770mm x 470mm (30" x 18"). The vacuum surface measures 100mm x 100mm and is of sintered polyethylene. If required the whole stainless steel worktop can be lifted from the machine to stand in a fume cupboard or on a larger work surface. The vacuum pump will create a vacuum of up to 850 millibars or 85% of a pure vacuum. The pump is a Gast 1023 oil free, rotary vane pump, 0.5 H.P. Single phase. As with the larger Buchanan Vacuum table the ‘Suction Point’ incorporates an integral light box to assist in making an even dyed pulp infill or for accurate repairs. For further details please contact A&M.
Working area External Dimensions Product code Model (W x D) mm (W x D x H) mm 700974 Imperial Vacuum Table 787 x 584 860 x 660 x 914 110 www.arteymemoria.com Equipment
PNEUMATIC VACUUM TABLES Dahlia Spray n
High or Low Pressure Combination Popular, precision made, chrome plated, Japanese fine o mist water sprays for relaxing paper and other applica- Arte y Memoria have developed a unique type of conser- ti vation vacuum table which is powered by compressed tions. va
air. No other vacuum tables offer the flexibility of this Product code Description Capacity cc Pack qty r pneumatic vacuum system which features trap tank, 700772 Large 980 1 e s regulator and spray attachment. These are all mounted on 700771 Medium 320 1 a variety of mobile support frames either fixed or tilting. n Pneumatic vacuum tables have the advantage of good co airflow combined with substantially higher maximum vacuum levels – 90% pneumatic compared to 22% on d conventional electric tables. n a The pneumatic system does not rely on cooling air for r the motor being pulled from above the object, making i it ideal for drying, humidifying or stain removal. The a surface can be masked off completely without fear of overheating. Liquids and solvents are gathered in a large Rep trap tank. The working surface is made of perforated HC-5 Humidification Chamber stainless steel. Normally the tables are fitted with Hydro- vane compressors because they are quiet and reliable. The heated HC-5 Humidification Chamber was devel- oped in order that paper could be humidified in advance of working on suction tables etc to avoid creasing and cockling. The HC-5 allows the controlled humidifica- Applications tion of works on paper, particularly fragile items such as • Rinsing, Washing, Bleaching, De-acidifying, Disinfecting, Water pastels, charcoal, watercolours, etc. treatments, For further technical information on this, please contact • Drying, flattening, Tape or stain removal, Vellum & parchment • treatments, Lining, Sizing, Stretching, Paper splitting, Spot leaf casting, A&M.
700915 Working External External 174 x 109 x 52cm (68,5" x 43" x 20,5") Product code Type Dimensions mm Dimensions mm Dimensions Internal 157 x 103 x 34cm (62" x 40,5" x 13,5") Pneumatic with integral 701258 1300 x 800 1340 x 840 x 800 Working area 142 x 95cm (36" x 37,5") compressor Hygrostat Control range 30 – 95% RH, +/- 3% Pneumatic with external 701259 1300 x 800 1340 x 840 x 800 Potentiometer For fan and ceiling heating elements Compressor
Bambi Compressor We have selected Bambi Air Compressors because they are amongst the quietest compressors available and are manufactured to the highest standards. All units are individually tested and certified and different voltages are available on request. The compressors have thermal Options and electrical safeguards, with no exposed moving parts. • Electro Mechanical Pump The air receivers are manufactured in accordance with • Humidification Dome and Humidis- national standards. A filter and Air Regulator are fitted as tat standard. • Low Pressure Spray Guns Please contact A&M for more information. • Ultasonic Humidifier • Satellite Tables Product code Description 701260 Model BB24 701261 Model BB24D 701262 Optional wheel kit
Hygrostat Low Pressure Spray Gun Humidifier BB24 BB24D www.arteymemoria.com 111 Equipment
CLEANING
Conservac™ HEPA Vacuum ning
a GS 555 Model e
l This GS 555 model is compact, lightweight and portable C with special vacuum power control for professional dust removal from hard to reach places. The 555 has a 1.2 litre disposable, multi layer filter bag, advanced 6 stage filtration system with HEPA (absolute filter) retaining 97.997% efficiency down to 0.3 micron dust particles, mould, mildew and fungal spores. For increased control over suction the 555 GS model uses a two-stage control system. There are three suction ranges to select by adding or removing plugs in the three inlets which give a wattage equivalent of 400W/500W or 1100W. Within each range the suction can be fine tuned using an electronic control on the side of the unit. Size: 315 x 120 x 185mm, Weight: 2.2Kg (appliance), Detachable shoulder strap with anti slip pad.
GS 555 Model and accessories Product code Description Model with cable management bracket and 700774 Mini Nozzle Set (SUCVMN0010)
Product code Description PH-705 Medical Air Exit Filter
GS 555/777 Accessories
Product code Description PHU-29 Swivel Action Floor Tool
Product code Description Product code Description PH-708L 2 Part Blow Assembly (ESD IDEM long hose) PH-709 Standard Carry Bag
Product code Description Flexible Rubber Nozzle – 300mm Long x 14 PHU-05 Diameter
Product code Description Product code Description PHU-708 2 Part Blow Assembly (ESD short hose) PH-726 Combined HEPA Electrostatic Motor Filter Product code Description PHU-28 Special Mini Extension Rod Set of 3
Product code Description Product code Description Product code Description PH-723 Conservac Filter 10 Bag Set PHU-17 Adjustable Angle Adaptor PHU-04 MU Precision Nozzle Set for Dust Removal
112 www.arteymemoria.com Equipment
GS 777 Model A Large capacity Conservac The GS 777 model comes with the option of 3 types of constructed of a low flat filter package, ISO 8 uses a standard filter, ISO 7 featur- housing and motor mount for ing a HEPA filters and ISO 6 which incorporates an ULPA ning a
greater stability, 3m flexible filtration system. e hose to take attachments, inte- l grated cable storage brackets and C 15m cord (UK version) and qual- ity castors. The GS 777 has a 3 stage filtration process, firstly a 9 litre antibacterial microfiber melt GS 777 Model and accessories blown polypropylene bag then a large round cartridge situated before the motor and finally an air exit filter cas- Product code Description sette. 700998 GS, European Model with ISO 7 HEPA Filter Pack
GS 777 Accessories
Product code Description Product code Description Product code Description MT-752 Large Motor Filter Cartridge PHU-17 Stretch Hose 80cm, Extends to 300cm PHU-07 Pair Mini Brushes Goat Hair – very soft Pair Mini Brushes – Horse hair – PHU-08 medium hard PHU-09 Pair Mini Brushes – Hog hair – hard
Product code Description Product code Description MT-755 Activated Carbon Jacket for Filter Cartridges MT-753 Large Filter Cartridge HEPA
Product code Description PHU-12 D Shaped Brush – Horse hair – medium hard PHU-13 D Shaped Brush – Goat Hair – very soft
Product code Description Product code Description MT-760 Super Stretch Hose 160cm, Extends to 800cm MT-751 Filter Bag Set For EQGSSH7778 (Meltblown)
Product code Description Micro Motor Filters, HEPA activated carbon Product code Description PH-724 filter media B/W MT-575 Exit Filter Cassette HEPA
www.arteymemoria.com 113 Equipment
Bassaire Mobile Clean Air Conservation Work Station Bassaire has an advantage over alternative systems that ning
a only pull the air downwards as it features unique suction
e walls around the back and sides of the machine to in- l crease the surface area for air extraction. The workstation C is 1050mm wide x 656mm depth x 1015mm high with a working area of 780mm x 560mm x 493mm. Smaller airborne particles that have been removed from the work area are trapped in 2 easy to access filters, that can also be cleaned and reused up to 4 times. Built from stain- less steel it features a sturdy pull handle and robust lock- Product code Description able swivel castors for ease of 701263 Bassaire Document Work Station mobility. 701264 Replacement Pre-Filter Pre-filter (95% efficient 5 mi- 701265 Replacement HEPA Filter (EPA Filter 99.997%) crons) HEPA filter (99.997% efficient at 0.3 microns). Depulvera fragile rare books and manuscripts. This power-driven, automatic book cleaner has been designed to give consistent high quality cleaning with the last book of the day being cleaned as well as the first. The Depulvera is compact and simple to use and can be Specifications operated by conservators or library technicians in all but • Machine Dimensions (W x L x H): 750 X 1150 X 1200mm the narrowest book stack aisles. The purpose of this is to • Maximum Dimensions of book: 140 X 400 X 300mm allow cleaning to be undertaken close to where the book • Speed of work: upto12 books/minute is stored thus saving the need for additional moving of • Electrical supply: 220V the collection. The Depulvera is mobile, self-contained and features Product code Description a separate HEPA vacuum unit to provide a safe envi- 701266 Depulvera System including Vacuum Unit ronment for the operator protecting against dangerous For those whose budgets do not allow the purchase of mould spores and pathogens when cleaning ancient and a unit outright short-term hire of the Depulvera is now available.
114 www.arteymemoria.com Equipment
Spirabilia The Spirabilia conservation workstation allows cleaning to take place within a sealed chamber, accessible by a ning pair of protective sealed and sleeved gloves with which a the operator can work in safety. Extraction from within e the unit uses an industrial quality HEPA filtered vacuum l cleaner with a large capacity dust container. Spirabilia™ C is also suitable for cleaning museum objects in ethno- graphic, geological and natural history collections.
Specifications • External Dimensions (W x D x H): 1055 X 725 X 1525mm • Hands insertion height: 1040mm • Work plain height: 1000mm • Work plain measures (W x D): 940 x 640
Product code Description 701018 Spirabilia System NON including Vacuum Unit 701148 External vacuum for Spirabilia System
L’Aura Designed for the safe, efficient cleaning of large books, documents, folders and files. With two models Standard and Royal, L’Aura is capable of cleaning books larger than the Depulvera despite being a smaller unit, meaning it can still be used along most narrow aisles. This is made possible by passing the books through the machine twice to clean all sides. The natural bristles used will neither hold a static charge nor attract dust so the books are always cleaned with a clean brush.
Spirabilia Specifications Standard Royal Pulvisina • Machine Dimensions 590 x 770 x 590 X 970 x “A small book-cleaning machine for anyone” (W x L x H): 1120mm 1120mm This bench top book-cleaning machine is great for librar- • Maximum 400 x 400 x 600 x 600 x ies and archives that may not have the volume or budget dimensions of book: 210mm 300mm to warrant a Depulvera however do still require consist- • Speed of operation: Up to 6 books/minute ent high quality results. Pulvisina is capable of cleaning • Electrical supply: 220V – 230V three sides of up to 6 books per minute by one person.
Product code Model Maximum Book Size mm 701267 Royal 600 x 600 701268 Standard 400 x 400
Working area External Dimensions Product code Weight Kg (W x D) mm (W x D x H) mm 701269 634 x 454 340 x 330 x 100 35
www.arteymemoria.com 115 Equipment
Dust Cleaner The safe removal of dust is often the first step in a series of treatments when receiving a new or moving an exist- ning ing collection of books, documents or objects for conser- a
e vation or exhibition. l Storage in dusty or otherwise unfavourable locations like C damp cellars or tropical conditions could have resulted in objects harbouring superficial dust, bacteria, insects or mould spores which can create a dangerous working environment. These pathogens can be removed with high quality dry dust cleaning equipment so long as they have not impregnated the material. The Dust Cleaner is suit- able for use with fragile and amorphous pieces by skilled personnel. The System consists of a Triple Filter suction device con- nected to a Swing Arm which feeds down via a flexible hose and connects to one of six possible brushes to simultaneously brush off dust and pick up lose dust or debris. Also connected to the suction device is a hinged suction table on which objects are placed to be cleaned, this ensures that any loose particles are effectively re- moved from the working environment. The first filter is a polyethylene cyclone for filtering the bigger pieces, which are retained by a conical non-return trap. Water particles can be separated by the cyclone, leaving the pre-filter dry. The long life Pre-Filter built into the cyclone has a 12.5m2 surface area providing 99.9% efficiency. This can be easily cleaned with short burst of compressed air. The Micro Fine Filter contained in a polyethylene cylindrical housing Dust Cleaner filters Plastic Eraser at 99.997% efficiency to take away invisible, hazardous to health dust. Product code Description Pack qty 100373 Mars Staedtler Erasers (526 50) 1 The swing arm has a 1.5m range of movement and height adjustable between 1.9m and 2.7m to ensure an optimal use by the operator of any one of the six clean- Vulcanised Smoke Sponge ing brushes. The suction strength is fully adjustable to suit Unique dry sponges made of vulcanised natural rubber, the needs of the objects being cleaned. completely safe and non-toxic for cleaning off smoke The Suction Table is built to allow a high vacuum covered walls and artefacts, soot damage and general (15mBar) and a perforated working surface made of dust. non corrosive stainless steel with 1mm round perfora- tions in a triangle setting permitting a maximum mesh of Product code Description Size mm Weight g Pack qty 26% per m2. The suction table is connected to the Triple 101152 Large 152 x 76 x 44 150 1 Filtered Suction Device via a flexible polyethylene 50mm 101303 Small 152 x 76 x 19 60 1 diameter pipe. For more information please contact A&M.
Draft Clean – Conservation Grade Now with a new pH neutral mustard colour specifica- tion, fine granules of powdered rubber in pad or tub Vulpex Spirit Soap form for cleaning artwork, pencil drawings, manuscripts, Vulpex liquid soap is a non-corrosive, non-foaming, non- charts and three-dimensional art objects. hazardous cleaning agent which attacks and emulsifies dirt and grease. Product code Description Colour Size mm Pack qty 100041 Pad Std Mustard 90 1 Product code Description Pack qty 100369 Pad Large Mustard 188 1 101154 1 litre 1
116 www.arteymemoria.com Equipment
Synperonic A7 Solution PTDA Deacidification Solution An alcohol ethoxylate 100% active solution introduced Deacidfication treatments for paper, PTDA solutions are to replace the original 27% active ‘N’ grade which is non-aqueous treatments for preserving all types of paper ning widely and successfully used for a variety of conserva- and card. They are colourless, safe solutions which can a tion processes including as a detergent, wetting agent, be applied by dipping, spraying or brushing and are ef- e surfactant, emulsifying and dispersing agent. Synperonic fective in neutralising existing acidity as they deposit an l A7 is an alcohol ethoxylate and, like its predecessor alkaline reserve throughout the paper which increases C ‘Synperonic N’, is a mild detergent generally used for the the life of documents by several times more than nor- removal of tar and ground-in grime. In conservation, it mal. They may also assist in cleaning and will provide has also been used as a wetting agent and to eradicate a resistance against oxidative attack. They are simple to ground-in stains on a variety of substrates including use, rapid and cost effective and avoid the problems as- textiles; paper; chinaware and porcelain; encaustic floor sociated with aqueous treatment methods especially as and fireplace tiles; and glass. ‘Synperonic A7’ is readily books may be treated whilst bound without any danger biodegradable, conforming to EEC directive 82/242. of swelling or breakage of the binding. Unlike previous formulations these PTDA solutions do not contain any CFC components, but otherwise the active ingredients remain the same and so in effect they have been in use for more than a decade by leading libraries and institu- Specifications tions throughout Europe, including the British Library • Odour: mild and the Bibliotheque Nationale. Papers and documents • Appearance: white viscous liquid at 20°C treated by these solutions have been thoroughly tested by • Melting point/range: approx. 21°C • Boiling temperature: product will be stable up to 120°C a number of independent institutions. • Viscosity: 21 mPa.s @ 50°C • Auto ignition temperature: 385°C Product code Capacity ltr Pack qty • Specific gravity: 0.958 @ 50°C 101497 1 1 • pH 5.66 (in aqueous solution) • Solubility in water: soluble > 10g/100g Ultra Microfibre Cloth • Flashpoint: 198°C (open cup) • Soluble in water, ethanol, glycol ethers, chloroform/carbon A white microfibre finishing cloth made from synthetic tetrachloride, vegetable oil. Insoluble in mineral oil. 80% polyester and 20% polyamide material containing no chemical additives. Product code Capacity Pack qty Used wet, the micro fiber cloth is effective for cleaning 101197 1 litre 1 all types of surfaces including glass, plastic, chrome, wood. Microfibre Cloth Used dry, the positive charge of micro fibre cloth picks A yellow finishing cloth made from a micro fibre mate- up dust. rial, which efficiently removes oily film and residue – without the use of a cleaning agent. Made from a blend Machine washable at 95°. of 70% polyester and 30% polyamide, which enables . the micro fibre material of the cloth to disperse surface dirt, grease, grime and dust and then pick it up, cutting Specifications through dirt and absorbing it inside the fibres. These • Made from a blend of 80% Polyester and 20% Polyamide fibres clean, polish and quickly absorb up to seven times • No chemical additives their weight in moisture and can be used on all hard • Can be used on all hard surfaces surfaces. Machine washable and can be rewashed up to 300 times. This cloth can be used either wet or dry and is Product code Colour Size mm Pack qty long lasting and durable. 101498 White 310 x310 1
Specifications • Made from a blend of 70% polyester and 30% polyamide • Absorb up to seven times their weight in moisture • Can be used on all hard surfaces
Product code Colour Size mm Pack qty 101136 Yellow 400 x 400 1
www.arteymemoria.com 117 Equipment Japanese Brushes
S These Japanese brushes are all of a traditional design Mizu-Bake E and have been developed over centuries of usage and Hair-sheep, handle-Hinoki, binding-silk & Stainless Steel are suitable for those engaged in paper conservation.
SH filament.
U In recent years the number of craftsmen manufacturing brushes have decreased and so have good-quality raw BR materials. Correct maintenance is necessary as brush per- formance may vary in climates that are greatly different from Japan’s relatively moist temperate climate.
Dami-Bake Hair-weasel, handle-bamboo, binding-resin. Made from weasel hair, highly valued by craftsmen. The Product code Description Weight g Bristle Thickness mm Hair/bristle size mm handle is carved bamboo, split at one end to attach the 200244 Brush Nº20 40 7 W55 x L28 brush base, which is bonded with a special resin mate- 200245 Brush Nº30 50 8 W85 x L28 rial. This is the preferred brush of traditional Japanese 200246 Brush Nº40 50 8 W115 x L28 lacquer craftsmen, providing superior liquid absorption 200247 Brush Nº50 70 8 W145 x L28 and making clean, even coating possible. 200248 Brush Nº60 80 9 W175 x L38 200250 Brush Nº80 120 9 W235 x L38
Naze-Bake Hair- hemp, handle-Hinoki, binding-Stainless Steel.
Product code Description Weight g Bristle Thickness mm Hair/bristle size mm 200322 Brush Nº10 9 4 W26 x L15 Kataha-Bake Hair-horse (torso), handle-bamboo, binding-cotton.
Product code Description Weight g Bristle Thickness mm Hair/bristle size mm 200254 Brush Nºss 100 8 W138 x L65
Nori-Bake Hair-horse (mane, tail), handle-Hinoki, binding-silk.
Product code Description Weight g Bristle Thickness mm Hair/bristle size mm 200279 Brush Nº10 9 4 W29 x L18 Ashige-Kanamaki-Bake Hair-horse, handle-Ho-no-ki, binding-brass.
Product code Description Weight g Bristle Thickness mm Hair/bristle size mm 200280 Brush Nº20 35 7 W52 x L28 200281 Brush Nº40 60 8 W115 x L28 200282 Brush Nº50 60 8 W145 x L28 200283 Brush Nº60 80 8 W175 x L38 Product code Description Weight g Bristle Thickness mm Hair/bristle size mm 200285 Brush Nº70 200 11 W205 x L45 200262 Brush Nº3 6 4 W26 x L15 200286 Brush Nº80 250 13 W235 x L45 200263 Brush Nº5 8 3 W14 x L17 200264 Brush Nº8 10 3 W22 x L18 200265 Brush Nº10 13 3 W27 x L18 200267 Brush Nº15 18 4 W40 x L19 200268 Brush Nº20 21 4 W53 x L20
118 www.arteymemoria.com Equipment
Shashi-Bake Surikomi-Bake S Hair-horse (torso), handle-bamboo, binding-cotton. Hair – horse (torso), handle-bamboo, binding-cotton. E
A very thick-bodied brush made with soft horsehair SH
taken from the torso area. Traditionally used for daubing U powdered pigment on paper, and for different blending BR techniques. Also used for various detail work. Available in a wide range of sizes.
Product code Description Weight g Bristle Thickness mm Hair/bristle size mm 200269 Brush No. 3 2 8 W8 x L8 200270 Brush No. 4 2 10 W10 x L10 200271 Brush No. 5 3 14 W14 x L12 200272 Brush No. 8 7 24 W24 x L16 Product code Description Weight g Bristle Thickness mm Hair/bristle size mm 200273 Brush No. 10 9 28 W28 x L16 200310 Brush No. 1 2 3 W3 x L6 200311 Brush No. 2 2 6 W6 x L7 200312 Brush No. 3 3 7 W9 x L10 Shiro-Ebake 200313 Brush No. 4 5 8 W12 x L10 Hair-sheep, handle-Hinoki, binding-silk. 200314 Brush No. 5 6 8 W15 x L10 200315 Brush No. 6 8 10 W18 x L12 200316 Brush No. 8 13 15 W24 x L15 200317 Brush No. 10 16 15 W30 x L15 200318 Brush No. 12 20 15 W36 x L17
Tako-Bake Hair-deer, handle-bamboo, binding-cotton.
Product code Description Weight g Bristle Thickness mm Hair/bristle size mm 200295 Brush Nº5 10 6 W13 x L19 200298 Brush Nº12 20 6 W33 x L34 200299 Brush Nº15 30 6 W40 x L37 200302 Brush Nº30 50 6 W85 x L40 200304 Brush Nº40 80 6 W115 x L46
Product code Description Weight g Bristle Thickness mm Hair/bristle size mm 200290 Brush No. 5 5 5 W14 x L11
Tsukemawashi-Bake Hair-horse (tail), handle-Hinoki, binding-silk.
Product code Description Weight g Bristle Thickness mm Hair/bristle size mm 200288 Brush 70 5 W140 x L25 European Brushes Mop Brush
Product code Pack qty 200821 1
See Papers, Boards and Materials for Japanese papers and materials.
www.arteymemoria.com 119 Equipment
Chinese Soft Brushes Nitrile Disposable Gloves Goat hair brush mounted on natural bamboo . The large Nitrile gloves are made of synthetic latex. They contain handle is light and makes it very suitable for working on no latex proteins and offer excellent resistance to punc- ning large formats. The long soft hair of the brush is well tures and tears. These green Nitrile gloves offer a higher a
e suited for a dusting of documents and books without degree of flexibility and have superior solvent resistance. l risk of abrasion. These same qualities are ideal to assist
C Product code Description Pack qty in the removal and smoothing of paper documents on 100156 Nitrile Gloves Skin tight – Powder Free 100 their dubbing – ( documents that were previously glued to a non-woven or end on a Japanese paper) Dust & Mould Protection Face Mask Lightweight protection from dust and mould using this paper fibre mask from 3M.
Product code Description Pack qty 101216 (3M 8500) 1
CarbosorbTM Plus Face Mask (discontinued) Product code Width mm Made from 100% activated charcoal cloth® the Carbos- 200518 25 orb Plus Face Mask is comfortable to wear and suitable 200519 50 for conservators and restorers working with ceramics, photography, wood, paint, textiles and plastics. The Car- Cotton Researchers Gloves – White Lint Free bosorb Plus Face Mask has been designed to provide the following features: odour control and particulate remov- Washable cotton gloves that are comfortable to wear al; organic vapour absorption; low breathing resistance; and which protect either the user or the archive material conforms to FFP1-EN149/2001. against dust, dirt and grease. Specifications Product code Description Colour Pack qty 100796 Lint Free – T10 (pair) White 10 Typical Vapours Absorbed: • General Odours: Chemical, Human, Animal. 100797 Lint Free – T8 (pair) White 10 • Alcohols: Methanol, IPA. • Ethers: Methyl, Ethyl, Butyl. • Aromatic Hydrocarbons: Benzene, Toluene, Xylene. • Nitrogen Compounds: Aniline, • Nitrobenzene • Acids: Acetic, Acrylic, Formic, Lactic. • Aldehydes/Ketones: Glutaraldehyde, Acetone. • Aliphatic Hydrocarbons: Acetylene, Pentane. Disaster Recovery and Prevention • Halogens: Carbon Tetrachloride, Iodine, Trichloroethylene. • Sulphur Compounds: Carbon Disulphide, Mercaptans. Preserving precious artefacts brings with it a duty of care to be ready for all eventualities that can threaten to dam- age collections that have taken many generations to build Product code Description Pack qty and catalogue. Having the right equipment and products 100815 Disposable Fold Flat 1 is paramount to being prepared.
Product code Description 101499 React Pack Disaster Kit
120 www.arteymemoria.com Equipment
MONITORING equipment ELSEC Well-trusted hand sized Elsec monitoring instruments ThermidityTM that use solid-state sensors for accurate, drift free opera- tion. The 764 model effectively monitors ultra violet and Thermidity loggers are ideal visible light (lux or foot-candles), % relative humidity, for temporary exhibitions, for dew point and temperature in either °C or °F. Features tracking conditions within an easy to read display and simple to use function keys shipments of sensitive docu- meaning this unit can be picked up and used with no ments or objects or situa- training. tions where a wired or radio system is not the best solution. ELSEC 7640 is similar to the 764 but without the added ing equipment The internal memory will allow readings to be taken in humidity and temperature for those only interested in 10-minute intervals for 12 months before needing to be light and UV. or downloaded, via a convenient USB connection and easy Product code Model nit to use software. The software includes powerful report- 701094 Model 765 o ing tools and allows data to be displayed in numerous 701153 Model 765C formats or exported to Microsoft Excel®. m The A&M Thermidity logger incorporates a precision thermistor suitable for use from –24°C to 66°C and hu- midity sensor which operates between 0-100% RH (non condensing) within a small (105 x 65 x 19mm), discrete and durable ABS plastic case. Portable Thermo Hygrometer Product code Model 701270 Thermidity Designed to provide excellent performance in harsh en- vironments and poorly lit areas, the device will provide C-500 Temporary Exhibition readings in both Celsius and and Photography Lux and Fahrenheit. In addition to RH Colour Temperature Meter and temperature, the device The C-500 assists the photographer will display the dew point with in capturing accurate image colour the press of a button, which reproduction before the shutter is indicates the presence of water released. By measuring and correcting vapour in the air at a given mixed lighting, colour temperatures, temperature. This combination adjusting for accurate white balance of features allows rapid envi- and other colour challenges, the ronmental monitoring where C-500 eliminates countless hours of a controlled microclimate is postproduction editing. The four col- required. The device will turn our sensors (including digital sensor) off after 20 minutes of non-use to save power. make it possible to measure colour accurately for film or digital capture. Product code Model 701123 Portable Thermo Hygrometer Product code Model 101263 Buffer Sachets, pH4.01 - 220 ml 701271 C-500 101264 Buffer Sachets, pH7.01 - 220 ml 101265 Buffer Sachets, pH10.01 - 220 ml Paper Sword Moisture Monitor Specifications Specifically designed • Range: 20.0 to 95.0 % RH for the measurement 0.0 to 60.0°C/32.0 to 140.0°F (*) of humidity and tem- Dew Point -20.0 to 60.0°C/-4.0 to 140.0°F perature within stacks of • Resolution: 0.1 % RH/0.1°C/0.1°F paper, cardboard or any 0.1°C/0.1°F • Accuracy: ±3 % RH (50 to 85 % RH & 15 to 40°C); other cut sheet material. ±5% RH (outside) The robust yet lightweight design and refined electronics ±0.5°C/±1°F makes the device easy to use ±2°C/±4°F (50 to 85 % RH & 15 to 40°C); with a single button whilst providing reliable readings. ±4.5°C/±9°F (outside) The package includes the Sword Moisture Meter, carry • Battery Type: 1 x 9V alkaline (IEC 6LR61) case, calibration device, 5 ampoules 50% RH with SCS • Battery Life: 250 hours of continuous use certificate • Environment: 0 to 60°C (32 to 122°F); 98% RH non-condensing • Dimensions: 164 x 76 x 45mm (6.5 x 3.0 x 1.8") and adjustment screwdriver. • Weight: 340g (12 oz.)
Product code Model (*) Note: The meter measures temperature from -30 to 80°C, but the RH meas- 701272 GTS-Set urement can only be taken within the range 0 to 60°C.
www.arteymemoria.com 121 Equipment
TESTO Saveris™ System design to meet your needs The Testo Saveris data acquisition system can be con- figured to meet your needs. Sensors for humidity and or temperature that can be grouped to display data for spe- cific rooms or cabinets as required and can include an SMS alarm system to alert specific persons of dangerous or abnormal conditions. A base unit can have up to 150 radio and ethernet probes or 254 measurement channels,
ing equipment making Testo Saveris, a truly flexible system that can be adapted to your requirements. It is possible to have more
or than one Base Unit installed at locations where large numbers of probes are required.
nit For ensuring ambient conditions are maintained as o intended for graphic works, objects or documents, the m Testo Saveris provides an ideal solution. For further product information or to discuss your re- quirements please contact A&M.
122 www.arteymemoria.com Equipment
KnoOx 1000 Optical Oxygen Analyser System OxySense® is the first non-invasive oxygen measure- Specifications ment system for sealed enclosures such as ArchiPress, • Gas O Operating Range 0-30% Escal or other barrier bags. It is an optical system that 2 can non-invasively measure oxygen concentration within • Temperature Range 0-60 °C • Lower Detection Limits 0.03%(300ppm) packages that are transparent, semi-transparent, and • Accuracy 5% of the reading translucent; and as long as the packaging material can transmit blue and red light (at approximately 470nm and
610nm respectively), a measurement can be made. ing equipment This system allows the production of bar codes, which can be scanned by the portable KnoOx1000 to uniquely or identify the object and record the oxygen level with minimum disturbance to the items being stored. nit o The technology relies on The Oxy2Dot®, which is a m non-invasive, light sensitive, oxygen sensor that is placed Features: Advantages: into the barrier bag prior to putting documents or objects • Rechargeable Long Life Battery • Verify and Monitor Low O in. Measurements are achieved simply with a fibre- 2 optic reader pen from outside the package. All software • Real Time Measurement and Environments ® Control • Ideal for Specimen required is included and is easily exported to Microsoft • User Friendly Operation Conservation ® Excel for further analysis. • Easy User Calibration • Ideal for monitoring Case and
• Bar Code SampleTracker Frame O2 Environments • Measure, monitor and log Software thousands of specimens and • Automatic Data Logging cases with a single instrument • Take The Instrument to the Work • Minimal Operating Cost
Paper and Leather pH Meter Mitsubishi PTS Grade Preformed Pouches For use on paper and leather, the de- The PTS material is more permeable to water vapour than Escal™. vice utilises a flat tip probe designed to Using the RP System™ Escal™ can be expected to perform well for optimise surface contact with paper and several years whereas the PTS material may only be expected to perform well for a year or less. Nevertheless its performance still leather. far exceeds other transparent non metal foil barrier pouches for Measurements are automatically com- moisture permeability. Available in a range of pre-formed bags in pensated for the effects of temperature a wide range of sizes suitable for use with a CrissCross Impulse and the LCD continuously displays the heat sealer or a vacuum sealing machine. sample’s current temperature. All opera- tions can be simply performed with two buttons; messag- es and symbols are displayed to guide the user through the simple measurement and calibration procedures.
Product code Model 701022 HI - 9124C
Specifications • Range: -2.00 to 16.00 pH -5.0 to 105.0°C/23.0 to 221.0°F • Resolution: 0.01 pH/0.1°C/0.1°F • Accuracy: ±0.02 pH (@20°C/68°F) ±0.5°C up to 60°C; ±1°C outside ±1°F up to 140°F; ±2°F outside • Battery Type: 3 x 1.5V AA/IEC LR6 • Battery Life: Approx. 1500 hours • Auto-off: After 8 minutes of non-use 800119 • Environment: 0 to 50°C; RH 100% • Dimensions: 150 x 80 x 36mm (5.9 x 3.2 x 1.4") • Weight: 210 g (7.4 oz.) Criss Cross Welder
www.arteymemoria.com 123 Equipment
Humidity Control Air Humidifiers RS Humidity that is too high, too low or inconsistent can IE
F be harmful and can cause considerable damage such as I the deformation of paper (hygroscopic material) and the D development of mould. For this reason archive premises need to have tight controls, this can be done with costly,
UMI large scale building management systems, but this solu-
H tion may still require some smaller areas to have dedi- E cated humidifiers/dehumidifiers. Dehumidifiers D D N RS A IE
F LBV40 Model I
D This model features an adjustable hygrostat and swiveling diffusion screens to direct air as required. Built with a 34 litre tank sitting on 4 castors for mobility. When the tank UMI is empty the device shuts down automatically and a light H indicator comes on.
Specifications • Rate of flow: 0.7 to 4 l/h depending on ambient conditions • 2 ventilation speeds: V1: 790m3/h V2: 490m3/h • Effective up to 300m2/900m3 • Power consumption: 60W • Tank capacity: 34 litres • Dimensions (cm): 62.5 x 31.5 x 72 • Weight: 19Kg
Product code Model 701273 LBV40
This devices are sturdy and powerful. Over many years they have shown their effectiveness in archives and other sensitive premises. Patented optimised exchange bat- tery, made up of tubes with copper fins, fully tin-plated. Automatic defrosting by hot gas as standard. Condensed water flows into the built-in container or can be con- nected to the drainage system. Dried air reheated by the condenser. Precision regulation hygrostat. Mounted on rollers or fixed. Defensor Model Specifications This unit works based on the principle of evaporation: • Air flow processed: 400m3/h the dry air comes into contact with the evaporation mat, • Refrigerating capacity at 30°C and 80% RH: 870W which is saturated with water, absorbs and spreads it • Air filter efficiency: 50% • Tank volume: 10 l aseptically around the premises. The built-in hygrostat • Condensed water output Ø 16mm ensures a regular humidity rate. • Operating limits: 0 to 35°C • Dimensions (cm): 42 x 41 x 65 h Specifications • Weight: 38Kg • Rate of flow: 1.2 l/h • Hygrostat and digital hygrometry display Product code Model • 3 ventilation speeds from 180 to 360m3/h 701198 Edenair • Water tank capacity: 2 x 10 litres • Mon power supply: 220V • Power consumption: 55W • Dimensions (cm): 73 x 37 x 61 h • Weight: 25Kg
Product code Model 701274 Defensor
124 www.arteymemoria.com Equipment artefact storage facilities and restoration laboratories. Air Purifiers Systems can be installed and aligned with the build-
ing HVAC system, or be employed to create positive air RS
pressure in a given area. Whether ducted or freestanding, IE
Air Purifiers ® F
Aillerair air cleaners provide a meticulous air filtration I
While museum, gallery and archival employees are system to combat corrosive chemicals, outdoor air pol- D urged and sometimes required to wear specialized res- lutants, and mould and particle contaminants. pirators when dealing with hazardous airborne contami-
Regulating the air quality in a museum, gallery, library or UMI nants, the use of a full-face or airline respirator is of no
archive is imperative to the conservation of artefacts. H help in eliminating the build-up of fumes and pollutants Studies show that indoor air pollutants can be just as E in the ambient air. AllerAir Source Capture Air Purifica- damaging as exposure to sunlight. Stabilisation is an on- tion Systems are equipped with robust filters to arrest going process that requires careful attention to more than D D both gaseous and particle pollutants before they can just temperature and humidity calibration. In order to N contaminate the ambient air in the room. trap both gaseous and particle pollutants that threaten to Aillerair® units are designed for tackling gaseous pollut- deteriorate valuable museum materials, Aillerair® clean- ants, odours and particle contaminants in open galleries, ers contain activated carbon filters along with medical RS A
grade HEPA filters. IE F
Clean Breeze III – Fume Source Capture I The Clean Breeze III is designed to capture harmful air- 5000 DX Vocarb – Room Air Cleaner D borne contaminants at the source with activated carbon Not all conservation involves restoration with harmful and more inches of bed depth for maximum chemical chemicals and toxins and yet, proper air filtration is still UMI odour absorption to keep the harmful particles away a necessity, especially in the rooms where your precious H from other artefacts and workers. artefacts are stored.
Specifications Technical Specifications • Filtration 10kg of special carbon mix, 7.6cm bed-depth, Micro HEPA • 12.25kg carbon filter, 8.89cm deep carbon bed, micro-HEPA wrap wrap rated at 99% efficient at 0.1 microns Dust filter rated at 99.97% efficient at 0.1 microns, pre-filter • Fan Power 244m³/h • Dimensions: 52.07cm x 38.1cm Features: • 10.16cm x 15.24cm wheels • Manoeuvrable on 4 wheels • Easy access to dust filter Product code Description • Main filter access on bottom with screws 701279 5000 DX Vocarb • Adjustable swing arm with 3 elbows 701280 5000 Pre-Filters 8 Pack • Dimensions: 60cm x 37.5cm 701281 5000 DX Vocarb Carbon 701282 5000 DX Micro-HEPA Filter Product code Description 701275 Clean Breeze III 701276 Pre-Filters 8 Pack 5000 Series 701277 DX Micro-HEPA 701278 DX Exec Carbon 5000 Exec UV – Archival Protection Systems Pollutants and particles lingering in the air can land on exposed historical documents and artefacts and cause corrosion, mould and degradation. However, a powerful air filtration unit like the 5000 ExecU V will ensure archi- val rooms will have fresh particle-free air to better protect your precious items. A UV lamp offers the added benefit of sterilizing any bacteria, viruses or mold mycotoxins that may be present in the air. The UV actually destroys the reproductive DNA of these organisms. This kind of sterilization is highly effective and has been used in hospitals, laborato- ries and medical facilities since the 1930s. The UV lamps Allerair employs do not produce ozone. Technical Specifications • 8.16kg carbon filter, 6.35cm depth, medical-grade HEPA, pre-filter • 10W UV bulb • Fan Power 244m³/h • Dimensions: 52.07cm x 38.1cm Clean Breeze III Product code Description 701283 5000 Exel UV 701284 5000 Pre-Filters 8 Pack 701285 5000 HEPA 701286 5000 EXEC Carbon www.arteymemoria.com 125 Equipment
COLD storage Technical Information
ge Freezing slows the rate of decay of the above ‘high risk’ Cold Storage materials. Storage at –18°C slows decay by a factor of 1000 however it makes access difficult and impractical. ora Conservation by Design Limited (CXD) has brought together
t Reducing the temperature to just above freezing still of- selected individuals with specific photographic conservation and s
fers significant benefits whilst minimising difficulties of refrigeration expertise to compliment the conservation storage access. expertise of CXD with the aim of providing bespoke integrated cold storage solutions for the conservation market. Typically suggests aiming at 2°C and 30-40% RH (i.e. old 35% +/– 5%) for the previously mentioned types of C Modern synthetic materials are degrading at an ever increasing film. Although a lower RH does offer benefits in terms rate and cold storage is now widely accepted as being the best of chemical stability a slightly higher RH of 35-40% will way of preserving photographic and special museum collections give greater dimensional stability and this can be decid- for future generations. ed during consultation. Consultancy Key Issues when considering cold storage By developing strategic partnerships with another Royal Warrant • What is being stored holding company specialising in refrigeration CXD now offer the • Size of room required* conservation market a wide variety of cold room solutions. • Required Temperature Cold rooms can be furnished with shelving, drawers, boxes and • Required RH% • How often is access needed and what is the balance between ease of envelopes according to the needs of the customer. access and what is best for the collections. • What are the local/national environmental conditions, those of the Conservation building and where will the cold storage room be situated. All of which will affect the equipment required to meet specification. To complete the service and ensure that the best conservation *The smallest room A&M currently offer is (W x D x H) 2m x 3m x advice is given CXD have Nicholas Burnett of Museums Conser- 2.4m vation Services Ltd as our cold storage conservation consultant. Nicholas is renowned for his knowledge of photographs and their conservation and is experienced across the spectrum of Museum and Archive collections.
Special Museum collections Plastics and synthetic materials. Museums, Libraries and Archives contain a huge variety of items that can benefit from educedr temperature and controlled humidity storage. They can range from: • 20th Century furniture • interior décor, scientific •industrial and military objects • contemporary sculpture and artwork. Sliding Door & Window Storage of vulnerable photographic collections Still images or motion pictures. Film and photographic archives throughout the world are fighting to preserve their collections. Among the most at risk are the following types of film typically requiring cold storage: Film typically requiring cold storage: • Cellulose nitrate film negatives, • Cellulose acetate film negatives, ‘safety film’, • Dye-based colour material.
Secure Locking Handle
Hinged Door & Window
Heavy Duty Hinges
Basic Modular Cold Room, with secure locking handle 126 www.arteymemoria.com Sliding Door & Window
Hinged Door & Window l l l l l l l Picture &PullOut Racking Glass Top &Display Furniture &Cabinets Drawers High Security Museum Cabinets Studio & Workshop Furniture Drawer Storage Planorama ®
storage & workshop furniture Storage & Workshop Furniture storage & work- hop Furniture
s shop furniture
Conservation Storage, Workshop and Display Furniture Since 1992 Conservation by Design Limited (CXD) has been supplying well designed, high quality storage, workshop and display furniture to the conservation market. Some items such as the Planorama® aluminium drawer storage system are made in our Bedford factory and others are made by selected partners chosen for their specific expertise. The product portfolio contains storage cabinets,
Storage & Work & Storage display drawers, picture racking and shelving for Museums, Galleries, Libraries and Archives. Conservation furniture should be made of safe non-reactive materials such as powder coated steel, stainless steel or anodised aluminium as they may be required to store anything from coins to flags or even Dinosaur bones all of which may have special requirements for their preservation. A&M take pleasure in finding solutions for the most difficult of storage problems. In this catalogue some standard products are listed in popular sizes but often CXD work in partnership with clients to produce custom made solutions for their needs.
130 www.arteymemoria.com Storage & Workshop Furniture
A&M STUDIO ‘VX 200’ Heavy load drawer A&M EURO ‘KD40’ plan drawer range. range. These stylish and well designed, powder-coated steel drawers are The VX drawer range stands apart from other steel plan chests designed for flat graphic works and are available in A1 and AO offering larger sizes and 200kg loading with no sagging. The plus size which will take an AO A&M Visifile folder. Both sizes exceptional weight loading of these drawers was originally of cabinet are available in 4 drawer height combinations each orage developed for holding zinc printing plates but they have running on smooth action roller bearings with drawer loadings proved ideal for storing large and heavy archival boxboard or up to 40kg. The drawers can be sub-divided into ‘A’ format sizes mounting board. Standing on telescopic legs the working height using optional drawer dividers. These fit into pre-punched slots is adjustable between 800 and 1000mm. The runners operate in the draw base. There is a retaining clamp at the front and fold er St smoothly on heavy duty roller ball bearings for ease of opening over panel to the rear of each drawer to prevent papers being w and closing even with a heavy loading. STUDIO VX units come pushed over the back edge. KD40 drawers feature two label with 9 drawers, each with a 50mm internal height. holders, central handle, a secure central locking and an anti-tilt
There are 9 sizes ranging from VX 01 with outside dimensions of system, which only allows a single drawer to be opened at a time. Dra width 860 x depth 630 mm to VX 09 width 1960 x 1430 mm. They come with a choice of a closed steel plinth or an open sided steel base frame. To finish the cabinets plastic faced worktops are available. If required units of the same size are stackable. The standard colour throughout the A&M EURO range is Light Grey RAL 7035, Pearl White RAL 1013 is also available but increases the delivery time:
A&M STERLING ‘SMD’ plan drawer range. Product Code Drawer Configuration mm Smart Metal Design, proven designs custom made to order. EQHADC5063 Worktop - A1 The Sterling ‘SMD’ range of drawers feature a variety of tried and EQHADC5060 5 x 65 external height drawers - A1 tested designs that have been developed and supplied to archives EQHADC6540 5 x 130 external height drawers - A1 and libraries throughout the United Kingdom. The latest CNC EQHADC5065 8 x 65 and 1 x 130 external height drawers - A1 technology allows custom made variations of size to be produced EQHADC5061 10 x 65 external height drawers - A1 at very competitive prices. EQHADC5064 Plinth - A1 All cabinets are made from heavy duty powder coated steel and EQHADC5073 Worktop - A0 colours can be specified using the BS or RAL colour systems and EQHADC5070 5 x 65 external height drawers - A0 feature a choice of roller bearings or telescopic drawer slides. EQHADC7540 5 x 130 external height drawers - A0 They come with angled or flat fronts with recessed full width EQHADC5075 8 x 65 and 1 x 130 external height drawers - A0 handles or can be fitted with conventional ‘U’ type handles. Unless otherwise requested the drawers are fitted with hinged EQHADC5071 10 x 65 external height drawers - A0 flaps and rear cover plates to prevent curl of maps and drawings. EQHADC5074 Plinth - A0 Drawer depths can be specified as required however the classic angled front design with shallow 33mm drawers has proved very popular with the larger map libraries. In addition to the fixed front drawers a drop front design has been developed to ease the removal of files. This is especially helpful for higher-level drawers in stacked cabinets.
SMD Drop front oversized drawers. SMD Easy Loader roller shelves. SMD Sloping front drawers on full The special base design These unique shelves feature smooth extension telescopic drawer slides with utilized for the drop running rollers fitted to the front to Solander box storage shelves. front drawers facilitate aid the loading and unloading of bigger sized cabinets. heavy storage boxes. www.arteymemoria.com 131 Storage & Workshop Furniture
Planorama® Drawers
For graphic works and three dimensional objects. orage
At the top of the range is the Planorama® system first delivered to the Utrecht State Record Office in 1970; this was acknowledged
er St as being a revolutionary advance in archival storage. Since 2000 these units have been made in A&M’s Bedford factory. w Lightweight and space efficient, they are formed exclusively from conservation grade materials, including unique aluminium profiles from which drawers can be produced as thin as 10mm Dra for coins or large enough to store ship’s flags at 4 x 5 metres. A To see how many drawers can fit into our standard height M cabinets, please see page 138. D ANORA L P
B E
A C F
Drawer options • Special features such as custom made enclosures for coins, drawer dividers made from aluminium or Plastazote® and • Drawers can be supplied with a choice of inert, lightweight securing devices for documents and wax seals can be fitted and rigid bases. The patented drummed polyester bases are the within the drawers D & E . lightest and most suitable for shallow drawers and the maximum separation of documents. • The lightweight, removable drawers are extremely useful in the event of an emergency situation. • The standard drawer depths are 10mm, 20mm, 42mm, 64mm, 86mm, 108mm and in addition deeper drawers can be • Where required the drawers can be fitted with a unique pull customised as required based on 10mm increments. The drawer out locking system to prevent them being removed without the fronts feature a full width handle with integral label holder. Every use of a special device. new order of cabinets is delivered with a digital label maker with • Drawer depths can be mixed in a single module as required. To labels designed to fit the label holder F . ensure a dust free environment the cabinet modules and the front • Planorama® has removable drawers of different depths which of each drawer is fitted with dust exclusion brushes. are interchangeable because of the low maintenance slides which are set at 10mm increments. Where very heavyweight storage is required high quality telescopic drawer slides may be fitted B . • Cabinets can be supplied with glass tops so that the top drawer acts as a display cabinet. Deeper drawers with glass, acrylic or polycarbonate tops are ideal for open access display C . See page 174-176. • Drawers can also be removed and displayed vertically in the Frameorama™ profile. See page 174-176. • Cabinets with solid or transparent doors combining drawers and shelves are possible using this system A . • For special aesthetic needs drawer fronts of other styles including wood are available G . Bespoke solution
132 www.arteymemoria.com Storage & Workshop Furniture
Modular The standard module heights are 204mm, 416mm, 592mm, 768mm, 944mm, 1120mm, 1296mm but since Planorama® is a bespoke product other heights can be requested. • Modules can be stacked on top of each other using a secure orage fixing profile. • Plinths or support frames can be made to specified heights and can be fitted with removable cleaning and access plates. er St
• The modules or plinths are supplied with solid aluminium and w stainless steel levelling feet. Security Dra • For safety to prevent the cabinet tipping the deeper drawers can A be fitted with an anti-tilt mechanism so that only one drawer can be opened at a time. M • Cabinets are secured with an Abloy® central locking system. • The cabinets have the option of stylish but heavy duty locking wheels. Plorama drawers and cabinet ANORA
If it can be imagined it can probably be made. L P Selected Customer References: The Royal Collection Trust, Tate Gallery, The National Library of Wales, The Science Museum, The Wellcome Trust, The Louvre, Musée Rodin and The London Print Studio showing Alhambra Archives. glass display top
Art Gallery Planorama showing a combination of deep and shallow drawers
Bespoke The standard colour and finish is matt silver anodised aluminium. On special request a variety of colours can be achieved by anodising or polyester powder coating (G). Approximately 1/3rd of the weight of steel cabinets. Planorama® has been selected for buildings with inadequate floor loadings. Where it is difficult to supply an assembled cabinet, Planorama® can be delivered as flat components and assembled by our technicians on site. The Planorama® design and sales department will supply a detailed quotation including packing, transportation and installation. See page 176 for how to order. G Forty years of installation experience gives us the confidence to deliver to most locations. We will plan special delivery G.L.Watson storage of large ship plans requirements before commencing work on your cabinets.
www.arteymemoria.com 133 Storage & Workshop Furniture
studio & workshop furniture
Inspired by conservation needs it is expected to give many years of solid service. Giving the best answer requires flexibility and it is not unusual to supply a The A&M project team work closely with the conservator or combination of standard and custom made furniture. architect to provide the best available furniture and equipment to fit the requirement and budget. Furniture is normally made from Sharon Connell the Conservator at the University of Leeds anodized aluminum based on the Planorama® system or powder Brotherton Library says: coated steel. For many years A&M have been working with a “We had our studio kitted out with furniture supplied by select group of specialist steel fabricators capable of producing A&M - including desks, storage drawers, shelving and a custom made furniture to suit the requirements identified with light table - in 1995. It has endured very well indeed thanks
hop Furniture clients. The A&M project team role is to understand customer to the excellent build quality and still looks stylish and s needs and identify the best furniture solution to answer that almost as good as new”. need. Pride is taken in the quality of the furniture supplied and io & Work io & d Stu
Customer references include: University of Leeds Brotherton Library, National Galleries of Scotland, University of Manchester John Ryland’s Library, Newcastle University Library, The British Library, The National Library of Ireland (Dublin), The Chester Beatty Library (Dublin), The British Postal Heritage Museum & Archive, The Wellcome Trust,
A&M EURO Workshop range A&M EURO The flexible and sturdy EURO Workshop range of furniture Workshop cupboard includes two series: The basic level ‘Module’ series and the highly specified ‘Function’ series that has a more comprehensive range of options. They both consist of benches, drawer cabinets and cupboards. All are fitted as standard with a flush fitting layered Beech worktop, 40mm thick. Benches are supplied in 520, 1000, 1520 and 2000mm widths. They can incorporate integral lockable drawers and cupboards and are made to a standard height so they can sit flush against the worktops of other drawer cabinets and cupboard units within the range. The A&M EURO Workshop range is available in a consistent depth of 750mm which allows customers to select between ranges when selecting furniture. The standard colour Light Grey RAL 7035 will match other furniture from the EURO range or they can be two toned with the A&M EURO carcass in RAL 7035 and the drawers in Distant Blue RAL5023. Workshop drawer unit They can also be supplied in other colours including Pearl White RAL 1013 but this may add to the delivery time. The drawer and cupboard units are constructed from steel and are fully welded allowing a 60kg or 80kg drawer loading A&M EURO depending on the drawer type. Drawers are mounted on roller Workbenches ball bearings and have a pull out stop system. All drawers are supplied with a label strip in the handle. The housing typically has a total load capacity up to 500kgs, which includes the weight in the drawers and any additional load placed on the worktop.
Bench Options • Workbench. • Workbench with drawers. • Workbench with cupboard. • Workbench with drawers and cupboard. • ‘Function Strips’ providing compressed air or electrical power sockets can be provided to the front or rear of the unit.
134 www.arteymemoria.com Storage & Workshop Furniture
cabinets s EURO Hinged and Sliding Door Cabinets.
Solid Door To compliment the EURO Storage and Workshop furniture inet A&M offer a comprehensive, well-designed range of cabinets b in standard sizes. Although less robust than our bespoke ranges
these are ideal for office work and less demanding storage Ca applications. They are fabricated from environmentally friendly powder coated steel. The standard colour Light Grey RAL 7035 will match other furniture from the EURO range. Alternatively they can be two toned with the carcass RAL 7035 and the drawers in Distant Blue RAL 5023. They can also be supplied in other colours but this may add to the delivery time.
EURO Hinged Door Cabinets Series: 900 & 1250 Hinged door cabinets are available with plain steel or partially glazed doors and feature ergonomic twist handles with rotary cylinder locks. The doors close using a three bar system, which runs into both the top and bottom of the steel housing with an additional bar between the two doors for extra security. Each series is available in two heights, standard 1950mm or as a 1000 mm counter unit. The Series 900 cabinets are 890mm wide offering up to 500kg total loading for the housing, with each shelf capable of holding up to 65kg. This series is available with shelf depths of either 415mm or 535mm which are adjustable at 30mm increments. The doors are hung on concealed pivot hinges, allowing 125o opening and have soft close dampener seals. Window Door The Series 1250 cabinets are 1254mm wide with a housing that offers a total loading of 800kgs. Individual shelves can support 230kg or 310kg with the addition of an extra support. The 635mm shelf depth is deeper than other cabinets of its type and is adjustable at 30mm increments. The doors are hung on visible pivot hinges that permit a wider 180o opening.
EURO Hinged Door Cabinets Standard Configuration
Description Series Housing Shelf Capacity kg Loading kg 1950 x 545 x 890mm 900 500 65 4 Shelves 4 Compartments 330mm high 1 Compartment 360mm high 1950 x 635 x 1250mm 1250 800 230 3 Shelves 4 Compartments 1020 x 415 x 890mm 900 500 65 2 Shelves 2 Compartments 330mm high 1 Compartment 150mm high
Hinged Lid Archive Box (Boxes p19)
Drop Sprine Box (Boxes p10-12)
www.arteymemoria.com 135 Storage & Workshop Furniture
s Sliding Door Cabinets Series: 1000, 1500 & 2000 Sliding doors provide the ideal solution where space is limited such as corridors or narrow aisles. The cabinets are available in
inet 18 standard sizes with a variety of shelf configurations.
b The Series 1000 cabinet features full width shelves with individual loading of up to 80kg and a total cabinet loading Ca capacity of 400kg. The Series 1500 and 2000 have 80kg shelves with a central dividing wall for additional strength increasing the loading of the cabinet to 600kg. Slotted rails at the sides allow adjustment at 17mm increments. Each series is available in two heights, standard 1950mm or as a 1000mm counter unit. There is a choice of three shelf depths; 400mm, 500mm and 600mm. The doors run on special rollers and are made rigid by corrugated reinforcements. They close quietly on rubber buffers and feature inset aluminum handles and are secured by means of a push and turn cylinder lock.
Premier™ Magazine/Pamphlet Boxes (Boxes p27) Timecare® Box Populi Ringbinder (Boxes p13) Premier™ Open Top File Box (Boxes p28)
Sliding Door Cupboards Specifications:
Description Product Code Shelf Description Product Code Shelf Depth mm Depth mm 1000mm High x 1000mm Wide Range: 1950mm High x 1500mm Wide Range: 2 full width shelves EQKSDC2912 400 2 x 4 half-width shelves with central wall EQKSDC2962 400 EQKSDC3032 500 EQKSDC3082 500 EQKSDC3152 600 EQKSDC3202 600 1950mm High x 1000mm Wide Range: 1000mm High x 2000mm Wide Range: 4 full width selves EQKSDC2932 400 2 x 2 half-width shelves, with central wall EQKSDC2972 400 EQKSDC3052 500 EQKSDC3092 500 EQKSDC3172 600 EQKSDC3212 600 1000mm High x 1500mm Wide Range: 1950mm High x 2000mm Wide Range: 2 x 2 half-width shelves, with central wall EQKSDC2942 400 2 x 4 half width shelves with central wall EQKSDC2992 400 EQKSDC3062 500 EQKSDC3112 500 EQKSDC3182 600 EQKSDC3232 600
• 1000mm High x 1500mm Wide • 1000mm High x 1000mm Wide • 1950mm High x 1000mm Wide • 1950mm High x 2000mm Wide • 2x2 half-width shelves • 2 full width shelves for large items • 4 full width shelves • 2 x 4 half width shelves • Central wall • Secure lock • Secure lock • Ergonomic handle and secure lock • Ergonomic handle • Ergonomic handle
136 www.arteymemoria.com Storage & Workshop Furniture
studio furniture
STUDIO Furniture System This range of furniture has been designed especially for graphic arts and conservation studios. It consists of fixed and height adjustable work tables, light tables, storage drawers and cabinets. They are made from heavy gauge powder coated steel and have worktops normally made from Trespa® which is a hard working laboratory rated material that is durable and easy to clean. Other
surfaces such as Corian or wood can be specified if preferred. io Furniture
The standard A&M Studio cabinets come in a variety of widths d and depths and can be specified with drawers, shelves or a mixture of both. If required the drawers can have locks and anti- tilt mechanisms. Cabinets can be fitted with wheels if required Stu and can be fitted beneath the standard height workbenches.
STUDIO range - Work tables • Durable powder coat finish • Designed for studio use Work tables are available in widths of 700mm to 2400mm and depths of 700mm to 1200mm and heights of 800, 900 and 1000mm. To meet the increasingly demanding requirements of health and safety in the workplace we also offer electronically operated height adjustable tables. Custom made sizes and designs can also be requested. STUDIO range - Drawer and shelf cabinets • Drawer dividers Studio drawer and shelf cabinets are divided into 15 parts thus • Drawer unit to fit allowing shelves or drawers of various heights to be incorporated beneath bench into a single cabinet. They are available in widths of 700, 800, 900 and 1000mm and depths of 700, 800, 900, 1000 and 1100mm and heights of 550 to 1000mm to either sit flush to or beneath the range of complimentary Studio work tables. Cabinets can be fitted with wheels and locks if required. STUDIO range - Shelf cabinets with doors Studio shelf cabinets with doors are supplied with one shelf which can be fitted into any one of the 15 pre-punched divisions. Extra shelves can be ordered. They are available in widths of 500, 600, 700, 900 and 1200mm and depths of 700 and 900mm and heights of 550 to 1000mm to either sit flush to or beneath the range of complimentary Studio work tables. Cabinets can be fitted with wheels if required.
www.arteymemoria.com 137 Storage & Workshop Furniture
s Museum cabinets
STERLING ‘SMD’ Museum Cabinets SMD Museum Cabinets can be made to take existing wooden
inet specimen drawers thereby providing a modern well-sealed Smart Metal Design, proven designs custom made to order.
b inert environment. The Sterling ‘SMD’ Museum Cabinet range is precision engineered using the latest CNC and Robotic technology to Ca produce short run, mass customized metal. Many of the designs
m have been developed to meet the specifications of leading UK National Museums. eu
s Museum Herbarium & Entomology Cabinets Cabinets are made from fully welded heavy duty powder coated
Mu steel and colours can be specified using the BS or RAL colour systems, however if required they can be fabricated from stainless steel. All fixing holes are sealed against the ingress of museum beetle and doors are fitted with inert Plastazote® gaskets. They can be supplied with single or double doors, and fitted with shelves or trays. Shown here are examples of custom made cabinets designed to meet the needs of large institutional clients.
Open Cabinet with insect display
Entomology Cabinet with wooden drawers. Open Herbarium Cabinet Herbarium Cabinet Installation
Rolled textile or carpet storage cabinet. Flat textile storage cabinet with 100% extension shelf / drawers. 138 www.arteymemoria.com Storage & Workshop Furniture
Picture and Object Storage Systems s Bespoke picture storage systems are available as Pull Out or Cross Glide. The system includes special features and fixings to
minimise damage from shock or vibration. The system is supplied inet
within its own supporting framework. This reduces weight loading b on floors and ceilings and makes it easier to dismantle should it be required to be moved to another location. The framework can be enclosed for cleanliness or climate control and the racks Ca can be supplied with closed or open fronts. In addition to mesh m frames for hanging pictures the system also includes shelving for museum objects. Rails and other fixings can be supplied for eu s storing rolled textiles or as wardrobes for costume storage. An example of this can be seen in the A&M showroom. Mu There are two methods of operation available for both the Pull out and the Cross Glide systems to suit available budgets and technical requirements. 1. Standard adjustable roller wheels suspended in an enclosed steel profile. 2. Deluxe Linear roller bearings suspended on precision engineered stainless steel shafts.
Shock absorbing ‘Soft Stop’ piston Front support wheel with gas strut fitted to both ends for when the shock absorber and twin guiding rack is opened and closed. rollers.
Deluxe Linear roller bearing
MOBILE COMPACT SHELVING The A&M Projects Department can supply mobile shelving as part of a storage project involving any of our drawer systems or cabinets alternatively we are happy to liaise with a client’s preferred provider of compact shelving systems. Mobile bases can be used to carry drawer units, cabinets, shelving systems or special picture storage racks. EURO ‘KD’ Planchests on mobile compactor bases.
www.arteymemoria.com 139 Storage & Workshop Furniture
Glass top & Display
Glass Top Display Drawers A&M custom made, glass top display drawers are typically manufactured from steel with a durable powder coat finish. Drawers can be finished with ay Furniture ay wooden fronts and liners made l from Zero Formaldehyde (ZF) p
s MDF with Baumann cloth coverings, activated charcoal or Di Plastazote, which can be routed out to securely house delicate objects. Each of these display drawers are bespoke and made to fulfil the concept of the designer or client. display furniture
For Open Access and Reserve Collections There has been a growing demand for making collections more accessible and A&M have responded to this with a wide range of product solutions ranging from secure visible storage drawers to reserve collection showcases. The criteria for reserve collection storage can be very different to normal gallery display. For example, visible storage of reserve collections needs to store as well as display and will contain many more objects. Delicate museum objects in public access drawers need to be cushioned against vibration caused by careless opening and closing of the drawers. Access to the contents of the drawers should be difficult for the public but easy for the curator. Reserve collection showcases should be solid and functional and sealed to the required conservation standard against dust and humidity.
Planorama® Glass Top cabinet and display drawers Planorama® anodised aluminium drawer cabinets can be converted by the addition of a special profile designed to allow the top drawer of a cabinet to be used as a showcase. This unique profile is known as Frameorama™, it was designed to accommodate laminated glass or plastic up to a thickness of 11.5mm for high security display. It is a stylish profile which can be transformed by the addition of insert plates of different colours or finishes.
Planorama® drawers can be covered in various ways with glass, polycarbonate or acrylic including Tru-Vue, Optium® Museum which is lightweight, non reflective, UV blocking quality and scratch resistant. The drawers can be lined or provided with a variety of fittings to secure the objects displayed.
Electronically Operated, Push Button High Security Drawer Cabinets The electronically operated conservation display drawer cabinets are smooth fronted, without handles so they cannot be opened/ closed too quickly or forcibly by those that may not know or appreciate the delicate nature of their contents. The drawer electronic regulator ensures opening starts and stops slowly so that the enclosed objects are protected against shock or vibration. The guided opening and closing mechanism prevents lateral vibration. They are designed so that only one drawer can be open at a time.
140 www.arteymemoria.com Storage & Workshop Furniture
high security cabinets NATIONAL MUSEUMS LIVERPOOL CLORE NATURAL HISTORY CENTRE s
Discovery High Security Drawer Cabinets
These unique conservation display drawer cabinets will give you inet complete peace of mind over your displayed collection – with b easy accessibility for visitors whilst providing high-level security protection. The A&M Discovery unit is manufactured in steel with a durable powder coated finish. Each cabinet is designed with drawer frames which are loaded with a removable base tray and secure glass cover enabling the contents of the cabinet to be quickly urity Ca and easily changed. Additional display trays can be supplied, c allowing a new display to be prepared remotely, ready to be loaded into the drawer frames for the next exhibition. igh Se H
Specifications • Built from steel with a powder coated finish to colour co-ordinate with surrounding décor. • Central locking of complete cabinet using Abloy® high security locks. • Each drawer frame accommodates a removable and interchangeable smooth base display tray. • Removable laminated glass drawer cover with two discrete Abloy® locks. • When drawers are fully opened, 100% of the display area is visible. • Silicone gasket for controlled air exchange for each drawer. • Internal base display tray construction is resistant to water ingress from above. • Robust anti-tilt drawer mechanism - allowing only one drawer to be open at a time. • High quality drawer slides with security system to prevent unauthorised removal of drawers from cabinet. • Fully accessible for display tray loading, unloading, cleaning and maintenance.
Options • Handles - different styles, materials and colours • Drawer fronts - steel, wood, mdf etc. • Variety of label holders • Locking - different levels of key security available • Limit switch mounting for internal display lighting • Bespoke build - sizes to your specifications
Bespoke drawer liners and inserts made to order using in house CAD cutting service • Plastazote® • Charcoal MattingTM • Corrosion Intercept® foam • Timecare® Museum mount board
www.arteymemoria.com 141 Storage & Workshop Furniture
Frameorama™ Display Frame
ay The Frameorama™ profile originally designed to fit on top of a NEW PRODUCT l cabinet can also be used vertically as a wall frame and has been
p PlanoLux Conservation Light Wall
s used as the foundation for a number of custom made display furniture solutions including climate controlled display frames For Maps, Posters and Large Artwork. Di and high security showcases. Please visit www.conservation-by-design.co.uk Items secured in a Planorama® drawer can be transferred from for more details. a cabinet directly to the Frameorama™ display frame reducing handling and risk to the object.
How to Order Conservation furniture shown in this catalogue has been selected to illustrate the wide range of standard, tailored and bespoke solutions that can be offered to suit most applications and specifications. A&M can also work with customers to design and specify other furniture as required.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Discuss and agree Receive quotation, Confirm requirements Convenient delivery requirements sent within 7 days and place order date agreed
For large installations and bespoke solutions, such as Planorama and high security discovery drawers, A&M can offer an enhanced design service including technical drawings and site visit. For tenders, please contact A&M Project Sales Department. Planorama: Easy to plan (p166-177) Remember – each Planorama® is made to measure to fulfil individual storage needs of width, depth and drawer height configurations (Including ISO formats 4A, 2A, A0, A1, A2, A3, A4). Drawers of different heights can be combined together within a module (see guide below).
MODULES HEIGHT 204mm 416mm 592mm 768mm 944mm 1120mm 1296mm (Bespoke Width) High High High High High High High No. OF DRAWERS (External Height) 10mm 16 32 48 64 80 96 112 20mm 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 42mm 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 64mm 2+ 5+ 8 10+ 13+ 16 18 86mm 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 108mm 1+ 3+ 4+ 6+ 8 9+ 11+
142 www.arteymemoria.com
Table Showcases Free Standing Showcases Bespoke MuseumShowcases
museum showcases Museum Showcases museum howcases S
m showcases Museu Museum Showcases Since first offering conservation grade showcases in the UK and Irish markets in 1995 CXD have completed a large number of prestigious projects. True craftsmanship ensures that single showcases are given the same care and attention as large installations, which include National Museums Liverpool and Kelvingrove Museum and Art Gallery in Glasgow. Conservation by Design Limited ensure that from initial enquiry through to completion a project is delivered that meets or exceeds client expectations through understanding of conservation requirements and creative engineering. For appraisals and quotations, please contact our project sales and design team.
Bespoke Museum Showcases are renowned worldwide for their elegance and durability. Showcases are typically supplied frameless so as not to distract from the objects on display. To overcome the problems of restricted access given by pull and slide type showcases, doors are mounted on strong but discreet hinges providing 100% access to the showcase interior. The integral silicone gasket on the doors and desk tops provide a perfect seal which will not deteriorate like standard adhesive seals. Glass joints are mitred for a stronger bond and better aesthetics. The mitred glass on table showcases and small glass hoods are bonded with an invisible UV cured adhesive and on larger showcases with a conservation grade silicone which is both durable and flexible. Depending on the specification the cases are manufactured dust proof or vapour tight. Well-sealed cases allow a stable climate within the case to be controlled using Prosorb™ silica gel. Alternatively they can be supplied with a mechanical climate control system. Conservation by Design have been at the forefront of supplying materials to protect against corrosive gasses which may come from the outer environment or from the objects within the showcase. Pollution scavengers such as Charcoal Cloth®, Charcoal Matting™, Charcoal Paint™ and Corrosion Intercept® can be provided for the cases.
Kelvingrove Museum & Art Gallery
144 www.arteymemoria.com Museum Showcases
Lighting Security An important aspect of any showcase, both visually and for Museum showcases are made to the many different levels of conservation is the choice of lighting. Light sources which emit security specified by museum security advisors. Laminated heat or ultra violet light should be avoided. The bespoke nature glass in many thicknesses can be supplied. Abloy® locks are of CXD showcases allows almost any requirement to be met normally fitted and if additional security is required alarms are including fibre optic and LED systems. With the experience also available. The highest security is provided by alarms in gained from many major projects guidance or referral to conjunction with very thick glass. Some versions have retractable
specialist lighting companies can be given by the CXD Projects glass hoods which can be lowered into the plinth when not on howcases
Team staff. display or automatically if an attempt is made to break the glass. S
CXDhave supplied a special security showcase to the Bank of England Museum for the display of a gold bar in which members m of the public can put their hand in and feel the weight of the ingot. Museu
London Transport Museum
www.arteymemoria.com 145 Museum Showcases
Standard To make Museum Conservation Grade Showcases more accessible for smaller projects CXD are offering a limited number of showcases in standard sizes. They are specified to suit common requirements of display within Libraries, Museums, Archives and Galleries. Mostly, showcases fall into one of five types: • Free Standing Full Visibility. • Floor Standing Wall Mounted.
howcases • Wall Hung. S
• Table Top.
m • Large area combination/multiple access bespoke designs. A freestanding and table showcase in commonly used sizes are included in the standard range and prices are available on request. The cases have been specified in a matt finish, dark grey colour which has proved very popular in recent years. Other styles, sizes and colours will be quoted for on request. Museu Both Showcases are constructed with precision ground mitred glass panels to avoid any distraction from the objects being displayed. They are sealed vapour tight with conservation grade silicone to meet a Museum standard of 0.1 air exchanges per day and offered in Museum standard 8.76 or 11.5 mm UV filtering laminated glass, with a choice of standard or low-iron Optiwhite™ glass for low reflectivity and minimal green tint as found in the standard glass.
Free Standing
The CXD Standard Size Free Standing A&M freestanding showcase Showcase The front of each freestanding showcase consists of a single pane hinged door which opens to give 100% access to the case interior which is secured by means of two ABLOY® locks. The metal framework is finished in a matt finish Light Grey RAL 7035 colour. The showcase is supplied with two 8 mm glass shelves with beveled and polished edges. They are suspended on stainless steel wires to give a floating effect to the objects on display. Shelf heights are easily adjusted by means of a secure self locking device and a discrete aluminum support bar. The removable base panel is made of Zero Formaldehyde (ZF) MDF covered with complimentary dark grey museum approved Baumann fabric. A&M table showcase The pedestal is fitted with height-adjustable feet, and is constructed from solid, distortion free welded steel and aluminium profiles. The base features a steel anti-theft panel. As conservation standards would dictate, the Showcase has been designed to incorporate a humidity control facility tray which allows the Pro-sorb™ silica gel cassette to be replaced without the need to open the hinged glass door to the internal display area. Table showcase Lighting. There are two elegant tubular profiles in matching grey that run from top to bottom of the case. Each of these profiles The CXD Standard Size Table Showcase holds 4 fibre optic lights that can be angled and focused to suit The showcase is available in a choice of UV filtering laminated, the ambient lighting environment and objects being displayed. standard or Optiwhite™ glass, both available in 8.76mm or They are powered by a single 75W dimmable halogen projector 11.5 mm which is mitred and bonded with invisible UV curing which is hidden in a separate compartment on top of the case to adhesive. The hood is set within a metal frame that is hinged to avoid excessive heat generation. the rear and opened with the assistance of gas struts. The case is vapour tight, sealed with conservation grade silicone to meet Specification Overview a Museum standard of 0.1 air exchanges per day and is locked with two invisible ABLOY® locks fitted beneath the table base. Free Standing • Size mm (W x D x H): 600 x 600 x 1966 including adjustable feet The internal base panel is constructed from ZF MDF with a deluxe Nextel® coating with matching dark grey RAL 7035 colour Table Showcase to the steel side walls supporting the table showcase. The display ® • Size mm (W x D x H): 1200 x 600 x 1050 glass height area is sealed from the lower chamber containing the Prosorb • Glass: 8.76mm or 11.5 mm laminated glass with silica gel cassette and lighting projector with conservation grade UV protection. silicone. Access to the cassette and projector is gained with Standard or Optiwhite® low iron glass. minimal disturbance of the case environment. • Conservation: Vapour tight (0.1 air exchanges per day) Lighting. A single discrete profile runs along the rear of the • Facility tray: included. showcase with 8 lighting points that are designed to be easily • Pro - Sorb: Cassette included angled to suit the objects and ambient lighting within a room, • Illumination (Option): dimmable fibre optic lighting x 8 and each of the 8 lights can be individually focused to perfect • Security: 2 Abloy® locks the illumination.
146 www.arteymemoria.com Glossary of terms
Glossary of terms
Accelerated Ageing Test - A technique to estimate the leaves of paper, with a stiffener paper covering, sewn through Phase Box - A conservation term referring to a box designed to permanence of paper by exposing it to simulated conditions of the spine. give protection to a book. heat, moisture, and/or chemicals. Filler - Material added to the beating stage to fill in the pores of Placticiser - An additive that can add flexibility, softness and Acid-Free - Paper free from any acid content or other the fibre, producing a harder surface. adhesion. In some materials plasticisers leach out in time and substances likely to have a detrimental effect on the paper. leave the material more rigid and liable to crack and go yellow. Freeze Drying - A process by which material is dried from the Activated Charcoal (Activated Carbon) - Carbon that has frozen state by use of high vacuum. Also see Vacuum Drying. Ply - A single layer of paper. A term used when several sheets been treated with high-temperature steam to produce a porous of paper are laminated together to form a board. structure; it is an excellent absorbent. Furnish - The ingredients in the beater, which when added together, give a specific type of paper. Pocket - An enclosure welded on two or three sides. Air-dried - Term applied to paper which is dried by hot or cold air. Can include machine drying (hot air) or loft drying. Gampi - A bast fibre from the “Gampi” tree used in Japanese Pulp - The aqueous mix containing disintegrated cellulose paper making to yield a smooth, strong sheet. fibre from which paper is made. Alkaline Reserve - A paper additive such as calcium carbonate that serves to counteract the deleterious effects of Gelatine - A type of size obtained from animal tissues applied PVA (Polyvinyl Acetate) - A white glue, transparent and the paper’s own natural degradation, acidic inks and any other to the surface of paper to make it impervious to water and to partially water soluble. Mixed with gel it can become water acidic components in the environment that may contact the aid resistance to bleeding during printing. Also imparts surface resistant. There are many PVA adhesives, some are internally finished sheet of paper. Also commonly called ‘buffer’. strength to watercolour and drawing papers. plasticised. (see EVA) Alpha Cellulose - (see Cellulose) Grain (Direction) - Alignment of fibres in a sheet of paper PVC (Polyvinyl Chloride) - This chemical, which is present in caused by the flow of the web of wet paper in Cylinder or certain types of plastic, can emit damaging hydrochloric acids Alum - Aluminium sulphate, added to gelatine in the sizing of Fourdrinier machines. as it degrades, causing damage to materials stored within. paper to stabilise the gelatine. Or: A papermaking chemical used for precipitating rosin size onto pulp fibres to impart Grammage - Metric system of weight (in grams) per square Rags - Formerly the principal raw material for making paper, water-resistant properties to the paper. It is also known meter (gsm) of paper or paperboard. now rarely used except for very high quality papers. Could be as paper maker’s alum or hydrated Aluminium Sulphate linen or cotton but by association also includes jute, sailcloth H.E.P.A. (High Efficiency Particulate Air) - A filter capable of and hemp ropes. (Al2(SO4)3). It is highly acidic and will damage the paper if not retaining 99.97% of all particles down to 0.3 microns. removed. Relative Humidity (RH) - The ratio of actual humidity to Hemp - One of the oldest fibres recorded in use in Aqueous - Of, like, or containing water; watery. saturation at a given temperature. At a lower temperature, air papermaking, the fibres are strong and inclined to split in the can hold less moisture than at a higher temperature. Paper is Archival Paper - Permanent, durable and acid-free paper, beating process. safest in a range of 50-60% RH at a temperature of 16-18 °C. which will not deteriorate over time. A paper with excellent Hot pressed - (H.P.) One of three traditional finishes of Avoidance of significant RH fluctuation is one of the objectives long-life qualities, lignin and sulphur-free, with good colour hand made paper. Originally produced by pressing the paper of effective archival storage. Photographs require cooler, dryer fastness. between hot metal plates, later by plate glazing. conditions than paper. Beater or Hollander - Hand or mechanical maceration of Hydration - Process of take up of water by the fibres through Reserve - Sometimes used synonymously with ‘buffer’. fibres to prepare them for pulp. crushing and fibrillation during beating. Alkaline. Bleed - Bleeding - Migration of colour in water or other Humidity - The moisture condition of the air. Relative Humidity Rosin - Used in the sizing of paper, usually used as a tub size, solvent. Diffusion or dispersion of the colourants used for (RH) is the percent of moisture relative to the maximum which more likely to be used as an internal size. Detrimental to the boxboard/ mountboard. air, at any given temperature, can retain without precipitation. permanence of paper. Blue Wool Scale - Light fastness is measured by the Blue Wool Inert - Not readily reactive with other elements; forming few or Rough - Traditional paper finish, formed by the weave of the Scale. no chemical compounds. felts during the wet press. Buffering -The acid neutralisation in paper by adding an Internal sizing - Sizing which is added to the pulp during the Size /Sizing - The process by which gelatin, rosin, starch alkaline substance (usually calcium carbonate or magnesium making process. (see Sizing) or other synthetic substances is added to paper to provide carbonate) into the paper pulp. The buffer acts as a resistance to the absorption of moisture or inks. Can be protection from the acid in the paper or from pollution in the Kappa Number - A test for the degree of lignification of pulps. applied by coating the finished sheet (surface sized) or by environment. (see Alkaline Reserve) Specifically, the number of millilitres of tenth-normal potassium addition to the pulp before forming (tub sized). permanganate solution consumed per gram of moisture-free Calcium Carbonate - A type of loading agent used in pulp under standardised conditions. Squelch Drying - Method of drying books and documents, papermaking as filler. developed by A&M using vacuum packing technology. Kõzo - Several species of the paper mulberry used in Calendering - Process of pressing to smooth or glaze a sheet papermaking, the fibres are long and sinewy. Stamper - Hammers (often wooden) used to beat rags to pulp. of paper during the finishing process. Laid Papers - Those which, when held up to the light, have a Stuff - Paper stock or pulp ready for making into paper. Calliper - The thickness of a single sheet of paper measured in ribbed or lined effect due to the paper being produced on a microns (10-3mm). Sulphur - Chemical inherent in some paper from manufacture, mould made with a cover of closely placed parallel laid wires also present as sulphuric acid in atmospheric pollution. Cellulose - The main constituent of the cell wall of all plants. to form the sieve through which the water drains. All plants will yield cellulose if properly processed. Cotton in TAPPI -Technical Association of Pulp and Paper Industry www. Lamination - Two or more sheets of paper couched together tappi.org its raw state is the purest form of natural cellulose. Cellulose is directly on top of one another. the basic substance of paper manufacture. Texture - Surface of the sheet, can be altered at various stages Lignin - A component of the cell wall of plants that occurs of the paper making process. Chemical Wood Pulp - Wood reduced to pulp by a chemical naturally. Can contribute to chemical degradation later in the process, e.g., with caustic soda or bi-sulphite of lime. life of the paper. Tub-sized - Sizing applied to hand made paper by soaking it in a solution of hot gelatine and alum after it has been formed, Colour Fast - A term to indicate resistance to fading or Linters - Three grades of cotton fibres obtained from the cotton washing out. pressed, dried and allowed to cure. It then has to be pressed plant after the ginning operation and used in papermaking: first and dried again. Machine made paper reels are passed through Cotton - Source of fibre for papermaking, usually in the form cut or lint, mill cut and second cut. The fibres are short and do a tub-of starch or gelatine before being dried by hot rollers. of linters or rags. The fibres are strong and flexible and suited not need much refining. Unbuffered - No alkaline filler. to the production of fine papers. (see Cellulose) Lux - Unit of illumination equal to the direct illumination on Couch - Action of transferring sheets of newly formed paper a surface. U.V. Ultra Violet light – Radiation beyond the visible spectrum at the violet end, having a wavelength shorter than those of Crash Lock - A box designed so that the base locks in place Light Fast - Light fastness, or colour fastness to light, is the visible light. when pressed from opposite corners, without the need of resistance of printed or pigmented materials to fading or colour adhesive or fixings. change due to exposure to sunlight or an artificial light source. Vacuum Drying - a conservation technique by which a book has excess water removed by vacuum drying. (see Squelch Deckle edge - Slightly wavy line to the edge of handmade Methylcellulose - A pure adhesive which dries clear. Suitable Drying). paper. This is formed by a slight thinning of the edge of the for archival use. Wood free - A shortened description of “Mechanical Wood sheet by pulp creeping under the edge of the deckle during -3 of a millimetre. Unit of Micron - (Micrometre/Micrometer) 10 Free”. A printing or writing paper which is made from making. length conventionally used to indicate board calliper. chemical pulp, and not from mechanical woodpulp. Die Cutting - Is the manufacturing process used to make Mitsumata - Plant used as a source of papermaking fibre, the Virgin Fibre (Primary Fibre) - Pulp used for papermaking / multiples of the same box or folder from a cutting tool. fibres are fine and relatively short. board making that has not previously been used in any paper Dimensional Stability - Paper or board may change in its Mould - Rectangular wooden frame covered with either a laid or board product. dimension and flatness with variations in its moisture content, or wove wire surface used for forming sheets of paper by hand. it is termed dimensionally stable when such changes are of a Zeolite - An inert crystalline aluminosilicate that has an low order. OBA (Optical Brightening Agents) - Fluorescent dyes added affinity for specific molecules. Naturally occurring but often to paper to enhance the brightness. Fluorescent dyes absorb man-made to specific performance characteristics. Also called Dry Mount - Is used for temporary or permanently adhering ultraviolet light and re-emit it in the visual spectrum. molecular sieves or traps. prints/documents to a more rigid backing such as mount board or foam board. Opacity - Quality of a paper related to the amount of light that can be transmitted through its surface. Useful Conversion Factors Drying loft - Large airy room in which sheets of hand made paper are hung or laid to dry. Parchment - Animal skins or linings stretched and prepared as Inches to millimetres x 25.4 a writing, painting surface. Duplex - Usually made by laminating two sheets of paper Millimetres to inches x 0.0394 together. Each side is different; this may be a different colour P.A.T. Test - The Photographic Activity Test, or PAT, is an on each side or a different finish, or different textures. international standard test (ISO18916) for evaluating photo- Thousands of an inch to micron x 25.4 storage and display products by way of accelerated ageing tests. EVA (Ethylene Vinyl Acetate) - Neutral pH, non plasticised, Pounds to kilogrammes x 0.4536 PET - Polyethylene Terephthalate a linear polyester reversible archival paper laminating adhesive. It is less Kilogrammes to pounds x 2.205 susceptible to acid hydrolysis than conventional PVA pH - A measure of acidity, neutrality, or alkalinity of materials adhesives. such as paper and printing inks. On a scale of 0 to 14, a pH of Imperial Tons to Metric tonnes x 1.016 FATG - Fine Art Trade Guild (www.fineart.co.uk) 7 is neutral. Acids have a pH value below 7 while alkalis have a pH value above 7 (up to 14). Metric Tonnes to Imperial tons x 0.9842 Fascicule – A conservation term referring to a gathering of
www.arteymemoria.com 147 ARTE & ARTE & MEMORIA MEMORIA
Türkiye c/ Indústria, 28 SAVOY DANIŞMANLIK ve DIŞ TİC. LTD. ŞTİ. 08551 Tona (Barcelona) Firuzağa Mahallesi. Çukurcuma Cad. No 11 Tel. (+34) 938 125 378 Daire 1A Beyoğlu - 34425 İstanbul Fax (+34) 938 871 205 Tel. (+90) 212 251 7767 Mobil (+90) 532 213 2805 [email protected] [email protected] www.arteymemoria.com www.savoyltd.com